Net03 Ntwk Perf Gsr7 Inc Amr

NET03 - Network Performance inc AMR

NET03 - Network Performance inc AMRTRAINING PURPOSES ONLY - THIS MANUAL WILL NOT BE UPDATED

©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Copyrights

The Motorola products described in this document may include copyrighted Motorola computer programs stored in semiconductor memoriesor other media. Laws in the United States and other countries preserve for Motorola certain exclusive rights for copyright computer programs,including the exclusive right to copy or reproduce in any form the copyright computer program. Accordingly, any copyright Motorola computerprograms contained in the Motorola products described in this document may not be copied or reproduced in any manner without the expresswritten permission of Motorola. Furthermore, the purchase of Motorola products shall not be deemed to grant either directly or by implication,estoppel or otherwise, any license under the copyrights, patents or patent applications of Motorola, except for the rights that arise by operationof law in the sale of a product.

Restrictions

The software described in this document is the property of Motorola. It is furnished under a license agreement and may be used and/ordisclosed only in accordance with the terms of the agreement. Software and documentation are copyright materials. Making unauthorizedcopies is prohibited by law. No part of the software or documentation may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrievalsystem, or translated into any language or computer language, in any form or by any means, without prior written permission of Motorola.

Accuracy

While reasonable efforts have been made to assure the accuracy of this document, Motorola assumes no liability resulting from anyinaccuracies or omissions in this document, or from the use of the information obtained herein. Motorola reserves the right to make changesto any products described herein to improve reliability, function, or design, and reserves the right to revise this document and to makechanges from time to time in content hereof with no obligation to notify any person of revisions or changes. Motorola does not assumeany liability arising out of the application or use of any product or circuit described herein; neither does it convey license under its patentrights of others.

Trademarks

Motorola and the Motorola logo are registered trademarks of Motorola Inc.

Intelligence Everywhere, M-Cell and Taskfinder are trademarks of Motorola Inc.

All other brands and corporate names are trademarks of their respective owners.

©MOTOROLA LTD.2002 NET03 - Network Performance inc AMRTRAINING PURPOSES ONLY - THIS MANUAL WILL NOT BE UPDATED

Contents■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■

■

■

■

NET03 - Network Performance inc AMRGeneral information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2ETSI standards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Feature references . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Cross references . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Data encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Text conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Special key sequences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Reporting safety issues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Warnings and cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Definition of Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Example and format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Failure to comply with warnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Definition of Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Example and format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

General warnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Specific warnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Potentially hazardous voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Electric shock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7RF radiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Laser radiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Lifting equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Parts substitution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Battery supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Lithium batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

General cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Caution labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Specific cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Fibre optics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Static discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Devices sensitive to static . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Special handling techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Chapter 1: BSS Statistics IntroductionIntroduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 3

Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 3Network Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 4

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 5Introduction to Statistical Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 6

Raw statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 6Key statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 6Health statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 6Call Model statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 6

BSS Performance Management (PM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 8


i

Contents NET03 - Network Performance inc AMR

Subsystem Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Message Transfer Link (MTL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Transcoder Base Site Link (XBL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

Operations and Maintenance Link (OML) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12Cell Broadcast Link (CBL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12Radio Signalling Link (RSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12

BSS Software Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14BSS — Radio Subsystem (RSS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14

RSS — Configuration and FM Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16RSS - Layer 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16RSS - Layer 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16RSS - A-bis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

Handover Detection and Power Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18Call Processing (CP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20Call Processing (CP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

SCCP State Machine (SSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Connectionless Manager (CLM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Switch Manager (SM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Radio Resource State Machine (RRSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Radio Channel Interface (RCI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24Cell Resource Manager (CRM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24

Ladder Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26

Chapter 2: Statistical Data TypesStatistical Data Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 3

Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 3Description of statistical data types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 4Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 6Counter statistic example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 8

CALLS_QUEUED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 8Statistical Data Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

Counter array example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Gauge statistic example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

PCH_AGCH_Q_LENGTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

Statistical Data Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Duration Example — SDCCH_CONGESTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Normal distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

Statistical Data Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Normal Distribution example — INTF_ON_IDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Weighted Distribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

Statistical Data Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Weighted Distribution example — BUSY_TCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26

Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26Counter array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26Duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26Normal distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26Weighted distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26

Chapter 3: Statistical MMI CommandsStatistical MMI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 3

Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 3Displaying Enabled Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 4Enabling and Disabling Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 6Changing Statistical Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 8

ii NET03 - Network Performance inc AMRTRAINING PURPOSES ONLY - THIS MANUAL WILL NOT BE UPDATED

©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

NET03 - Network Performance inc AMR Contents

Changing statistical properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 8Displaying statistical properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 8

Setting Bin Ranges for Distribution Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Setting the Statistical Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

Displaying the interval timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12Note: Clearing statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

Displaying Statistical Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Chapter 4: Call StatisticsCall Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 3

Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 3Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 4

Connection Establishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 6Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 6

OK_ACC_PROC_SUC_RACH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 6ACCESS_PER_RACH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 6INV_EST_CAUSE_ON_RACH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 6CHAN_REQ_CAUSE_ATMPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 8ALLOC_SDCCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 8BUSY_SDCCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 8ACCESS_PER_AGCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 8OK_ACC_PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 8SDCCH_CONGESTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10ALLOC _SDCCH_FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10CHAN_REQ_MS_BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

SCCP Connection Establishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

CONN_REFUSED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14MS_ACCESS_BY_TYPE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

Connection Establishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

PAGING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16PAGE_REQUEST_FROM_MSC_FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16Paging Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

Paging Procedure Continued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18ACCESS_PER_PCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18PAGING_REQUESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

PCH_Q_PAGE_DISCARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

Half Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Half Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21Dynamic Allocation RXCDR and BSC Circuits (DARBC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22

AMR Phase 2 GSR7 - See Chapter 10 for AMR Phase 1 Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22ATER_CHANNEL_STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24

Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24Bin 1 - ATER_CHAN_REQUEST_FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24Bin 2 - CALL_SETUP_FAIL_COMM_ERR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24

ATER_CHANNEL_STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

Bin 4 - ATER_SWITCH_FAIL_COMM_ERR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26Bin 5 - CALL_SETUP_FAIL_NO_ATER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26Bin 6 - INT_HO_CIC_FAIL_NO_ATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

ATER_CHANNEL_STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

Bin 8 - BSC_INIT_BLOCK_CIC_LOW_ATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28Busy CICs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30TCH Assignment Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32


iii


Adaptive Multi-Rate - See Chapter 10 for detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32AMR Full-Rate Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32AMR Half-Rate Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

MA_REQ_FROM_MSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32MA_REQ_FROM_MSC_FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

TCH Assignment Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34CALL_SP_VERS_DOWNGRADE_MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34

ALLOC_TCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34ALLOC_TCH_HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34TCH_USAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34MS_TCH_USAGE_BY_TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34TCH_Q_REMOVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36BUSY_TCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36BUSY_TCH_CARRIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36BUSY_TCH_HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36BUSY_TCH_CARR_HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36TCH_CONGESTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36TCH_CONGESTION_HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36

Concentric Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38Multiband . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38

Concentric Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40

TCH_CONG_INNER_ZONE_HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40TCH_USAGE_INNER_ZONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40

Extended Range Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42BSC - BTS Dynamic Allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44

DYNET_ASSIGN_FAIL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44DYNET_CALL_REJECTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44

Assignment Request Queueing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46Assignment request queueing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46

CALLS_QUEUED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46TCH_Q_LENGTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46TCH_Q_REMOVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46CLR_REQ_TO_MSC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46

Directed Retry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48Directed Retry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50

Standard Directed Retry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50CONGEST_ STAND_HO_ ATMPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50

Non-imperative handover rejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50Congestion relief handover retry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50

Congestion Relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52Congestion relief mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52

CONGEST_EXIST_HO_ATMPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52CONGEST_ASSIGN_HO_SUC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52

TCH Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54ALLOC_TCH_FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54

ALLOC_TCH_FAIL_HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54Blocked and Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55MA_CMD_TO_MS_BLKD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56MA_CMD_TO_MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56MA_FAIL_FROM_MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56SECOND_ASSIGN_ATMPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56SECOND_ASSIGN_SUC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56

Assignment delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58TCH_DELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58MA_COMPLETE_FROM_MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60MA_COMPLETE_TO_MSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60TOTAL_CALLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60

Downlink Bit Error Ratio (BER) Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62

iv NET03 - Network Performance inc AMRTRAINING PURPOSES ONLY - THIS MANUAL WILL NOT BE UPDATED

©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


U_BER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62Frame Erasure Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64

FER_GSM_FR_EFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64FER_AMR_FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64FER_AMR_HR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64

Residual Bit Error Rate (RBER). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66PATH_BALANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68

Interpreting the results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68UPLINK_PATH_LOSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68

Transmit Power Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70CHAN_UL_TX_PWR_LVL and CHAN_DL_TX_PWR_LVL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70

Call Clearing Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72Ciphering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72

CIPHER_MODE_FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72RF_LOSSES_TCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR_AMR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74RF_LOSSES_SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74

Classmark Updating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76CLASSMK_UPDATE_FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76

Idle Interference Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78

IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND (n = 0 to 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78Available time slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78

AVAILABLE_TCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78AVAILABLE_TCH_HR_AMR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78AVAILABLE_SDCCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78

Timing Advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80Timing Advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81SMS Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82

Point-to-point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82SMS_INIT_ON_TCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82

Cell Broadcast (CB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82SMS_NO_BCAST_MSG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82

Emergency Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84

NUM_EMERG_REJECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84NUM_EMERG_TCH_KILL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84NUM_EMERG_TERM_SDCCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84

Ater Emergency Pre-empt Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86

Bin 1 - EMERG_PREEMPT_ATMPT_CALL_SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86Bin 2 - EMERG_PREEMPT_ATMPT_ATER_SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86Bin 3 - EMERG_PREEMPT_FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86

Flow Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88

MSC_OVLD_MSGS_RX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88Call Establishment Exercise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90

Chapter 5: Handover StatisticsHandover Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 3

Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 3Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 4

Intra-cell handover statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 4Intra-BSS handover statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 4Inter-BSS handover statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 4Internal/External . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 4

Handover Initiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 6Intra-Cell Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 8


v


Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 8INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 8MA_CMD_TO_MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 8INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 8INTRA_BSS_HO_CAUSE_SUC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 8ER_INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 8ER_INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10ZONE_CHANGE_ATMPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10ZONE_CHANGE_SUC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Intra-Cell Handover Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

MA_CMD_TO_MS_BLKD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12MA_FAIL_FROM_MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12INTRA_CELL_EQUIP_FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12HO_FAIL_NO_RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

Mobile Lost. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14Reason 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14Reason 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14

Call Cleared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14INTRA_CELL_HO_CLEARED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14

Intra-Cell Handover Tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16Neighbour Cell Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Intra-BSS Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_ATMPT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24INTERBAND_ACTIVITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

Successful Intra-BSS Handover Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_SUC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26OUT_HO_NC_SUC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26INTRA_BSS_HO_CAUSE_SUC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26CONGEST_ASSIGN_HO_SUC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28

Intra-BSS Handover Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

HO_FAIL_NO_RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_RETURN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32OUT_INTRA_BSS_EQUIP_FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_RETURN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32IN_INTRA_BSS_EQUIP_FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32

Mobile Lost. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34Reason 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34Reason 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34Reason 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34

Call Cleared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_CLEARED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_CLEARED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34

Outgoing Intra-BSS Handover Tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36Incoming Intra-BSS Handover Tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38Bad Handover Reference Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40Inter-BSS Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42

vi NET03 - Network Performance inc AMRTRAINING PURPOSES ONLY - THIS MANUAL WILL NOT BE UPDATED

©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42HO_REQ_FROM_MSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42HO_REQ_ACK_TO_MSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46OUT_HO_NC_SUC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46

Inter-BSS Failure Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_RETURN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50OUT_INTER_BSS_EQUIP_FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_CLEARED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50IN_INTER_BSS_EQUIP_FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_LOSTMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50IN_INTER_BSS_MS_NO_SEIZE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50IN_INTER_BSS_HO_CLEARED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50

Outgoing External Handover Tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52Incoming External Handover Tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54

Chapter 6: Interface StatisticsInterface Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 3

Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 3X.25 and Link Access Procedure "D" (LAPD) objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 3MTP objectives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 3SCCP objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 3Miscellaneous objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 3

Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 4OML, RSL and XBL interface statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 4MTL interface statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 4

SCCP performance and utilization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 4MTP C7 performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 4MTP C7 availability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 4MTP C7 utilization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 4

The X.25 and LAPD protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 6HDLC frame structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 6Flags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 6Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 6Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 6Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 6Frame check sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 6

The X.25 and LAPD protocols continued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 8HDLC operating modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 8Acknowledged mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 8Non-acknowledged mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 8HDLC frame types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 8Information frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 8Supervisory frames. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 8Unnumbered frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 8

X.25 and LAPD statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10X.25 and LAPD performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10FRMR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10INVALID_FRAMES_RX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10N2_EXPIRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10X.25 and LAPD utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10I_FRAMES_RX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10I_FRAMES_TX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10SABM_TX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10


vii


MTL Interface Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12The C7 protocol - MTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

MTP1 - Signalling data link functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12MTP2 - Signalling link functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12MTP3 - Signalling network functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

Signalling Units (SUs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12The C7 Protocol - MTP continued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

Flag (F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Backward Sequence Number (BSN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Backward Indicator Bit (BIB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Forward Sequence Number (FSN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Forward Indicator Bit (FIB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Length Indicator (LI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Signalling Information Field (SIF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Service Information Octet (SIO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

Tail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Check Bits (CK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

MTP C7 performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16MTP_SL_FAIL and LMTP_SL_FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16MTP_SL_FIBR and LMTP_SL_FIBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16MTP_SL_ERROR_RATE and LMTP_SL_ERROR_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16MTP_SL_ACK and LMTP_SL_ACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16MTP_SL_CONGESTION and LMTP_REMOTE_SL_CONGESTION . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16LMTP_LOCAL_SL_CONGESTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

MTP C7 performance continued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18MTP C7 performance continued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20MTP C7 availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22MTP C7 availability continued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24

LMTP_SIB_RX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24MTP C7 availability continued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26MTP C7 utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28MTP C7 utilization continued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30MTP C7 utilization continued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32The C7 protocol - SCCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34

Connectionless. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34Connection-Oriented . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34

SCCP performance and utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36SCCP performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36

BSS Location Services (LCS) - System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38TA Positioning Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38E-OTD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38A-GPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38

BSS Location Services (LCS) - Network Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40GMLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40SMLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40

BSS Location Services (LCS) - Network Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42LMU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42Type A LMU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42Type B LMU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42LMU Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42

BSS-Based SMLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44Initial Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44

BSSMAP_PERF_LOC_REQ_MSGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44BSSMAPLE_PERF_LOC_REQ_MSGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44

BSS-Based SMLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46LCS Teardown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46

BSSMAPLE_PERF_LOC_RESP_MSGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46BSSMAP_PERF_LOC_RESP_MSGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46

viii NET03 - Network Performance inc AMRTRAINING PURPOSES ONLY - THIS MANUAL WILL NOT BE UPDATED

©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Perform Location Abort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48BSSMAP_PERF_LOC_ABORT_MSGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48BSSMAPLE_PERF_LOC_ABORT_MSGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48

Time of Arrival Positioning Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50

BSSLAP_REJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50Timing Advance Positioning Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52

Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52BSSLAP_TA_RESP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52

BSSLAP Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54BSSLAP_RESET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54

E-OTD and A-GPS Positioning Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56Successful Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56

BSSLAP_MS_POS_CMD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56BSSLAP_MS_POS_RESP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56

Timing Advance Positioning Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58BSSLAP Abort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58

BSSLAP_ABORT_SENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58BSSLAP_ABORT_RCV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58

SMLC-SMLC Messaging (BSS Based SMLC only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60

BSSMAP_CONLESS_INFO_RCV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60BSSMAP_CONLESS_INFO_SENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60BSSMAPLE_CONLESS_INFO_RCV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60BSSMAPLE_CONLESS_INFO_SENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60

Processor Utilization Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62CPU_USAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62

Chapter 7: Key StatisticsKey Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 3

Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 3Introduction — Key Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 4Key Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 6

Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 6TCH channel usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 6Call summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 6RF loss summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 6Connection establishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 6Link Utilisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 6

SDCCH Channel Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 8SDCCH_MEAN_HOLDING_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 8SDCCH_MEAN_ARRIVAL_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 8SDCCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10SDCCH_BLOCKING_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10

TCH Channel Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12TCH_MEAN_HOLDING_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12TCH_MEAN_HOLDING_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13TCH _MEAN_ARRIVAL_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16TCH_BLOCKING_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16MEAN_TCH_BUSY_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16Stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18

TCH_BLOCKING_RATE_OUTER_Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20TCH_BLOCKING_RATE_OUTER_Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21Call Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22

HANDOVER_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22HANDOVER_FAILURE_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24CALL_SETUP_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26CALL_SETUP_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27


ix


TOTAL_CALLS_KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28SUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28UNSUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO_REEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30UNSUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO_NOREEST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32

RF Loss Summary Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34RF_LOSS_RATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34CELL_TCH_ASSIGNMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34SDCCH_RF_LOSS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36TCH_RF_LOSS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36

Connection Establishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38MEAN_INTER_ARRIVAL_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38ATTEMPTED_IMMED_ASSIGN_PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38SUCCESS_IMMED_ASSIGN_PROC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40SDCCH_ACCESS_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42SDCCH_ACCESS_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43MEAN_ARRIVAL _TIME_BETWEEN_CALLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44

Link Utilisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46MTL_UTILISATION_RX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46

Formula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46MTL_UTILISATION_TX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48

Formula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48

Chapter 8: Network Health StatisticsNetwork Health Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 3

Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 3CALL_SETUP_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 6DROP_CALL_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 8CALL_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10RANKING_FORMULA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12CALL_VOLUME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14CALL_VOLUME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15SDCCH_BLOCKING_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16SDCCH_ACCESSES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18SDCCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18SDCCH USAGE STATISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20SDCCH USAGE STATISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21SDCCH_CONGESTION_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22TCH_ACCESSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22TCH_CONGESTION_TIME_OUTER_ZONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24TCH_CONGESTION_TIME_INNER_ZONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24MAX_TCH_BUSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24HO_PER_CALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26MEAN_TIME_BETWEEN_HOs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28INCOMING_HO_VOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28OUTGOING_HO_VOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28INTERNAL_SUCCESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30INTRA_CELL_HO_FAIL_LOST_MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30INTRA_CELL_HO_FAIL_RECOVERED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32INTRA_CELL_HO_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32INTERNAL_LOST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34INTERNAL_RECOVERED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34HANDOVER PERCENTAGE BY CAUSE VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_FAIL_LOST_MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_FAIL_RECOVERED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37MSC_PAGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-38AIR_INTERFACE_PAGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-38PERCENTAGE_INTER_BSS_HO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-40

x NET03 - Network Performance inc AMRTRAINING PURPOSES ONLY - THIS MANUAL WILL NOT BE UPDATED

©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


PERCENTAGE_INTRA_BSS_HO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-40PERCENTAGE_INTRA_CELL_HO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-40PERCENTAGE HANDOVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-41PAGING_OVERFLOW_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42PAGING_RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42PAGING_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42PAGING_COMPRESSION_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-44CALL_SETUP_RF_ASSIGNMENT_FAIL_RATE_LOST_MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-44CALL_SETUP_RF_ASSIGNMENT_FAIL_RATE_RECOVERED_MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-46CALL_SETUP_RF_ASSIGNMENT_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-48OUT_INTER_CELL_HO_FAIL_RATE_LOST_MS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-50OUT_INTER_CELL_HO_FAIL_RECOVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-52OUT_INTER_CELL_HO_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-52ASSIGNMENT_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-52TCH_RF_LOSS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-54

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-54MEAN_TIME_BETWEEN_DROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-56SPILL_OVER_FACTOR_ATTEMPTS_AT_CONGESTION_RELIEF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-58SPILL_OVER_FACTOR_DIRECTED_RETRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-58SPILL_OVER_FACTOR_MULTIBAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-58

Chapter 9: Call Model StatisticsCall Model Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 3

Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 3Introduction to call model statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 4

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 4CALL_DURATION (T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 6CALL_SETUP_BLOCKING_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 6HANDOVERS_PER_CALL (H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 8INTRA_BSS_HO_TO_ALL_HO (i) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 8STATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 9STATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10LOCATION_UPDATES_TO_CALLS (I) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10IMSI_DETACHES_TO_CALL (Id) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10STATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11

LOCATION_UPDATE_FACTOR (L). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

Formula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14

PAGES_PER_CALL (Ppc) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14PAGES_PER_SECOND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14PAGING_RATE (P) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14Pps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15SMS_TO_CALL_RATIO (S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

Chapter 10: Adaptive Multi-RateAdaptive Multi-Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10- 3

Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10- 3Adaptive Multi-Rate (AMR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10- 4

AMR Full - Rate Channel Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10- 4Full Rate Link Adaptation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10- 4AMR Half - Rate Channel Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10- 4Half Rate Link Adaptation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10- 4

AMR Full - Rate Link Adaptation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10- 6AMR_FR_DL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10- 8


xi


Description: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10- 8AMR_FR_UL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10

Description: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10AMR_FR_DL_ADAPTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12

Description: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12AMR_FR_UL_ADAPTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14

Description: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14AMR Half - Rate Link Adaptation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16AMR_HR_DL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18

Description: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18AMR_HR_UL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20

Description: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20AMR_HR_DL_ADAPTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22

Description: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22AMR_HR_UL_ADAPTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24

Description: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24MS Monitor Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26AMR_INCREASE_THRESH_ADJUST (DECREASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

Description: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

Chapter 11: Appendix AControl Channels and Multiframes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11- 3

Chapter 12: AnswersCall Establishment Exercise Answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12- 3

Chapter 13: Glossary of TermsGlossary of technical terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13- 3

A Interface - AUTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13- 3B Interface - Byte. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13- 7C - CW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-10D Interface - DYNET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18E - EXEC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-22F Interface - Full Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-25G Interface - GWY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-28H Interface - Hyperframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-31I - IWU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-32k - KW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-37L1 - LV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-37M - MUX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-40NACK - nW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-45O - Overlap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-48PA - PXPDN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-49QA- Quiesent mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-56R - RXU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-56S7- SYSGEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-61T -TxBPF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-69U - UUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-73V - VTX host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-75W - WWW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-77X - X Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-78ZC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-78

xii NET03 - Network Performance inc AMRTRAINING PURPOSES ONLY - THIS MANUAL WILL NOT BE UPDATED

©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

About This Manual Version 1 Rev 4

NET03 - Network Performance inc AMR■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■

■

■

■


1

Version 1 Rev 4 General information

General information

Important notice

• Motorola disclaims all liability whatsoever, implied or express, for any risk of damage, loss orreduction in system performance arising directly or indirectly out of the failure of the customer,or any one acting on the customers behalf, to abide by the instructions, system parametersor recommendations made in Motorola Customer Product Documentation.

• If this manual was obtained when attending a Motorola training course, it will not be updated oramended by Motorola. It is intended for TRAINING PURPOSES ONLY. If it was supplied undernormal operational circumstances, to support a major software release, then corrections will besupplied automatically by Motorola in the form of General Manual Revisions (GMRs).

PurposeMotorola Technical Training manuals are intended to support the delivery of Technical Training onlyand are not intended to replace the use of Motorola Customer Product Documentation.

WARNING Failure to comply with Motorola’s operation, installation andmaintenance instructions may, in exceptional circumstances,lead to serious injury or death.

These manuals are not intended to replace the system and equipment training offered by Motorola,although they can be used to supplement and enhance the knowledge gained through such training.

ETSI standardsThe standards in the table below able are protected by copyright and are the property ofthe European Telecommunications Standards Institue (ETSI).

ETSI specification number

GSM 02.60 GSM 04.10 GSM 08.08

GSM 03.60 GSM 04.11 GSM 08.16

GSM 03.64 GSM 04.12 GSM 08.18

GSM 04.01 GSM 04.13 GSM 08.51

GSM 04.02 GSM 04.60 GSM 08.52

GSM 04.03 GSM 04.64 GSM 08.54

GSM 04.04 GSM 04.65 GSM 08.56

GSM 04.05 GSM 08.01 GSM 08.58

GSM 04.06 GSM 08.02 GSM 09.18

GSM 04.07 GSM 08.04 GSM 09.60

GSM 04.08 GSM 08.06

Figures from the above cited technical specifications standards are used, in this training manual,with the permission of ETSI. Further use, modification, or redistribution is strictly prohibited. ETSIstandards are available from http://pda.etsi.org/pda/ and http://etsi.org/eds/

2 NET03 - Network Performance inc AMRTRAINING PURPOSES ONLY - THIS MANUAL WILL NOT BE UPDATED

©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

General information Version 1 Rev 4

General information

Feature referencesMost of the manuals in the set, of which this manual is part, are revised to accommodate featuresreleased at Motorola General System Releases (GSRn) or GPRS Support Node (GSNn) releases. Inthese manuals, new and amended features are tagged to help users to assess the impact on installednetworks. The tags are the appropriate Motorola Roadmap DataBase (RDB) numbers or Researchand Development Prioritization (RDP) numbers. The tags include index references which are listedin the manual Index. The Index includes the entry feature which is followed by a list of the RDB orRDP numbers for the released features, with page references and hot links in electronic copy.

The tags have the format: {nnnn} or {nnnnn}

Where: is:

{nnnn} the RDB number

{nnnnn} the RDP number

The tags are positioned in text as follows:

Table 1

New and amended feature information Tag position in text

New sentence/s or new or amended text. Immediately before the affected text.

Complete new blocks of text as follows:

• Full sections under a main heading

• Full paragraphs under subheadings

Immediately after the headings as follows:

• Main heading

• Subheading

New or amended complete Figures andTables

After the Figure or Table number andbefore the title text.

Warning, Caution and Note boxes. Immediately before the affected text in thebox.

General command syntax, operator inputor displays (in special fonts).

On a separate line immediately above theaffected item.

For a list of Roadmap numbers and the RDB or RDP numbers of the features included in thissoftware release, refer to the manualSystem Information: GSM Overview (68P02901W01), orto the manual System Information: GPRS Overview (68P02903W01).

Cross referencesThroughout this manual, references are made to external publications, chapter numbersand section names. The references to external publications are shown in italics, chapterand section name cross references are emphasised blue in text.

This manual is divided into uniquely identified and numbered chapters that, in turn, aredivided into sections. Sections are not numbered, but are individually named at the topof each page???, and are listed in the table of contents.


3

Version 1 Rev 4 General information

General information

Data encryptionIn order to avoid electronic eavesdropping, data passing between certain elements in the GSMand GPRS network is encrypted. In order to comply with the export and import requirements ofparticular countries, this encryption occurs at different levels as individually standardised, or may notbe present at all in some parts of the network in which it is normally implemented. The manual set,of which this manual is a part, covers encryption as if fully implemented. Because the rules differ inindividual countries, limitations on the encryption included in the particular software being delivered,are covered in the Release Notes that accompany the individual software release.

Text conventionsThe following conventions are used in the Motorola cellular infrastructure manuals to representkeyboard input text, screen output text and special key sequences.

Input

Characters typed in at the keyboard are shown like this.

OutputMessages, prompts, file listings, directories, utilities, and environmentalvariables that appear on the screen are shown like this.

Special key sequences

Special key sequences are represented as follows:

CTRL-c Press the Control and c keys at the same time.

ALT-f Press the Alt and f keys at the same time.

¦ Press the pipe symbol key.

CR or RETURN Press the Return key.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Reporting safety issues Version 1 Rev 4

Reporting safety issuesWhenever a safety issue arises, carry out the following procedure in all instances. Ensurethat all site personnel are familiar with this procedure.

ProcedureWhenever a safety issue arises:

Safety issue reporting

1 Make the equipment concerned safe, for example by removing power.

2 Make no further attempt to adjust or rectify the equipment.

3 Report the problem directly to the Customer Network Resolution Centre,Swindon +44 (0)1793 565444 or China +86 10 88417733 (telephone) andfollow up with a written report by fax, Swindon +44 (0)1793 430987 or China+86 10 68423633 (fax).

4 Collect evidence from the equipment under the guidance of the CustomerNetwork Resolution Centre.


5

Version 1 Rev 4 Warnings and cautions

Warnings and cautionsThe following describes how warnings and cautions are used in this manual andin all manuals of this Motorola manual set.

WarningsA definition and example follow below:

Definition of Warning

A warning is used to alert the reader to possible hazards that could cause loss of life, physicalinjury, or ill health. This includes hazards introduced during maintenance, for example, the useof adhesives and solvents, as well as those inherent in the equipment.

Example and format

WARNING Do not look directly into fibre optic cables or data in/out connectors. Laserradiation can come from either the data in/out connectors or unterminatedfibre optic cables connected to data in/out connectors.

Failure to comply with warningsObserve all warnings during all phases of operation, installation and maintenance of the equipmentdescribed in the Motorola manuals. Failure to comply with these warnings, or with specificwarnings elsewhere in the Motorola manuals, or on the equipment itself, violates safetystandards of design, manufacture and intended use of the equipment. Motorola assumesno liability for the customer’s failure to comply with these requirements.

CautionsA definition and example follow below:

Definition of Caution

A caution means that there is a possibility of damage to systems, software or individual items ofequipment within a system. However, this presents no danger to personnel.

Example and format

CAUTION Do not use test equipment that is beyond its due calibration date;arrange for calibration to be carried out.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

General warnings Version 1 Rev 4

General warningsObserve the following specific warnings during all phases of operation, installation andmaintenance of the equipment described in the Motorola manuals:

• Potentially hazardous voltage.• Electric shock.• RF radiation.• Laser radiation.• Heavy equipment.• Parts substitution.• Battery supplies.• Lithium batteries,

Failure to comply with these warnings, or with specific warnings elsewhere in the Motorola manuals,violates safety standards of design, manufacture and intended use of the equipment. Motorolaassumes no liability for the customer’s failure to comply with these requirements.

Warning labelsWarnings particularly applicable to the equipment are positioned on the equipment. Personnelworking with or operating Motorola equipment must comply with any warning labels fitted to theequipment. Warning labels must not be removed, painted over or obscured in any way.

Specific warningsSpecific warnings used throughout the GSM manual set are shown below, and willbe incorporated into procedures as applicable.

These must be observed by all personnel at all times when working with the equipment, as must anyother warnings given in text, in the illustrations and on the equipment. Potentially hazardous voltage

Potentially hazardous voltage

WARNING This equipment operates from a potentially hazardous voltageof 230 V ac single phase or 415 V ac three phase supply. Toachieve isolation of the equipment from the ac supply, the acinput isolator must be set to off and locked.

When working with electrical equipment, reference must be made to the Electricity at Work Regulations1989 (UK), or to the relevant electricity at work legislation for the country in which the equipment is used.

NOTE Motorola GSM equipment does not utilise high voltages.

Electric shock

WARNING Do not touch the victim with your bare hands until theelectric circuit is broken.

Switch off. If this is not possible, protect yourself with dry insulatingmaterial and pull or push the victim clear of the conductor.

ALWAYS send for trained first aid or medical assistance IMMEDIATELY.

In cases of low voltage electric shock (including public supply voltages), serious injuries and evendeath, may result. Direct electrical contact can stun a casualty causing breathing, and even theheart, to stop. It can also cause skin burns at the points of entry and exit of the current.

In the event of an electric shock it may be necessary to carry out artificial respiration. ALWAYSsend for trained first aid or medical assistance IMMEDIATELY.


7

Version 1 Rev 4 General warnings

General warningsIf the casualty is also suffering from burns, flood the affected area with cold water tocool, until trained first aid or medical assistance arrives.

RF radiation

WARNING High RF potentials and electromagnetic fields are present in thisequipment when in operation. Ensure that all transmitters are switchedoff when any antenna connections have to be changed. Do not keytransmitters connected to unterminated cavities or feeders.

Relevant standards (USA and EC), to which regard should be paid when working with RF equipment are:

• ANSI IEEE C95.1-1991, IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposureto Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz

• CENELEC 95 ENV 50166-2, Human Exposure to Electromagnetic FieldsHigh Frequency (10 kHz to 300 GHz).

Laser radiation

WARNING Do not look directly into fibre optic cables or optical data in/out connectors.Laser radiation can come from either the data in/out connectors orunterminated fibre optic cables connected to data in/out connectors.

Lifting equipment

WARNING When dismantling heavy assemblies, or removing or replacingequipment, a competent responsible person must ensure thatadequate lifting facilities are available. Where provided, liftingframes must be used for these operations.

When dismantling heavy assemblies, or removing or replacing equipment, the competent responsibleperson must ensure that adequate lifting facilities are available. Where provided, lifting framesmust be used for these operations. When equipments have to be manhandled, reference mustbe made to the Manual Handling of Loads Regulations 1992 (UK) or to the relevant manualhandling of loads legislation for the country in which the equipment is used.

Parts substitution

WARNING Do not install substitute parts or perform any unauthorized modificationof equipment, because of the danger of introducing additional hazards.Contact Motorola if in doubt to ensure that safety features are maintained.

Battery supplies

WARNING Do not wear earth straps when working with standby battery supplies.

Lithium batteries

WARNING Lithium batteries, if subjected to mistreatment, may burst andignite. Defective lithium batteries must not be removed orreplaced. Any boards containing defective lithium batteries mustbe returned to Motorola for repair.

Contact your local Motorola office for how to return defective lithium batteries.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

General cautions Version 1 Rev 4

General cautionsObserve the following cautions during operation, installation and maintenance of the equipmentdescribed in the Motorola manuals. Failure to comply with these cautions or with specific cautionselsewhere in the Motorola manuals may result in damage to the equipment. Motorola assumesno liability for the customer’s failure to comply with these requirements.

Caution labelsPersonnel working with or operating Motorola equipment must comply with any caution labels fittedto the equipment. Caution labels must not be removed, painted over or obscured in any way.

Specific cautionsCautions particularly applicable to the equipment are positioned within the text of this manual.These must be observed by all personnel at all times when working with the equipment, as mustany other cautions given in text, on the illustrations and on the equipment.

Fibre optics

CAUTION Fibre optic cables must not be bent in a radius of less than 30 mm.

Static discharge

CAUTION Motorola equipment contains CMOS devices. These metal oxidesemiconductor (MOS) devices are susceptible to damage fromelectrostatic charge. See the section Devices sensitive to static inthe preface of this manual for further information.


9

Version 1 Rev 4 Devices sensitive to static

Devices sensitive to staticCertain metal oxide semiconductor (MOS) devices embody in their design a thin layer ofinsulation that is susceptible to damage from electrostatic charge. Such a charge appliedto the leads of the device could cause irreparable damage.

These charges can be built up on nylon overalls, by friction, by pushing the hands into highinsulation packing material or by use of unearthed soldering irons.

MOS devices are normally despatched from the manufacturers with the leads shorted together,for example, by metal foil eyelets, wire strapping, or by inserting the leads into conductive plasticfoam. Provided the leads are shorted it is safe to handle the device.

Special handling techniquesIn the event of one of these devices having to be replaced, observe the followingprecautions when handling the replacement:

• Always wear an earth strap which must be connected to the electrostaticpoint (ESP) on the equipment.

• Leave the short circuit on the leads until the last moment. It may be necessary to replacethe conductive foam by a piece of wire to enable the device to be fitted.

• Do not wear outer clothing made of nylon or similar man made material. A cotton overall is preferable.• If possible work on an earthed metal surface or anti-static mat. Wipe insulated plastic

work surfaces with an anti-static cloth before starting the operation.• All metal tools should be used and when not in use they should be placed on an earthed surface.• Take care when removing components connected to electrostatic sensitive devices.

These components may be providing protection to the device.

When mounted onto printed circuit boards (PCBs), MOS devices are normally less susceptibleto electrostatic damage. However PCBs should be handled with care, preferably by their edgesand not by their tracks and pins, they should be transferred directly from their packing to theequipment (or the other way around) and never left exposed on the workbench.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

BSS Statistics Introduction Version 1 Rev 4

Chapter 1

BSS Statistics Introduction


1-1

Version 1 Rev 4 BSS Statistics Introduction

This page intentionally left blank.

1-2 NET03 - Network Performance inc AMRTRAINING PURPOSES ONLY - THIS MANUAL WILL NOT BE UPDATED

©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Introduction Version 1 Rev 4

Introduction

ObjectivesOn completion of this chapter the student will be able to:

• Identify the five signalling links within the BSS subsystem infrastructure, indicate theirpurpose, bandwidth and Time Slot (TS) allocations.

• Understand the interaction of the Central Statistics Process (CSP) with theDistributed Statistics Function (DSF).

• Revise their understanding of the main software entities within the BSS andalso the location of these processes.


1-3

Version 1 Rev 4 Network Performance

Network PerformanceThe performance of a network may be monitored and measured. By monitoring the networkperformance an indication of the service provided to the subscriber may be measured.Statistical information is gathered from the network components, this information beingused to monitor and measure the network performance.

Monitoring statistical information provides a “health check " for the network. Problemscan therefore be anticipated and prevented. This information can also be of assistanceduring optimization or when a network is to be expanded .

Measuring the performance of the network can supply important information regarding thequality of service provided to the subscriber (e.g. call setup time).

The statistical information may be gathered over periods of time to gain an insight intotrends on the network (e.g. the busiest call periods).

Motorola Global System for Mobile communication (GSM) Base Station System (BSS) equipmentgenerates statistical information which may be used to measure the performance of the network.The statistics are monitored at the Operations and Maintenance Centre (OMC).

During this course the origin of all the statistics output by the BSS will be investigatedand methods for measuring quality of service will be established. Methods of setting upand displaying statistical information will also be covered.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Network Performance Version 1 Rev 4

Network Performance

Stats information provides a "health check" for the network


1-5

Version 1 Rev 4 Introduction to Statistical Types

Introduction to Statistical TypesThere are a number of categories of statistics which may be used to monitor network performance.These are known as Raw, Key, Network Health and Call Model statistics.

The key and health statistics provide a more general picture of how the network is operating. Thereare only a limited number of key and health statistics and therefore they are much easier to reliablymonitor. If operators notice a problem with the network when looking at the key statistics they canthen start to study the raw statistics to get a more detailed view of the problem.

The raw statistics and key statistics are described below:

Raw statisticsThere are over 100 raw statistics produced by the Motorola BSS equipment which aresub-categorized into three groups: call statistics, interface statistics and processor utilizationstatistics. A description of these statistics is provided below.

• Call statisticsCall statistics are calculated during Call Processing (CP). Call assignments and failuresare monitored along with handover assignments and failures. Also there are manyfeatures within the BSS which are monitored by statistics.

• Interface statisticsInterface statistics relate to activities on the terrestrial interfaces. These interfaces connectthe network components (e.g. Mobile services Switching Centre (MSC) to BSS). Messagestravelling over the interfaces are counted and signalling link outages are recorded.

• Processor utilization statisticsProcessor utilization statistics calculate the percentage to which the GenericProcessor board (GPROC) is being utilized.

Key statisticsThe Operations and Maintenance Centre (OMC) uses a selection of raw call statistics described aboveto calculate key statistics. Key statistics provide the operator with a summary of network performance.

Health statisticsNetwork health statistics quantify BSS performance from a subscriber perspective. A combination ofraw and other network health statistics are used by the OMC-R to calculate these statistics.

Call Model statisticsThese statistics are used to derive the call model values used the plan a network.Raw statistics are used to calculate their values.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Introduction to Statistical Types Version 1 Rev 4

Introduction to Statistical TypesRaw Statistic Raw StatisticRaw Statistic

Key Statistic

Calculation

Health StatisticsCall Model Statistics


1-7

Version 1 Rev 4 BSS Performance Management (PM)

BSS Performance Management (PM)Before examining the origin of each statistic it is worth noting which softwareprocesses within the BSS collect and upload them.

The Performance Management (PM) applications gather and transport to the OMC the BSS statisticsdefined in the software requirements section of the equipment performance specification.

All processes responsible for collecting statistics in the system software will automaticallycreate a Distributed Statistics Function (DSF) as a sub-process. This DSF is responsiblefor collecting and storing all statistics relevant to that process.

The DSF can store up to 12 statistical files, each file containing the statistics (stats) monitored over a setperiod. Each statistic gathering period can be set by the operator, this period is one hour or one half-hour.

At a remote Base Transceiver Station (BTS) a Site Statistics Process (SSP) is started, theSSP is responsible for interfacing to the Central Statistics Process (CSP) located at the BSCand is used as a message distributor between the CSP and the SSP. The reason for this isthat the CSP does not have to keep track of all the DSFs. Instead for each site it can sendmessages to the SSP which will distribute the messages for the CSP.

The Code Object Upload Process (COUP) is utilized to transfer the statisticsgathered by the CSP to the OMC.

The agent process reports statistics threshold alarms and the end of a data collectioninterval (file ready event) to the OMC.

Upon request from the OMC or upon the end of a data collection interval (file readyevent), the CSP gathers the statistics from the DSFs and sorts the data and then, usingthe COUP the CSP, uploads the statistics to the OMC.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

BSS Performance Management (PM) Version 1 Rev 4

BSS Performance Management (PM)

OMCR

Agent COUP

Central Statistics Process(CSP)

Central StatisticsProcess(CSP)

SSP

DSFDSF

SSP

DSFDSF

SSP

DSFDSF

OMCRBSC

BTSRemote BTS Remote BTSRemote BTS


1-9

Version 1 Rev 4 Subsystem Interfaces

Subsystem InterfacesThe diagram opposite shows all the interfaces utilized within the Motorola subsysteminfrastructure. Each of these interfaces are statistically monitored.

Message Transfer Link (MTL)The MTL is the Motorola device name given to the signalling link between the MSC and the BSC.Each MTL has a bandwidth of 64 kbs and employs the ITU-T SS N o 7 protocol. In the diagramopposite the MTL is shown cross-connected through the Remote Transcoder (RXCDR) which isa quite normal practice. Multiple MTLs can be implemented to one BSC up to a maximum of 16.A MTL could be terminated on any time slot (except 0) at the BSC, although circuit numberingconventions and hardware reasons always lead the MTL to be placed on time slot 16.

Transcoder Base Site Link (XBL)The XBL is the Motorola device name given to the Fault Management (FM) link interconnectingthe RXCDR and BSC. The XBL is an essential control link and provides a robust messagelink between the RXCDR and the BSC. It allows run-time checks to be performed to confirmE1/T1 connectivity between the BSC and RXCDR, and also consistency between CIC devicesequipped at the BSC and those at the RXCDR database to support the dynamic allocation ofAter channels carrying call traffic between the BSC and RXCDR.

The XBL also performs as a fault management link. Using the XBL, if a XCDR/GDP card becomes faultythe FM in the RXCDR can inform the BSC which incoming traffic circuits are down. The BSC will then beable to notify the MSC, and this information is passed on the MTL as a "blocking message". The MSC willblock these circuits until it receives an "unblocking message" signifying the traffic circuits are repaired.

The number of XBLs required depends upon the number of CICs and/or the number of Aterinterface channels. A BSC can be connected to a maximum of 9 RXCDRs, and vice versa.A maximum of 10 XBLs (which may be equipped at 64 kbit/s or 16 kbit/s) can be configured foreach BSC/RXCDR. The XBL can occupy any time slot on the 2Mb trunk and is positioned by adatabase command. The minimum number of XBLs required is 1 XBL at 64 kbit/s capacity per 1200MSC-BSC trunks, or equivalent capacity at 16 kbit/s. The XBL uses the LAPD protocol.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Subsystem Interfaces Version 1 Rev 4

Subsystem Interfaces

OMSOMS

OMS

CBAMTP

AXCDR

OMS

CBAMTP

AXCDR

BTS BTS BTS BTS

CBC

OMC

MSC

ABSSABSS

RSLs

BSCs

RXCDRs

XBL XBL XBL

CBLs

OMLs

MTLs


1-11

Version 1 Rev 4 Operations and Maintenance Link (OML)

Operations and Maintenance Link (OML)The Operations and Maintenance Link (OML) is the Motorola device name given to the signallingconnection between OMC and one of two entities, the BSC or RXCDR. A common configuration isshown opposite. The RXCDR has a single 2 Mbit/s link from the packet switch. Time slot 1 will containthe OML for the RXCDR, which will be terminated in the operations and maintenance software. TheOML and indeed CBL bound for the BSC are simply cross-connected through the RXCDR. The OML isa 64 kbs link using the X25 protocol, multiple OMLs (up to 4) can be configured to a single entity. Thelink will support a huge range of maintenance traffic. Time slot allocation and 2 Mbit/s termination ofthis link is very important and must be consistent with BSS ROM default requirements.

Cell Broadcast Link (CBL)The Cell Broadcast Link (CBL) is the signalling connection from the BSC to the Cell BroadcastCentre (CBC). The GSM CBC is responsible for building and maintaining air interface CellBroadcast (CB) messages. These messages will be passed to the CB agent in the BSCon the CBL. The BSC is responsible for their distribution to individual CB schedulers withineach BTS. Once again the CBL utilizes the X.25 protocol and as the diagram oppositeshows it can be cross-connected through the RXCDR. Using current software only one CBLcan be configured, and essentially any time slot can be utilized.

Radio Signalling Link (RSL)The Radio Signalling Link (RSL) supports traffic signalling and maintenance operations between theBSC and BTS. The Layer 2 protocol used is LAPD and the bandwidth necessary for each linkis 64 kbs. Multiple radio signalling links can be configured up to a maximum of eight.InCell — 8MCell & Horizon Macro — 6, max 2 per E1 spanHorizon 2 Macro — 6, max 4 per E1 span.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Operations and Maintenance Link (OML) Version 1 Rev 4

Operations and Maintenance Link (OML)Subsystem Interfaces

MSC

BSCBTS

RXCDROMC

CBC

FM

OMS

FM

OMS

CBAMTP

X.25OMLOMLCBL

Single 2Mb

MTL XBLOML

CBL Single 2Mb

RSL


1-13

Version 1 Rev 4 BSS Software Review

BSS Software ReviewBefore studying call handling and handover statistics it is very important to revise the BSSsoftware entities involved. Successful CP procedures depend on the interaction and messagingbetween individual processes. Whether successful or not each software entity will monitorevery event and increment their own statistics accordingly.

BSS — Radio Subsystem (RSS)The Radio Subsystem (RSS) is a collection of application processes whose purpose is to managethe BSS RF hardware to the MSs. The RSS functions include the Layer 2 interface (LAPDm) andradio link control including the handover detection and power control process.

The RSS part of the BSS implements the interconnection between theapplication layer (Layer 3) and the physical channel hardware (Layer 1).Using In-Cell equipment the RSS software is designed to run on a single GPROC and atmaximum can handle six carriers. Although possible, the handling of this many carrierscould lead to a shortfall in processing power. Multiple instances of RSS software canco-exist in the same digital cage. Each instance will run on a separate GPROC, usually aDigital Host Processor (DHP), but also the Base Transceiver Process (BTP) can be used.For InCell the instance of RSS software must always be located in the same digitalcage as the Digital Radio Interface extended Memory (DRIM) cards it is supporting.In M-Cell the RSS software will run on the Transceiver Station Manager (TSM) cardwithin the Transceiver Control Unit (TCU), each instance therefore will handle a singlecarrier only. The case of Horizon is similar to M-Cell.

The RSS comprises of five components:

1. RSS configuration and Fault Management (CFM)2. Layer 1 interface3. Layer 2 protocol4. RSS A-bis interface5. Handover detection and power control (HDPC)


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

BSS Software Review Version 1 Rev 4

BSS Software Review

Software interface procedures between

BSS RF hardware and mobile station (MS).

One subsystem can support up to 6

carriers (InCell).

Horizon - one RSS per carrier

MCell - one RSS per carrier

Radio SubSystem

Horizon 2 - one RSS per carriers


1-15

Version 1 Rev 4 RSS — Configuration and FM Interface

RSS — Configuration and FM InterfaceThis process controls the configuration of its related radios, and is the interface to the BTS FMsystem. It is in charge of hardware configuration, and instructing the radio as to the usage ofeach TS (e.g. BCCH, SDCCH or TCH channel. Additionally it is responsible for downloading theoperational software during the initialization of the base site, as well as the loading and configuringthe radio before CP is achieved. Once the site is in CP this process is essentially idle.

RSS - Layer 1The functions of Layer 1:

• Downloads firmware.• Message link between RSS - hardware.• Collects fault information and reports to Fault Collection Process (FCP).• Scheduling both Access Grant Channel (AGCH) and Paging Channel (PCH)

messages on the air interface.• Translates downlink layer 2 (LAPDm frames) into DRI/DPR messages.• Translates Digital Radio Interface (DRI) into Layer 2 messages.• Supports multiple pages in one message.• Supports immediate assignments and immediate assignment rejects in one message.• Layer is responsible for obtaining timer values for non-synchronized handovers

and passing them to the DRI.

RSS - Layer 2Layer 2 is the link between Layer 1 and the RSS A-bis (Layer 3). The purpose of Layer 2 is toperform the data link operation as per OSI Layer 2 as specified in TS GSM 04.05 and TS GSM 04.06.This layer interprets incoming messages from both the Layer 3 interface and Layer 1 interfaceand acts on them, for example Layer 2 provides the LAPDm protocol necessary for convertingLayer 3 messages to LAPDm frames which are sent to Layer 1, and vice versa.

Layer 2 is also responsible for establish an Short Message Service (SMS) link tothe MS for the delivery of short messages.

Layer 2 can handle SMS messages up to 255 bytes long. Layer 2 also verifies the SMS messagesand performs any segmentation/reassembling of the SMS messages.

RSS - A-bisThe RSS A-bis provides the interface and message protocol between the RSS and CP.

The RSS A-bis supports a pseudo A-bis interface known as Mobis, designed by Motorolato conform closely with the GSM requirements but to provide a means for more softwarecontrol of hardware and software located at the BTS site.

All messages between CP and RSS go through the RSS A-bis and the Mobis interface to theRadio Resource State Machine (RRSM) and the Radio Channel Identifier (RCI).

The main responsibilities of the RSS A-bis are as follows:

• Initializing the RSS A-bis• Checking downlink message validity• Reporting and logging erroneous states via Software Fault Management (SWFM)• Translates downlink messages into internal RSS messages• Translates uplink messages into RSS - CP interface


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

RSS — Configuration and FM Interface Version 1 Rev 4

RSS — Configuration and FM InterfaceFM

Call Processing

(CP)

RRSM/RCI

FCP

FTP

DRI

Um

External to RSS

Within RSS

CFM

HDPC

L2

RSS

A-bis

L1


1-17

Version 1 Rev 4 Handover Detection and Power Control

Handover Detection and Power ControlThis process has by far the most functions to fulfil inside the RSS. It controls the transmission powerof the MS (uplink) and also the transmission power of its related radio (downlink) on a per timeslot basis. The object is to keep both the MS and the radio on the lowest possible transmissionpower to help reduce interference between system users. This process is also responsible forcalculating the MS’s timing advance to keep the MS inside its allocated time slot.

The handover detection and power control process takes responsibility for initiatingthe handover process for a MS. It detects the need for handover based on a numberof criteria set up and optimized in the data base.

Whilst time slots on its related radio are not busy, this process monitors these time slotsto produce a noise interference level for the frequency on which the carrier is operating.These figures are then passed up to the Layer 3 CP software.

Once a call to a MS has been established, if a MS leaves the system without deregistering,the system will waste its resources if the MS channel remains in operation. To reduce this, thehandover detection and power control process monitors the Slow Associated Control Channel(SACCH) messages from all MSs on its radios. If a SACCH message from a MS fails toappear, the process waits a predetermined time, if still no SACCH message appears, it instructsthe CP software to close down the resources allocated to that MS.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Handover Detection and Power Control Version 1 Rev 4

Handover Detection and Power Control

Functions

Controls transmission power of MS

Controls the timing advance of MS

Controls the transmission power of the BSS

Determine the need for handover (intra-BSS andinter-BSS)

Monitors the interference level on idle channels

Detects loss of SACCH messages (conservingresources)


1-19

Version 1 Rev 4 Call Processing (CP)

Call Processing (CP)The purpose of CP) is controlling communication between the MSC, BSC, BTS and MS.

CP and RSS interact to control call setup and clearing, handover, encryption and movementof Direct Transfer Application (DTAP) messages between the MSC and MS.

CP has been split into 2 levels connected by the Mobis link:

CPBSC Connectionless Manager (CLM)

Message Transfer Part L3 (MTPL3)

Signalling Connection Control Part

(SCCP) pre-processor

SCCP State Machine (SSM).

CPBTS Radio Resource State Machine (RRSM)

Cell Resource Manager (CRM)

Cell Broadcast Scheduler (CBS).


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Call Processing (CP) Version 1 Rev 4

Call Processing (CP)

Collection of Layer 3 protocols

Functions Call setup/clearingMessage transfer (DTAP/ BSSMAP)Control handovers

CP RSS interfaceEncryptionAllocation of resourcesConfiguration of logical channels

CPBSC CLMMTPL3SSMSCCP preprocessorSM

CPBTS RRSM/RCICRMCBS


1-21



Message Transfer Part Layer 3 (MTPL3)/SCCP PreprocessorThe MTPL3 is comprised of the MTPL3 and Signalling Connection Control Part (SCCP) preprocessor.

The MTPL3 is responsible for maintaining the signalling link between the MSC - BSS. The processwithin MTPL3 is responsible for the data link layer operations of MTP.

The SCCP preprocessor is responsible for determining the type of message (DTAP/BSSMAP)and then routing the internal message.

SCCP State Machine (SSM)The SSM maintains the state of the call at the MSC interface. The SSM is responsible for callinitialization, maintenance, release and the primary control of the call during a handover. For all theseactivities the SSM can be considered the central hub and decision making process of CP.

The SSM is located at the BSC where it can appear in multiple instances, oneper Link Control Function (LCF).

Connectionless Manager (CLM)The CLM handles the connectionless procedures of BSSMAP these procedures include,blocking, reset circuit, global reset and signalling point inaccessible.

The connectionless procedures within GSM are needed to maintain an active interfacewith the MSC. The CLM is located at the BSC where a single instance can only befound on the Base Site control Processor (BSP).

Switch Manager (SM)The SM supervises the dynamic and static connections implemented by the Kiloport Switch board(KSW) or Time slot Switch (TSW) card. The SM will be present at every site type and will appear as asingle instance on the master Generic Processor Board (GPROC) device. It can be considered aspart of CP when located at the BSC where it will be controlled by the SSM and prompted to makeCircuit Identity Code (CIC) to Traffic Channel (TCH) connections dynamically. The SM is also involvedin internal handovers, where the CIC trunk is maintained but the TCH must be switched.

Radio Resource State Machine (RRSM)The RRSM can be considered the centre of CP at the BTS. A single instance only isnecessary and can be found on the BTP. The RRSM will maintain a higher level of controlof the air interface TCH resources. Upon receipt of instructions from the SSM the RRSMwill supervise the activation and deactivation of TCHs. This includes the control of the RSSsoftware and the compilation of radio resource messages to the MS.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002



CASM

CA

SMCAMan MachineInterface (MMI)

RSSCMFM

RSS A-bisCA

CLM

RRSMRCI

SSM

CRM

MTPL3SCCP

Preprocessor

External CP interfaces

Internal CP interfacees

CBSRSSFMCell BroadcastAgent (CBA)MMI


1-23



Radio Channel Interface (RCI)The RCI performs the routing of messages from the RSS to the CP functions. TheRCI and RRSM validate the uplink messages.

The RCI attaches an SCCP reference number to each uplink message and maintainsan accurate map of these numbers with regard to the RSS. The RCI process providesa routing and validation function between RSS and CP

The RCI is also responsible for processing requests from the SCCP preprocessorand distributing paging messages.

Cell Resource Manager (CRM)The CRM supervises the allocation of available radio resources. It utilises a dynamic data base andmarks the state of each channel (SDCCH & TCH) within each cell it controls. GSM specificationsdemand that resources be allocated on a best to worst basis and indeed the CRM maintains anidle interference reading for each free channel. Not only does the CRM allocate resources but alsoprovides each connection with a unique identity called the SCCP reference number. The CRM is alsoresponsible for building system information messages using elements provided by the CM. The CRMalso provides all the necessary information for the configuration of each logical channel. A number ofBSS features are also supervised by the CRM, SDCCH dynamic reconfiguration and TCH flow control.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002



CASM

MSC

SMCAMMI

CBSRSSCMMMIFM

CBSRSS A-bisCA

CLM

RRSMRCI

SSM

CRM

MTPL3SCCP

Preprocessor

External CP interfaces

Internal CP interfacees


1-25

Version 1 Rev 4 Ladder Diagrams

Ladder DiagramsMany statistics within CP are based on the arrival or nonarrival (timer expiry) of BSS defined messages.These interprocess messages are shown as a straight line between two software processes, above theline will be the title of the message. The diagram opposite shows the framework of a ladder diagramless the messages. From this diagram the location and GPROC device type should be carefullynoted, as these details are omitted from the working diagrams. The transmission mechanism of thesemessages is complex and an explanation is unnecessary for the subject matter covered by this course.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Ladder Diagrams Version 1 Rev 4

Ladder Diagrams

RSS CRM RRSM SSM SM MTP

DHP/TCU/CTU

(multiple)

BTP

(single)

LCF

(multiple)

BSP

(single)

BTS BSC

MS MSC

Initiate assignment


1-27

Version 1 Rev 4 Ladder Diagrams



©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Statistical Data Types Version 1 Rev 4

Chapter 2

Statistical Data Types


2-1

Version 1 Rev 4 Statistical Data Types



©MOTOROLA LTD.2002




• Name the six statistical data types.• Describe how each of the statistical data types collect information.• State the results each statistical data type will output.


2-3



Description of statistical data typesThere are six statistical data types. Every statistic considered during this course will compriseof one of these types. Most statistics are either counters or durations, these are the simplestdata types. The six statistical data types available are listed below:

• Counter• Counter array• Gauge• Duration• Normal distribution• Weighted distribution

During this section a detailed description of each of these types will be givenalong with examples where appropriate.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 90

12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK

12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK

12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK

MAX

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 90

A B C D E F G H I J

Counter Counter Array

GaugeDuration

Normal Distribution

Weighted Distribution

Cumulative value (+time)

Mean

Minimum

Maximum

Bin value (+)

Mean

Minimum

Maximum

Bin value (+time)

Mean

Minimum

Maximum

Cumulative value (+)

Cumulative value

Bin array

Mean value (+/-)

Maximum


2-5



CounterThe counter cumulative value is pegged by n (the reported value) each time a report ismade by the application process. Therefore, the counter cumulative value representsthe number of occurrences of an event within an interval.

A threshold value may be specified in the case of alarm generating counters.

An event is reported to the OMC when the threshold value is reached. The event willonly be reported once during an interval if a threshold is reached, for it does not reportmultiple events if the threshold has been exceeded.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Statistical Data TypesCounter

Report Produced

Statistical interval expired

Increment cumulative value by n.

Application Process Value (n)

Cumulative value

FINAL REPORT

Final Report12

6

39


2-7



Counter statistic example

CALLS_QUEUED

After the MS has successfully completed call set-up on the SDCCH the next stage is for the networkto transfer the MS to a TCH, this process is called the assignment procedure. .

The assignment procedure is initiated by the MSC by sending the assignment requestmessage to the SSM, this message includes the characteristics of the channel requiredand the CIC trunk to be used on the A-interface.

Before making any trunk connections the SSM will send the initiate assignment message tothe RRSM requesting that suitable resources be activated in respect of this MS connection.The RRSM will send an assignment resource request to the CRM, which holds a dynamicdata base denoting individual TCH availability. If no resource of the correct type is availablethe request may be queued, depending upon data base parameters and message contents.If the request can be queued then the force queue message is sent to the RRSM. For everychannel request which is queued this counter statistic is incremented


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Statistical Data TypesCounter Example:

MSCMSC

AssignmentAssignment request request

Initiate assignmentInitiate assignment

SSSSM

RRSMRRSM

CRMCRMAssignment resourceAssignment resource

requestrequest

Assignment queuedAssignment queued

Queueing indicationQueueing indicationpegs:pegs: CALLS_QUEUEDCALLS_QUEUED

Force queueorce queue

CALLS QUEUED

o

No TCHs available


2-9



Counter Array StatisticA counter array statistic is an enhancement of the simple counter, in that the total figure reportedis supplemented with a categorical breakdown using up to 16 bin counters. Each bin value willrepresent a particular category depending on the statistic being monitored.

Depending upon the number of bins required in the array, the array can be small (4 bins),medium (8 bins), large (12 bins) or extra large (16 bins). This number is not configurable,but is preset in software for each relevant statistic.

Counter array exampleWhen the SSM receives a handover recognized message it will analyse the cause valuebefore executing the appropriate handover type. At this point in time the message is alsoused to increment handover cause statistics. The cumulative value is incremented for eachhandover attempted, whilst the appropriate bin is also incremented depending on the causevalue. Ten bins are utilized with the following fixed designations:

0 - UPQUAL

1 - UPLEVEL

2 - DOWNQUAL

3 - DOWNLEVEL

4 - DISTANCE

5 - UPINTERF

6 - DOWNINTERF

7 - POWERBDGT

8 - CONGESTION

9 - ADJ_CHAN_INTF

10- NON IMPERATIVE MULTIBAND

At the end of the statistical interval the cumulative total is reported along with the binarray, showing the cause values that make up this total.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Statistical Data TypesCounter Array

Report Produced


Application Process Cause

Final Report

Increment cumulative counter by 1Increment relative bin by 1

A B C D E F G H I J K L

12

6

39

Cumulative totalBin array

FINAL REPORT

12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK


2-11



GaugeThe gauge current value is incremented or decremented by n (the reported value)each time a report is made by the application process. A gauge adjusts readings thatmonitor occurrences of an event within an interval.

A threshold value may be specified in the case of alarm generating gauges. An event is reported to theOMC when the threshold value is reached. The event will only be reported once during an interval if athreshold is reached, for it does not report multiple events if the threshold has been exceeded.

At the end of the interval, gauge statistics give the average value and maximumvalue achieved during that interval.

Gauge statistic example

PCH_AGCH_Q_LENGTH

This gauge statistic tracks the average number of paging or access granting messages queuing tobe transmitted. It is pegged by the RSS Layer 1 software every paging multirame.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Statistical Data TypesGauge

Report Produced



Final Report12

6

39

Mean ValueMaximum Value

FINAL REPORT

MAX

Increment/decrement current value by n.Store Maximum value

MAX


2-13



DurationThe duration cumulative value is kept by the application process by starting and stopping the timerwhen events begin and cease respectively. The time in between these reports is recorded as acumulative time value. All durations report cumulative values in milliseconds (msec).

The duration maximum and minimum values are saved and reported at the end of the interval.The duration mean value is calculated each time a report is made.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Statistical Data TypesDuration

Report Produced



Final Report12

6

39

12

6

39

TICKTICK

TICK

Start Stop

FINAL REPORT

Increment cumulative value by durationIncrement number of samplesStore minimum valueStore maximum value

12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK

12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK

Cumulative valueMinimum valueMaximum valueMean value


2-15



Duration Example — SDCCH_CONGESTIONWhen a channel request is received the network will try to assign an SDCCH subslot. The channelrequest is passed up to the RRSM which in turn solicits the CRM for an available SDCCH. Ifavailable, the CRM will assign one by returning the channel assigned message to the RRSM.If the last available SDCCH was assigned then an internal timer is started at the CRM. Thistimer is stopped only when an SDCCH subslot next becomes available.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Statistical Data TypesDuration Example

RRSMMS RSS CRM

Channel request

Channel request Channel requestreceived

Channel assigned If last SDCCH assignedstart timer

Stop timer when thefirst SDCCH becomesavailable

Elapsed time update:SDCCH_CONGESTION

RF channel releasedack. received

SDCCH_CONGESTION


2-17



Normal distributionNormal distribution statistics record the number of times a statistical element is at a specific value.

This statistic type allocates the data collected into ‘bins. There are 10 bins available. Binranges for the 10 bins may be set up for each individual distribution statistic (default valuesmay also be used). When the application process reports an event the bin representingthe reported value of the event is then incremented by one.

Two additional measurements are also required: the number of samples and the cumulative value.When an event is reported the number of samples is incremented by one and the cumulative value isupdated by the reported value. These two measurements are used to calculate the mean value.

The distribution maximum and minimum values are saved throughout the interval and reportedat the end of the interval. The duration mean value is calculated each time a report is made.An array of values representing the total counts per bin is also reported.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Statistical Data TypesNormal Distribution

Report Produced


Application Process

Value (n)

Final Report12

6

39

FINAL REPORT

Bin arrayMinimum valueMaximum valueMean value

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 90

Increment cumulative value by reported value nIncrement relative bin by oneIncrement number of samples by oneStore minimum valueStore maximum value

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 90


2-19



Normal Distribution example — INTF_ON_IDLE

Every Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) frame each idle time slot is monitored for interference,these values are reported using the scale 0-63 (-110 to -47dBm). The HDPC will average theseinterference levels using an unweighted algorithm and produce a value representing the interferencelevel on a SACCH multiframe basis. This value increments the cumulative total for this statistic and willalso cause the appropriate bin and the number of samples count to be incremented by one.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Statistical Data TypesNormal Distribution Example

HDPC

Interface level 0-63

Value producedevery 480ms

Cumulative value

Appropriate bin

Increment number ofsamples by one

Averagingprocess

Carrier

INTF_ON_IDLE


2-21



Weighted DistributionWeighted distribution statistics record the duration for which a statistical element is at a specific value.

This statistic type allocates the data collected in to bins. The data placed into thebins is weighted by time. Bin ranges for the 10 bins may be set up for each individualdistribution statistic (default values may also be used).

The application process reports the start of the distribution at a particular value and updates itwhen a change in the value occurs. This procedure starts and stops internal timers which computethe duration of an activity. Weighted distributions increment the bin count by the amount of time(in ms) that the statistic had the given value. When an event is reported the number of samplesis incremented by the time difference and the cumulative value is updated by the time differencemultiplied by the bin value. At interval expiry the mean value is calculated.

The statistic result consists of an array of values representing the total time in which the valuewas active per bin and a mean across all bins. The distribution maximum and minimum valuesare also saved throughout the interval and reported at the end of the interval.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Statistical Data TypesWeighted Distribution

Report Produced


Value (n) Duration

Final Report12

6

39

Application Process12

6

39

TICKTICK

TICK

Start Stop

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 90

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 90

FINAL REPORT

Bin arrayMinimum valueMaximum valueMean value

Increment relevant bin by durationIncrement cumulative value by (duration xn)Increment number of samples by the durationStore minimum valueStore maximum value 12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK

12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK


2-23



Weighted Distribution example — BUSY_TCH

After the MS has successfully completed call set-up on the SDCCH the next stage is for the networkto transfer the MS to a TCH, this process is called the assignment procedure. The assignmentprocedure is initiated by the MSC by sending the assignment request message to the SSM, thismessage includes the characteristics of the channel required and the CIC trunk to be used on theA-interface. Before making any trunk connections the SSM will send the initiate assignment messageto the RRSM requesting that suitable resources be activated in respect of this MS connection. TheRRSM will send an assignment resource request to the CRM, if the CRM is able to allocate therequired resources it will return an assignment channel assigned message detailing the resourcesto be used. Upon allocating these resources the CRM will update this statistic.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Statistical Data TypesWeighted Distribution Example

RRSMCRM MSC

Assignment request

Initiate assignment

Assignment resourcerequest

Assignment channelassigned

BUSY_TCH

SSM

BUSY_TCH


2-25



Summary

Counter

Counts the number of occurrences of an event.

Counter array

Counts the number of occurrences of an event with a breakdown of applicable causes.

Gauge

Reports the mean and maximum value of the statistic in question. Incrementedor decremented when an event is received.

Duration

Measures the duration of an event.

Normal distribution

Records the number of times a statistical element is at a specific value.

Weighted distribution

Records the duration for which a statistical element is at a specific value.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Statistical Data TypesSummary

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 90

12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK

12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK

12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK

MAX

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 90

A B C D E F G H I J

Counter Counter Array

Gauge

Duration

Normal Distribution

Weighted Distribution

Cumulative value (+time)

Mean

Minimum

Maximum

Bin value (+)

Mean

Minimum

MaximumBin value (+time)

Mean

Minimum

Maximum

Cumulative value (+)

Cumulative value

Bin array

Mean value (+/-)

Maximum


2-27




©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Statistical MMI Commands Version 1 Rev 4

Chapter 3

Statistical MMI Commands


3-1

Version 1 Rev 4 Statistical MMI Commands



©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Statistical MMI Commands Version 1 Rev 4

Statistical MMI Commands


• Enable and disable raw statistics.• Display statistical information including:

a. Parameter values which are set for specific statistics.

b. List statistics which are currently active.

c. Statistical data for a chosen statistical interval.

• Set thresholds for alarm statistics.• Initialize bin ranges for distribution statistics.


3-3

Version 1 Rev 4 Displaying Enabled Statistics

Displaying Enabled StatisticsThe disp_enable_stat command will cause the BSS to generate a list of the currently enabled statisticsfor the specified argument. The argument is optional and may be omitted. If so the complete list ofenabled statistics will be displayed including cell related (per cell cell id) and non-cell related.

The argument used will abbreviate the list down to a specified cell or location. It is possible tospecify a statistical name, if so the display will return a list of all cell/sites in the BSS where thatstatistic has been enabled. Examples of this display command are in the W56 manual.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Displaying Enabled Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Displaying Enabled Statistics

disp_enable_stat [ * ]

* <cell_number>

<cell_name>

<bss>

<meas_type>

<location>


3-5

Version 1 Rev 4 Enabling and Disabling Statistics

Enabling and Disabling Statistics

Statistics will not be collected unless enabled prior to the start of a statistical period. Thestat_mode command is used to enable or disable specific statistics within the CM database.There are some statistics that are enabled in the CM database by default, a list of these andfurther examples of this command can be found on page 2–2 in the W56 manual.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Enabling and Disabling Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Enabling and Disabling Statistics

stat_mode <meas_type> mode [<location>][<cell_desc>]

meas_type - Name of statistic

mode - On or Off

location - 0 or bsc1 - 100all

cell desc - cell idcell nameall


3-7

Version 1 Rev 4 Changing Statistical Properties

Changing Statistical Properties

Changing statistical propertiesThe chg_stat_prop command is used to change the properties (but not the interval) of a statistic. The properties that can be altered are dependent on the statistical type specified:

• The alarm threshold can be changed for counter, counter array and gauge statistics if applicable.• Bin ranges may be changed for normal and weighted distribution statistics.• Properties may not be changed for durational statistics.

After the command line the system will prompt for further information depending uponthe above, examples can be found in the W56 manual.

Displaying statistical propertiesStatistical properties can be displayed by use of the disp_stat_prop command. Thiscommand will cause the system to display the current properties of the specified statistic,the information and presentation format are dependent upon the statistic type. Examplesof system outputs can be located in the W56 manual.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Changing Statistical Properties Version 1 Rev 4

Changing Statistical Properties

chg_stat_prop<meas_type> [<location>][<cell_desc>]

meas_type - Name of statistic

location - 0 or bsc1 - 100all

cell desc - cell idcell nameall

prompts follow

Displaying Statistical Properties

disp_stat_prop<meas_type>[<location>][<cell_desc>]


3-9

Version 1 Rev 4 Setting Bin Ranges for Distribution Statistics

Setting Bin Ranges for Distribution Statistics

A bin is a range which records the number of times or the length of time for which anevent occurs. Therefore, a bin represents a `pool of data"Normal distribution statistics record how often a particular event or state-change occurs.Normal distribution bins contain a count.

Weighted distribution statistics record the time (in milliseconds) that an element is at aspecific value. Weighted distribution bins contain a duration.

The bin ranges are set in exactly the same way for both normal and weighted distributionstatistics. Each bin has a maximum and a minimum value, these values determine therange of values which may be placed in that bin.

The bin range for each bin may be made as large or as small as the operator requires,each bin may have a different size range. The total number of bins never changes.The diagrams opposite illustrate various scenarios which require the bin ranges to besized in different ways.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 90

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 90

12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK

12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK

min=0max=10

min=11max=20

min=21max=30

min=31max=40

min=41max=50

min=51max=60

min=61max=70

min=71max=80

min=81max=90

min=91max=100

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 90

30 45 71


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Setting Bin Ranges for Distribution Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Setting Bin Ranges for Distribution Statistics

More Activity at the Centre of the Range

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 90

More Activity at the End of the Range

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 90

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 90

Constant Activity Across the Range


3-11

Version 1 Rev 4 Setting the Statistical Interval

Setting the Statistical IntervalThe statistical interval can be set using the chg_element command. This period is used to controlthe time interval between successive uploads of statiscal information. At the end of the periodspecified the central statistics function at the BSC will collect statistical data from its associateddistributed statistics functions and call the OMC to inform it that a statistics file is ready to be uploaded.Although it is possible to set this period anywhere between 5 and 60 minutes, the practical valuewill always be 30 or 60, as these are the only two values presently supported by the OMC. Thisperiod, set at the BSC, must be the same value as that being used at the OMC.

The disp_element command can be used to display the current interval in use.

Displaying the interval timerAt any moment in time the BSC will retain 12 statistical files each pertaining to a particularchronological period, in length each period will be equal to the statistical interval. This commandwill prompt a display of the chronological range of each of the 12 start times.

Note: Clearing statisticsThe command clear_stats is no longer supported and has been removed.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Setting the Statistical Interval Version 1 Rev 4

Setting the Statistical Interval

chg_element stat_interval <*><location>

* 30 or 60

Displaying the Interval Timer

disp_interval


3-13

Version 1 Rev 4 Displaying Statistical Reports

Displaying Statistical Reports

Once a statistical interval (stat interval) has expired the statistical results can be displayedusing the disp_stats command. Several examples of typical displays can be seen inthe W56. The format of the command is as follows:

disp_stats<interval><meas_type>[cell_number] [board_id]


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Displaying Statistical Reports Version 1 Rev 4

Displaying Statistical Reports

disp_stats <interval><meas_type>

cell_descboard_desc*

[ ]*


3-15

Version 1 Rev 4 Displaying Statistical Reports



©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Call Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Chapter 4

Call Statistics


4-1

Version 1 Rev 4 Call Statistics



©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Call Statistics


• Name the five call statistics groups.• Indicate where each call statistic is incremented given related ladder diagrams and the W56 manual.


4-3

Version 1 Rev 4 Call Statistics

Call Statistics

Introduction

Call statistics are generated during CP. Call assignments and failures are monitored along withhandover assignments and failures. The handover statistics will be investigated in the next section.

Call statistics fall into five categories which are detailed in the W56 manual.

1. Connection Establishment Statistics.Identifies statistics updated when attempting to establish a signalling channel.

2. TCH Assignment Statistics.These statistics are updated when attempting to establish a traffic channel.

3. Usage/Congestion Statistics.Identifies the statistics which are used to monitor usage and congestion.

4. Call Clearing Statistics.These statistics are associated with call clearing.

5. Handover Statistics.A handover is the process of transferring a MS from one RF channel to another RF channel,between cells or within a cell. These statistics will be studied separately in the next section.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Call Statistics

CONNECTIONESTABLISHMENT

!?

!* *

USAGE / CONGESTION

SiteCell

CellHANDOVER

TCH ASSIGNMENT hello

CALL CLEARINGbye


4-5

Version 1 Rev 4 Connection Establishment

Connection EstablishmentIn an attempt to establish dedicated mode the MS will transmit a "channel request" message,packaged in the familiar access burst. The channel request contains 8 bits of intelligentinformation, an establishment cause value (3-6 bits) and a random reference (2-5 bits). Beforetransmitting this information the MS will perform an X-OR function on the data using theserving cells Base transceiver Station Identity codes (BSIC). This simple encoding functionwill enable the receiving server to discriminate between "channel requests" bound for othercells utilizing similar Broadcast Control Channel (BCCH) frequencies.

The channel coder decodes the message on the Random Access Channel (RACH) from the RadioChannel Unit (RCU). If the channel coder is unable to equalize and hence decode the message it willpeg an internal counter for the unrecognized message. If the channel request is correctly decodedit will then be sent to RSS L1, this message also includes the status of the unrecognized messagecounter and an indication as to the required relative timing advance relevant to this request.

Statistics

OK_ACC_PROC_SUC_RACH

RSS Layer 1 increments this statistic for each channel request received from the channel coder.

The channel request message is used by the MS to request allocation if a dedicated channel (to beused as an SDCCH) by the network, in response to a paging message (incoming call) from the networkor as a result of an outgoing call/supplementary short message service dialled from the MS.

ACCESS_PER_RACH

RSS L1 will also increment this statistic once for the channel request, plus the numberindicated by the unrecognized message counter.

INV_EST_CAUSE_ON_RACH

Upon receipt of the channel request RSS A-bis will validate the establishment cause value whichmust be consistent with specified causes in TS GSM 04.08. If it is not consistent , this statisticis incremented and the channel request is ignored. Providing the cause value is successfullyvalidated and a channel required message will be formatted and sent to CP.

So-called "phantom" RACHs could possibly contribute to incrementing the above statistics.Phantom RACHs can essentially be attributed to sporadic noise and interference. Channelrequests from distant MSs can obviously be affected by such noise especially when MS outputpower is low. Conversely when MS output is high any transmitted signals can cause interferenceto other co-channel and adjacent channel cells. In Motorola’s implementation it is unlikely thatcells using similar frequencies will be finely synchronized. This could only happen by chance aseach BTS does not have frame synchronization. It is possible though for part synchronizationto occur and this could contribute to the phantom RACH problem.

Once the RRSM has received the channel required message it will attempt to establish the MS ona dedicated channel, usually a Stand-alone Dedicated Control Channel (SDCCH).


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Connection Establishment Version 1 Rev 4

Connection EstablishmentMS

Channelcoder

(DRIM)

RSS L1

RSS ABIS

CP

Channel request

Channel requestpeg:

OK_ACC_PROC_SUC_RACH

Channel requestAfter verificationif invalid peg:

INV_EST_CAUSE_ON_RACH

Channel required

ACCESS_PER_RACH


4-7


Connection EstablishmentCHAN_REQ_CAUSE_ATMPT

This counter array pegs whenever a channel required message is received by the RRSM. It tracksthe cause values of channel requests occurring in a cell. The bins of the array are as below:

0 - Originating call1 - Emergency call2 - CM re-establishment3 - Location update4 - Page response5 - LMU establishment

The RRSM is responsible for incrementing the appropriate bin depending on the cause.

ALLOC_SDCCH

This counter statistic is incremented in the CRM each time an SDCCH sub-slot is successfully allocated.SDCCH sub-slots are allocated through immediate assignment, assignment and handover procedures.

BUSY_SDCCH

Each time the CRM allocates an SDCCH the BUSY_SDCCH statistic is incremented.This statistic is a weighted distribution and will produce a mean value indicating theaverage number of SDCCHs in use per interval.

ACCESS_PER_AGCH

Pegged in the RSS and counts the number of immediate assignment, immediate assignmentextended and immediate assignment reject messages sent on AGCH. This statistic countsmessages, not assignments or rejects. Remember that one message could contain up to 2immediate assignments or indeed up to 4 immediate assignment rejects.

OK_ACC_PROC

Once the link layer has been established between the RSS and MS, the RSS will send anestablish indication message containing the L3 initial message originating from the MS. TheL3 initial message will be dependent on the MS’s requirements.

0 — CM Service Request - Call1 — CM Service Request - SMS2 — CM Service Request - Supplementary services3 — CM Service Request - CM Emergency Call4 — CM Re-establishment5 — Location Update6 — IMSI Detach7 — Page Response8 — Location update follow on request SMS9 — Location update follow on request normal10 — Location Services


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Connection EstablishmentRSS A-BIS

Channel required

RRSM

Peg:

CHAN_REQ_CAUSE_ATMPT

CRMChannel required

received

Channel assigned

Peg:

ALLOC_SDCCH

BUSY_SDCCH

Channel activationRSS

Channel activation acknowledge

Immediate assignment cmd

Peg:

OK_ACC_PROC

Peg:

ACCESS_PER_AGCH

Establish indication

(L3 Initial message)

MSImmediate

assignment

cmd

SABM

(L3 Initial

message)

UA

(L3 Initial

message)


4-9


Connection EstablishmentSDCCH_CONGESTION

When the last SDCCH available is allocated then the CRM will start the sdcch_congestion timer.This timer will only be stopped when at least one SDCCH becomes idle. SDCCH_CONGESTION is adurational statistic indicating the total time within a period that no SDCCH was available.

ALLOC _SDCCH_FAIL

This statistic is pegged each time the CRM tries to allocate a free SDCCH but is preventedbecause they are all busy. This statistic is also incremented in the target cell whenrejecting an SDCCH handover through lack of resources.

ALARM 1.CELL: Attempt at allocating an SDCCH failed - PM (major)

CHAN_REQ_MS_BLK

This statistic is pegged by the RSS and is incremented each time an immediateassignment reject message is received from the CRM.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Connection Establishment

RSS A BIS RRSM

Channel required

CRMChannel required

received

Channel assigned

SDCCH_CONGESTION

If last SDCCH assignedstart sdcch_congestiontimer for:

RSS

Channel required

CRMChannel required

received

If no sdcch available incrementALLOC_SDCCH_FAIL

Immediateassignment reject

On receipt of immediateassignment reject peg:CHAN_REQ_MS_BLK

RRSM


4-11



CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL

Upon sending the immediate assignment message to RSS the RRSM will start timerrr_t3101. If rr_t3101 is allowed to expire and an establish indication for that connectionhas not been received then this counter statistic is incremented.

ALARM 1.CELL: Attempt at allocating an SDCCH failed - PM (minor)


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002



RSS RRSM

Immediate assignment

MS


rr_t3101

rr_t3101

If rr_t3101 expires andno establish indication is received peg:

CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL


4-13

Version 1 Rev 4 SCCP Connection Establishment

SCCP Connection EstablishmentAfter receiving the establish indication from the RSS to indicate the MS has successfullyarrived on its dedicated channel, the RRSM will then forward the L3 information onto theSSM. At this stage the SSM is responsible for establishing an SCCP virtual circuit connectionfor this MS (in connection orientated mode) with the MSC.

StatisticsCONN_REQ_TO_MSC

To establish a Switch Virtual Circuit (SVC) within the SCCP layer of C7 the BSS must senda connection request to the MSC. The connection request will contain the L3 informationoriginally sent by the MS plus other connection oriented information.

CONN_REFUSED

The MSC should respond with a connection confirm indicating that an SVC has been establishedat the SCCP layer. If, for some reason, this is not possible the MSC will return with a connectionrefused. On receipt of these messages the SSM will increment this statistic. The connectionrefused messages could, depending on switch implementation, be returned as a result ofsuccessful or unsuccessful location updating, failed call re-establishment and as a result ofInternational Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) detach. Depending upon switch software theconnection refused could be returned when congestion relief is employed.

MS_ACCESS_BY_TYPE

This medium counter array measures the number of accesses of the system by MSs of differentfrequency band capabilities. The RRSM decodes this information from the classmark 3 message,usually sent just after the L3 initial message. The bins are defined below:

0 = PGSM

1 = DCS1800

2 = PCS1900

3 = PGSM + EGSM

4 = PGSM + DCS1800

5 = PGSM + EGSM + DCS1800

6 = PGSM + PCS1900

7 = PGSM + EGSM + PCS1900


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

SCCP Connection Establishment Version 1 Rev 4

SCCP Connection EstablishmentRRSM

SSM


Initial L3 InformationOne of:

CM service requestCM re establishLocation update requestIMSI detachRespond to page

<CONNECTION REQUEST>

<CR>

Complete L3 information

<CONNECTION CONFIRM>

<CC>

OR

CONN_REQ_TO_MSC

After the CR is sentthe SSM pegs:

<CONNECTION REFUSED>

<CREF>

MTP/MSC

CONN_REFUSED

On receipt of a CREFthe SSM pegs:

RSS

MS_ACCESS_BY_TYPEpegs:


4-15



Stats

PAGING PROCEDURE

The MSC is responsible for initiating the paging procedure and does so by sending the BSS apaging message. This message is received by the SCCP preprocessor, it contains the informationnecessary to page the MS (i.e. IMSI,Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity (TMSI) and the cellid list). This message is sent in the connectionless mode of the SCCP Layer.

PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC

This statistic is pegged by the preprocessor and is simply a count of the numberof paging messages received from the MSC.

PAGE_REQUEST_FROM_MSC_FAIL

The preprocessor will peg this statistic when a paging message has beenreceived suffering a protocol error.

Providing the paging message can be interpreted by the preprocessor, the called MSs paging groupwill be determined and included in the page mobile request which will then be despatched to theappropriate instances of RRSM. From there, paging commands will then be sent to the correctinstances of RSS where the pages will be grouped and formatted into paging request messagesready for transmission on the air-interface at the appropriate moment in time.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Connection EstablishmentPaging Procedure


Incremented for everyundecoded paging msg:

MSC

Paging

Pagemobile request

Paging

command

Paging requestPegged per msg:

MTP L3(pre-proc)

RCI/RRSM

RSS

Incremented for everydecoded paging msg:

PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC

PCH_Q_PAGE_DISCARD

Possibly incrementACCESS_PER_PCH

PCH_AGCH_Q_LENGTH

Peg:MS

PAGING_REQUESTS


4-17

Version 1 Rev 4

Paging Procedure ContinuedProviding the paging message can be interpreted by the preprocessor, the called MSs paging groupwill be determined and included in the page mobile request which will then be despatched to theappropriate instances of RRSM. From there, paging commands will then be sent to the correctinstances of RSS where the pages will be grouped and formatted into paging request messagesready for transmission on the air-interface at the appropriate moment in time.

ACCESS_PER_PCHACCESS_PER_PCH

Each time a paging request message is sent on the air-interface this statistic is incremented. As withthe other access statistics this is incremented per message, remember a paging request messagecould contain up to 4 pages if paging by TMSI and up to 2 pages if paging by IMSI. This statistic ismodified to count both Circuit Switched (CS) and Packet Switch (PS) paging on Page Channel (PCH). .

Bin 0 – ACCESS_PER_PCH_PS_CS Both CS and PS pages within the PAGING REQUEST message.

Bin 1 – ACCESS_PER_PCH_CS Only CS pages within the PAGING REQUEST message.

Bin 2 – ACCESS_PER_PCH_PS Only PS pages within the PAGING REQUEST message

PAGING_REQUESTSPAGING_REQUESTS

This statistic accounts for any message making use of a PCH block. This statistic is similar toPCH_Q_PAGE_DISCARD except the messages are sent, not discarded. This statistic is obtained bymeasuring the number of paging requests received from the network for transmission on the PCH. .

Bin 0 – PAGING_REQS_TOT Number of Paging requests received to be transmitted on the PCH.

Bin 1 – PAGING_REQS_CS Number of Paging requests received to be transmitted on the CS.

Bin 2 – PAGING_REQS_PS Number of Paging requests received to be transmitted on the PS

PCH_Q_PAGE_DISCARD

This counter statistic will increment each time a page from the MSC (IMSI or TMSI number) is overwrittenwhilst waiting in the queue. The oldest TMSI/IMSI number is overwritten first. The maximum queuelength is 8 TMSI or IMSI numbers. They will be queued awaiting their paging group to appear in time.

ALARM 24.CELL: PCH Queue page discard - PM (minor)

PCH_AGCH_Q_LENGTH

This gauge statistic tracks the average number of paging or access granting messages queueingto be transmitted. It is pegged by the RSS Layer 1 software every paging multiframe.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Version 1 Rev 4

Paging Procedure Continued


Incremented for everyundecoded paging msg:

MSC

Paging

Pagemobile request

Paging

command

Paging requestPegged per msg:

MTP L3(pre-proc)

RCI/RRSM

RSS

Incremented for everydecoded paging msg:

PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC

PCH_Q_PAGE_DISCARD

Possibly incrementACCESS_PER_PCH

PCH_AGCH_Q_LENGTH

Peg:MS

PAGING_REQUESTS


4-19

Version 1 Rev 4 Half Rate

Half Rate

The GSM Half Rate feature offers enhanced capacity over the air interface, corresponding to theproportion of mobiles within a coverage area that supports Half Rate. An air timeslot is split into twosub–channels, each containing a half rate channel. Speech quality is considered inferior to other speechcodecs but has a high penetration level (of GSM HR capable mobiles) due to its early introduction into thestandards. Due to these large penetration levels it is considered a viable option for high density areas.

A GSM HR call can fit within an 8kbps timeslot (an Ater channel) on the terrestrial resource from theBSC to the RXCDR, rather than the 16kbps timeslot required for FR calls. If a percentage of theactive calls can be assumed to be HR, then efficiencies can be gained by reducing the number ofterrestrial resources between the BSC and RXCDR. This is possible only if the BSC can dynamicallyallocate a timeslot to a CIC on an 8kbps/16kbps basis. This dynamic allocation is performed acrossa trunked interface between the BSC and a remote transcoder (RXCDR). This interface is calledthe Ater interface. The dynamic allocation is an enhancement to the existing Auto Connect modefeature, referred to as ”Enhanced Auto Connect mode”. Enhanced Auto Connect is part of the AMRfeature and is mentioned here only to point out that GSM HR will enjoy the same benefit.

The backhaul requirements between the BTS and BSC may also be reduced to 8kbps as longas subrate (8K) switching is present at the BSC. Both GDP and GDP2 boards will be enhanced tosupport GSM HR. GDP will be introduced first, followed by GDP2 in a future release.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Half Rate Version 1 Rev 4

Half Rate

24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 025

MS B – Sub Channel 1

MS A – Sub Channel 0

SACCH

SACCH

IDLE

IDLEHalf Rate TCH – MS A Half Rate TCH – MS A

Half Rate TCH – MS B Half Rate TCH – MS B

SYS02_CH1_09A

24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 025

MS B – Sub Channel 1

MS A – Sub Channel 0

SACCH

SACCH

IDLE

IDLEHalf Rate TCH – MS A Half Rate TCH – MS A

Half Rate TCH – MS B Half Rate TCH – MS B

SYS02_CH1_09A


4-21

Version 1 Rev 4 Dynamic Allocation RXCDR and BSC Circuits (DARBC)

Dynamic Allocation RXCDR and BSC Circuits (DARBC)The evolved DARBC feature of GSR 5 has introduced automatic connection of Ater channels(between the RXCDR and BSC) to connect MSC-allocated CICs to the BSC. The mode ofoperation is known as the ‘Auto-Connect mode’ and is the standard mode following upgradeto GSR 5. The previous GSR 4 mode, now known as ‘Backwards Compatibility Mode’, ispart of GSR 5 but is superseded after upgrade is complete

Prior to this feature, connectivity between MSC and BSC via the transcoder was mapped statically, butwith this feature the BSC treats its Ater or connecting channels as a pool resource A CIC is mapped toa through connection via the RXCDR on initiation, and when the CIC is nominated by the MSC, the Aterchannel is utilised in its mapped mode. However if a fault should occur on the Ater carrying the callbetween the RXCDR and BSC, a new Ater channel will be allocated so that the call is not lost.

BSC tracks CIC and Ater utilization, and allocates/deallocates Ater channels as required. It alsoinstructs the RXCDR via the enhanced XBL to make connections between its MSC and Aterinterfaces. The BSC also carries out audit of the CIC and Ater information via the XBL.

The RXCDR makes switch connections between the Ater channels and the MSC interface, and informsthe BSC when faults or operator actions affect the usability of CICs or Ater channels. It also ensuresthat the correct idle tone is connected and provides the BSC with CIC/Ater audit information.

AMR Phase 2 GSR7 - See Chapter 10 for AMR Phase 1 FeatureAn AMR HR call can occupy an 8kbps (except when the 7.95kbps codec mode is included in theHR ACS, in which case 16kbps is required) timeslot (an Ater channel) on the terrestrial resourcefrom the BSC to the RXCDR, rather than the 16kbps timeslot required for FR calls for FR calls. Ifa percentage of the active calls can be assumed to be HR, then efficiencies can be gained byreducing the number of terrestrial resources between the BSC and RXCDR. This is possible only ifthe BSC can dynamically allocate a 8 kbps timeslot to a CIC. This allocation is performed acrossthe Ater interface and may be considered to be an enhancement to the existing ‘Auto-Connectmode’ hence it will be referred to as ‘Enhanced Auto-Connect mode’ or EAC.

The AMR half-rate channel mode will only be available on the CTU, TCU-A and TCU-B radioplatforms. It will require all BSC/RXCDRs KSWs to be replaced with DSWs. The featureallows either BSC-BTS backhaul independent of BSC-RXCDR backhaul savings. If this isthe case the 16kbps Ater channels will carry 8kbps TRAU frames. Or alternatively bothBSC-BTS and BSC-RXCDR can be enabled for backhaul savings.

Enhanced GDP refers to a new firmware configuration of the GDP board. In this configuration, eachof the 15 DSPs on the GDP board is only capable of supporting the transcoding function for a singlechannel of GSM speech (AMR, FR, and EFR) and Phase 2 data services. This is due to the additionalrequirements of AMR. To fully offer 30 channels of enhanced transcoding using the same E1 span lineto the MSC, enhanced GDPs are equipped as pairs, each providing half of the transcoding resources.

The GDP2 board refers to the new transcoding platform for increased AMR support. This platform shallco-exist with current XCDR and GDP boards and is capable of supporting full 2 E1 links meaning 60AMR transcoding circuits on one board. Full use of the GDP2 boards (60 channels) will require useof 2048 timeslot mode and a ngRXU cage and is local transcoding cabinets to be ngBSSC.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Dynamic Allocation RXCDR and BSC Circuits (DARBC) Version 1 Rev 4

Dynamic Allocation RXCDR and BSC Circuits (DARBC)

MSC

MSC allocates CIC to call

RXCDR RXCDR RXCDR

Ater chans

CIC CIC

BSC

BTS

The method to connect

timeslots can be backwards

compatable, auto-connect

or enhanced auto-connect

A bis


4-23

Version 1 Rev 4 ATER_CHANNEL_STATUS

ATER_CHANNEL_STATUSA single new statistic ATER_CHANNEL_STATUS is introduced at GSR7 and is used to track call relatedATER allocation scenarios and any associated failed assignments due to lack of Aters or communicationfailure with the RXCDR. This statistic is only applicable in Enhanced Auto Connect mode.

StatsBin 0 - ATER_CHAN_REQUEST

This statistic is used to track the number of Ater channels requested on a per AXCDR basis.This stat is pegged whether or not an Ater channel is successfully allocated.

Bin 1 - ATER_CHAN_REQUEST_FAIL

This statistic is used to track the number of Ater channels requested but cannotbe allocated on a per AXCDR basis.

Bin 2 - CALL_SETUP_FAIL_COMM_ERR

This statistic is used to track on a per AXCDR basis, the number of call setups that fail due toBSC-RXCDR communication failures. This statistic is pegged only after all attempts to communicatewith the RXCDR have failed and the call has to be dropped. If the first attempt results in acommunication failure but a subsequent attempt succeeds the statistic will not be pegged. It couldbe pegged either due to a call assignment or due to an inter-BSS handover.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

ATER_CHANNEL_STATUS Version 1 Rev 4

ATER_CHANNEL_STATUS

TS 3-290 1 31

Timeslots

0 3

310

Groups - Ater chans

Aterassign

Allocationrequest

ATER_CHAN_REQUEST

MSC BSC

ATER_CHAN_REQUEST_FAIL

MSC

Allocationrequest

Allocationrequest

Assign Fail(all reasons)

RXCDR

RXCDR

CALL_SETUP_FAIL_COMM_ERR

MSC RXCDR BSC

BSC

COMM failure


4-25


ATER_CHANNEL_STATUS

StatsBin 3 - INT_HO_CIC_FAIL_COMM_ERR

This statistic is used to track on a per AXCDR basis, the number of internal call handovers thatfail due to BSC-RXCDR communication failures. This statistic is pegged only after all attempts tocommunicate with the RXCDR have failed and the call has to be dropped. If the first attempt results ina communication failure but a subsequent attempt succeeds the statistic will not be pegged.

Bin 4 - ATER_SWITCH_FAIL_COMM_ERR

This statistic is used to track on a per AXCDR basis, the number of Ater switchovers that faildue to BSC-RXCDR communication failures. This statistic is pegged only after all attempts tocommunicate with the RXCDR have failed and the call has to be dropped. If the first attempt results ina communication failure but a subsequent attempt succeeds the statistic will not be pegged.

Bin 5 - CALL_SETUP_FAIL_NO_ATER

This statistic is used to track on a per AXCDR basis, the number of call setups that fail due to no availableAter channels. It could be pegged either due to a call assignment or due to an Inter-BSS handover.

Bin 6 - INT_HO_CIC_FAIL_NO_ATER

This statistic is used to track on a per AXCDR basis, the number of internal call handoversand CIC remaps that fail due to no available Ater channels.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


ATER_CHANNEL_STATUS

Full/blocked

0 3

310

MSC RXCDR

MSC RXCDR

MSC RXCDR

MSC RXCDR

BSC

BSC

BSC

BSC

HO

Allocationrequest

Full/blocked

Full/blocked

INT_HO_CIC_FAIL_COMM_ERR

ATER_SWITCH_FAIL_COMM_ERR

CALL_SETUP_FAIL_NO_ATER

INT_HO_CIC_FAIL_NO_ATER

HO


4-27


ATER_CHANNEL_STATUS

StatsBin 7 - ATER_SWITCH_FAIL_NO_ATER

This statistic is used to track on a per AXCDR basis, the number of Ater switchoversthat fail due to no available Ater channels.

Bin 8 - BSC_INIT_BLOCK_CIC_LOW_ATER

This statistics is used to track on a per AXCDR basis, the number of times the BSC initiates CICblocking due to low Ater resources. This statistic is pegged whenever the cic_block_thresh is passed.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


ATER_CHANNEL_STATUS

Low Ater

0 3

310

MSC RXCDR

MSC RXCDR

BSC

BSC

Full/blocked

ATER_SWITCH_FAIL_NO_ATER

BSC_INIT_BLOCK_CIC_LOW_ATER

HO


4-29

Version 1 Rev 4 Busy CICs

Busy CICs

The number of CICs in use during each statistics interval is recorded by theweighted distribution statistic BUSY_CICS.

CICs are initially equipped at both the RXCDR and at the BSC. From the RXCDR they aremapped to the MSC, but not mapped to the BSC since they will be allocated dynamically ifauto-connect mode of operation is chosen. They carry 64 kbit/s PCM speech from MSC toRXCDR (the A Interface), and transcoded 16kbit/s channels between RXCDR and BSC (theAter interface), and are described in the equip 0 cic command at both RXCDR and BSC asCIC numbers (which actually relate to the MSC outgoing multiplexer).

The CIC is allocated by the MSC in the assignment request message. As the BSC detects theallocation or de-allocation of a CIC, the statistic BUSY_CICS is pegged.

This weighted distribution statistic is a 10-bin device. Its bin ranges are set in initial configurationto cover the range of CICs physically available to the BSC.

The statistic will record the number of CICs (as a bin range) in use and also the length of time inms that the bin range is valid. For each bin range, a cumulative total busy time is accumulated.At the end of the statistic gathering interval, the individual bin contents, as call-milliseconds, aresummated; and when divided by the total period will yield a mean ERLANG value for the BSCduring the interval concerned. Also the statistic will show the minimum and maximum number ofCICs in use during the interval, and the overall bin array for further analysis

The statistic BUSY_CICS therefore represents the number of calls in progress from theparticular MSC for the base station system concerned.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Busy CICs Version 1 Rev 4

Busy CICs

MSC RXCDR BSC

12

6

39

12

6

39

Tick

TickTick

CICs allocated by

MSC as Call is set up

CICs mapped at BSC

through RXCDR to MSC

Use recorded as

BUSY_CICS


4-31

Version 1 Rev 4 TCH Assignment Statistics

TCH Assignment Statistics

Adaptive Multi-Rate - See Chapter 10 for detailAdaptive Multi Rate (AMR) is new ETSI standard for voice codecs in both full rate (FR) and HalfRate (HR). The codec is selected to optimise voice quality depending on radio link quality. A codecadaptation algorithm selects the optimised channel (half or full rate) and speech rate as a functionof the channel quality. The most robust codec mode is selected in bad propagation conditions.The codec mode providing the best quality is selected in good propagation conditions. The codecadaptation relies on channel quality measurements performed in the MS and the network and onin band information sent over the Air Interface together with the speech data.

Current GSM speech codecs (FR, EFR, and HR) operates at a fixed rate and constanterror protection level whatever the radio link quality.

AMR Full-Rate ChannelThe AMR full-rate channel is a full-rate channel that employs an AMR speech codec toprovide higher speech quality in areas of poor RF conditions.

AMR Half-Rate ChannelThe AMR half-rate channel mode allows two AMR calls to be placed on a single air interfacetimeslot. Use of the AMR half-rate channel mode will thus allow increases in cell capacity withoutthe need for deployment of extra radio hardware. The cost of the increase in cell capacity withthis release of the AMR half-rate channel mode is the need for the provisioning of extra backhaulbetween the BSC and BTS and the lower QoS provided by AMR half-rate calls.

MA_REQ_FROM_MSC

This statistic counts the number of Assignment Requests for each MSC preferred speechversion. The bins for this statistic are defined as follows:

Bin 0 - PM_FR

Bin 1 - PM_EFR

Bin 2 - PM_AMR FR

Bin 3 - PM_AMR HR

Bin 4 - PM_GSM_HR

Bin 5 - PM_SDCCH_CHAN

Bin 6 - PM_Other

MA_REQ_FROM_MSC_FAIL

This counter statistic is incremented by the SSM each time an assignment request messagefrom the MSC fails validation. In this event the MSC is notified with the assignment failuremessage with cause "protocol error between BSC and MSC".


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

TCH Assignment Statistics Version 1 Rev 4


MSC

Assignment request

Initiate assignment

SSMRRSMCRM/AM

Assignment resource

request

Assignment channel

assigned

On receipt of msg peg:

MA_REQ_FROM_MSC

CRM pegs

BUSY_TCH (weighted mean)

TCH_CONGESTION

ALLOC_TCH

MS_TCH_USAGE_BY_TYPE

TCH_Q_REMOVED (Also ALLOC_TCH_FAIL - see later)

BUSY_TCH_CARRIER

BUSY_CICS

CALL_SP_VERS_DOWNGRADE_MONITOR

TCH_CONGESTION_HR

ALLOC_TCH_HR

TCH_USAGE (durational)

BUSY_TCH_CARR_HR

BUSY_TCH_HR



4-33



CALL_SP_VERS_DOWNGRADE_MONITORThis statistic tracks the number of call rejects and call downgrades due to not supporting requestedspeech versions. From GSR6 multi-platform use (both XCDR and GDP) is supported, this meansthat the software must be able to pool resources and allocate them as necessary if available. Thesame argument applies to handover requests and in-call modification (by channel mode modifyprocedure). An other consideration is the gradual increase in the use of mobiles supporting AMR.It is envisaged that these will available before the software supports the use of AMR and that thecall will be downgraded to EFR or FR. These features are all part of the Call Downgrade on CICCapability Mismatch Feature. The statistic is a small counter array containing four bins:

Bin 0 - EFR_REQUEST_DOWNGRADE.Pegged when the call is downgraded due to CIC capabilities i.e.Assignment Request for/including EFR Handover Request or EFR In-Call modification request.

Bin 1 - AMR_FR_CALL_DOWNGADE. Pegged when the full-rate AMR call is downgraded.

BIN 2 - AMR_HR_CALL_DOWNGRADE. Pegged when the half-rate AMR call is downgraded.

Bin 3 - GSM_HR_CALL_DOWNGRADE. Pegged when the HR GSM call is downgraded.

ALLOC_TCH

This counter statistic is incremented in the CRM each time a TCH is successfullyallocated. The reasons for the allocation can be origination including successful allocationsdue to directed retry or intra/inter cell handovers.

ALLOC_TCH_HR

This statistic keeps a counter of the number of successful HR AMR TCH allocations withina cell for both call originations and hand ins. Hand in allocations include intra-cell, incomingintra-BSS, incoming inter-BSS, and incoming directed retry scenarios.

TCH_USAGE

When the CRM allocates a channel to the RRSM it sends an assignment channel assigned orhandover channel assigned message. Upon doing this it simultaneously starts an internal timer.This timer records the duration for which the TCH is in use. When the channel is deallocated thetimer is stopped. The elapsed duration increments the TCH_USAGE total for that cell, includingnormal range channels in extended cells and the outer zone of concentric cells.


This is a counter array that tracks the length of time each frequency type is in use in acell. It is pegged by the CRM on a per cell basis. Although similar to TCH_USAGE,this statistic is completely independent of it.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002



MSC

Assignment request

Initiate assignment

SSMRRSMCRM/AM

Assignment resource

request

Assignment channel

assigned


MA_REQ_FROM_MSC

CRM pegs


TCH_CONGESTION

ALLOC_TCH



BUSY_TCH_CARRIER

BUSY_CICS


TCH_CONGESTION_HR

ALLOC_TCH_HR


BUSY_TCH_CARR_HR

BUSY_TCH_HR



4-35


TCH Assignment StatisticsTCH_Q_REMOVED

This statistic tracks when a queued call is assigned to a traffic channel. This statistic is a two bin arraywhich counts the number of times a queued call is assigned during call set-up (bin 0) and whena ho_request is received from the MSC typically during an inter-bss handover (bin 1).

BUSY_TCH

Each time the CRM allocates a TCH the BUSY_TCH statistic is incremented, this statisticis a weighted distribution and will produce a mean value indicating the average numberof TCHs in use per interval. The CRM will allocate a TCH upon assignment, immediateassignment (in the case of an emergency call) and handover.

BUSY_TCH_CARRIER

This is a gauge statistic that tracks the number of TCHs allocated during an interval. It produces amean value indicating the average number of TCHs in use during that interval, therefore giving anaverage capacity for additional traffic in the cell. This statistic includes TCHs used as dedicated controlchannel in immediate assignment mode (in the case of emergency call, or it has been allowed in thecell by the database parameter). At the end of the period a mean and maximum value is given.

BUSY_TCH_HR

This statistic provides a mean value indicating the average number of HR AMR TCHs in use. Thisstatistic is updated each time an allocation or deallocation of a HR AMR TCH occurs.

BUSY_TCH_CARR_HR

This statistic reports a maximum and average value for the amount of Half Rate AMR busy TCHs on a percarrier basis. This statistic is updated each time an allocation or deallocation of a HR AMR TCH occurs.

TCH_CONGESTION

When the last TCH available is allocated then the CRM will start the TCH_CONJESTION timer,this timer will only be stopped when at least one TCH becomes idle. TCH_CONGESTION is adurational statistic indicating the total time within a period that no TCH was available.

TCH_CONGESTION_HR

This statistic indicates the duration of time when no HR AMR TCHs are available. Whenthe last HR AMR TCH available is allocated a timer is started and the timer is stoppedwhen at least one HR AMR TCH becomes idle. For concentric cell or Dual Band Cells, thismeasurement indicates HR AMR TCH congestion for the outer zone.

The assignment procedure is initiated by the MSC after authentication, cyphering and call set-upis completed on the SDCCH. The assignment procedure is started when the MSC transmitsan assignment request for the SCCP connection specified. This message indicates the type ofchannel required, the CIC to be used and also any priority levels which may exist.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002



MSC

Assignment request

Initiate assignment

SSMRRSMCRM/AM

Assignment resource

request

Assignment channel

assigned


MA_REQ_FROM_MSC

CRM pegs


TCH_CONGESTION

ALLOC_TCH



BUSY_TCH_CARRIER

BUSY_CICS


TCH_CONGESTION_HR

ALLOC_TCH_HR


BUSY_TCH_CARR_HR

BUSY_TCH_HR



4-37

Version 1 Rev 4 Concentric Cells

Concentric CellsConcentric Cells is an optional feature which provides cell resource partitioning usingthe concept of the concentric cell structure (outer and inner zones) to allow for tighterre-use patterns and increased frequency economy.

This feature describes the use of a single BCCH using interference estimation ormeasurement to move traffic between the conventional macrocell underlay (Outerzone) and the super reuse layer (Inner zone).

Concentric Cell is an elegant and simple technique in which the size of cells on the super re-use layer(inner zone) is self-governed by interference or by the power that the carriers on the inner zone transmit.

With this feature the operator may configure non-BCCH carriers within a cell to have a smallercoverage area. The carriers equipped within a cell may be grouped into two zones:

• Zone 0: Also referred to as the "outer zone", is reserved for carriers that may broadcastat the maximum transmit level defined for the cell.

• Zone 1: Also referred to as the "inner zone", may be defined with non-BCCH carrierstransmitting lower power than the BCCH carrier, or having a tighter reuse patternthat reduces the useful coverage area of the carrier.

The Mobile Station connected to Zone 0 must meet specific criteria before it can be assigned a trafficchannel configured on a carrier in Zone 1 and vice versa. There are two different "use algorithms",specified by the operator on a per cell basis, to trigger the transitions between the two zones of the cell.

• Power Based Concentric Cells: Inner zone carriers transmit less power than outer onesand the transitions between zones are based on absolute level thresholds.

• Interference Based Concentric Cells: Inner and outer zone carriers transmit all the same powerwithin and the transitions between zones are based on some interference conditions. Theseinterference conditions are protection margins against potential interfering neighbours.

The use of a single BCCH implies that the carriers placed in the outer zone are available in thewhole cell coverage area whereas the inner zone carriers are only available in a restricted areaclose to the site location. The signalling previous to the call set-up is established in the outer zoneand whenever it is possible to move to the inner, the call is transferred to the inner carriers.

The Concentric Cell feature is basically a capacity enhancement feature. The possibility ofimplementing tighter reuse patterns in the area close to the antenna site permits to increase thecapacity at the same time that quality is guaranteed by the use of interference estimation algorithm

MultibandFrom software release GSR 5.0 multiband operation of concentric cells is allowed. For example ifDCS1800 is being added to an existing GSM900 network, the existing GSM900 BCCH plan can beused, since there is no need to plan DCS1800 BCCHs when 1800MHz carriers are added.

For this feature to be efficient the network should have sufficient number of multiband-capablemobiles and equipment should be collocated and synchronized. (InCell cabinets cannot be mixedwith M-Cell/Horizon cabinets in the same logical area). In the example described above, all mobilesmust be at least GSM900 capable to access the system. Since the BCCH carriers are defined inthe GSM900 band, single band DCS1800 mobiles will be unable to access the system.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Concentric Cells Version 1 Rev 4

Concentric Cells

Zone 0 - Outer Zone

Zone 1 - Inner Zone

BCCHBroadcast at max txlevel defined for thatcell

Non - BCCHTransmitting at

lower power thanBCCH or

Having a tighterreuse pattern that

reduces the usefulcoverage area of

the carrier

Other non_BCCH carriers

Multiband Operation of Concentric CellsSupported from GSR 5.0


4-39

Version 1 Rev 4 Concentric Cells

Concentric Cells

StatsTCH_CONG_INNER_ZONE.

This statistic pegs as for TCH_CONGESTION but only when congestion existsin the inner zone of a concentric cell

TCH_CONG_INNER_ZONE_HR

This statistic indicates the duration of time when no HR AMR TCHs are available in the inner zone of aconcentric cell or Dual Band Cell. When the last inner zone HR AMR TCH available is allocated a timeris started and the timer is stopped when at least one inner zone HR AMR TCH becomes idle.

TCH_USAGE_INNER_ZONE

This statistic pegs as for TCH_USAGE but only when a channel in the innerzone of a concentric cell is allocated.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Concentric Cells Version 1 Rev 4

Concentric CellsMSC

Assignment request

Initiate assignment

SSM

RRSMCRM/AM

Assignment resource

request

Assignment channel

assigned

CRM pegs

TCH_USAGE_INNER_ZONE

TCH_CONG_INNER_ZONE

TCH_CONG_INNER_ZONE_HR


4-41

Version 1 Rev 4 Extended Range Cells

Extended Range CellsMotorola supports a software feature called ‘Extended Range Cell’ or ERC that allows mobilesto use a cell beyond the GSM specified 35 kilometre limit.

At distances greater than 35 Km the propagation delay exceeds the standard GSM timingadvance of 63 bit periods or 233us. This timing advance is sufficient for the two-waypropagation delay between the BTS and the MS to be overcome.

From distances over 35km, the MS’s transmitted signal will begin to arrive in the followingtimeslot, corrupting the data being processed in both timeslots. With the ERC featureenabled, the BTS expands its receive window to cover both the MS allocated timeslot andthe following timeslot. This gives an effective 156 extra bit periods for the propagationdelay which increases the maximum cell radius to 121km.

In simple terms, it is necessary to use two normal timeslots to form a single extended range timeslot.Using two timeslots allows the BTS to handle additional propagation delay from the mobile.

The actual value of timing advance given to the MS can still only go up to 63 bit periods, but as theMS’s transmit burst can be late by a whole timeslot at the BTS and still be decoded correctly.

The extended range cell feature is supported by the SCU, TCU and CTU families of radio.

TCH_USAGE_EXT_RANGEThis counter statistic works exactly as TCH_USAGE, but tracks the usage of extended rangechannels only, on a per cell basis. It is pegged at the CRM.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Extended Range Cells Version 1 Rev 4

Extended Range Cells2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 21

2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 21 2

Tx

BTS

Rx

MS

7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 76

7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 76

Tx

MS

Rx

BTS

Propagation Delay

3 timeslot offset

Propagation Delay

To prevent the burst from moving from its timeslot into a neighbouring timeslot a timing advance

is introduced to send the burst earlier therefore overcoming the propogation delay

Extended range allows the complete use of the next timeslot, hence a further 156 bits, which

together with the 63 bits from the primary timeslot gives a radius of 121 km

The maximum timing advance for a normal range timeslot is 63 bit or a propogation distance of

35 km radius anymore than this and it runs into the next timeslot.

MSC

Assignment request

Initiate assignment

SSM

RRSMCRM/AM

Assignment resource

request

Assignment channel

assigned

CRM pegs

TCH_USAGE_EXT_RANGE


4-43

Version 1 Rev 4 BSC - BTS Dynamic Allocation

BSC - BTS Dynamic AllocationThe BSC - BTS dynamic allocation feature provides an alternative mechanism for allocating terrestrialbackhaul for radio resources ("terrestrial backing resources") between the BSC and BTS. Previous tothe introduction of this feature, these resources were allocated when RTFs were equipped.

The terrestrial backing resource is a 16 kbs portion of a time slot on a span and is allocated ondemand from a pool of available resources by the BSC. The pool is shared by the BTSs that arechosen to use dynamic allocation and appear within the same network configuration. It shouldbe noted that dynamic allocation is limited to spoke, daisy-chain and closed loop daisy-chainnetwork configurations (maximum of 20 BTS configurations may be specified).

Dynamic allocation allows greater air capacity to be equipped than terrestrial backing resourcesexist, whether at a BTS site or within a BTS network. The feature allows RTF equipage forcoverage purposes, not capacity purposes. Additionally, capacity can move dynamicallybetween BTSs in the same network based upon traffic considerations.

Even with dynamic allocation, greater bandwidth than that provided by a single span maybe wanted by an operator. Networks may have up to 3 spans between each BTS inthe configuration. The same number of spans must be specified between each BTS tomaintain the simplicity needed to provide dynamic allocation.

Note:

The allocation of 16 kbs terrestrial backing resources requires 16 kbs switching at the BTSsite. M-Cell/Horizon BTSs do not support 16 kbs switching. InCell BTSs support 16 kbs whenequipped with a KSW. In-building picocellular systems also support 16 kbs.

DYNET_ASSIGN_FAILPegged at the AM, this counter statistic counts the number of assignment procedure failuresdue to a lack of terrestrial backing resources. It is pegged per BSS.

DYNET_CALL_REJECTS

This counter array is pegged at the AM in similar circumstances toDYNET_ASSIGN_FAIL, but gives causes:

Bin Procedures Description

0 NON_EMRG_CALL_BLK = Non emergency call blocked - lack of resources

1 EMRG_CALL_BLK = Emergency calls blocked - lack of resources

2 NON_EMRG_RESERVED = Non emergency calls blocked - resourcesreserved

3 NON_EMRG_PREEMP = Call pre-empted due to emergency calls

4 LOSS_OF_RESOURCES = Calls pre-empted due to loss of resources.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

BSC - BTS Dynamic Allocation Version 1 Rev 4

BSC - BTS Dynamic AllocationMSC

Assignment request

Initiate assignment

SSM

RRSMCRM/AM

Assignment resourcerequest

Assignment channelassignedCRM pegs

AM pegs

DYNET_ASSIGN_FAILDYNET_CALL_REJECT


4-45

Version 1 Rev 4 Assignment Request Queueing

Assignment Request Queueing

Assignment request queueingIf no TCH resources are available at the CRM the assignment request may be queued. This isdependent upon a flag in the assignment request message received from the MSC and also adatabase element, queue_management_information, set in add_cell.

CALLS_QUEUED

If queueing has been allowed and no resources exist then the CRM queues the requestand informs the RRSM with a force queue message. This counter statistic merely countsthe number of assignment requests that have been queued in a statistical interval. Thisstatistic does not include queued handover requests.

ALARM 20.CELL: Number of calls queued - PM (warning)

TCH_Q_LENGTH

This weighted distribution statistic will provide a maximum and mean number of queued assignmentsduring the period specified. These assignments will include originations and external handovers.Queueing will obviously result from the call queueing feature but also Extended GSM (EGSM)forced handovers, emergency call pre-emption, and directed retry.

TCH_Q_REMOVED

This counter array statistic tracks when a queued call is assigned to a traffic channel.This can be queued assignment requests or handover requests. Prior to GSR 5 thisstatistic did not exist which resulted in inaccuracies when calculating SDCCH blocking, asa queued request pegs the statistic ALLOC_TCH_FAIL, so if a queued request is granteda tch resource it should be taken into account as a success.

Bin 0 ASSIGNMENT_RESOURCE_REQ

1 HO_REQ

2 ASSIGNMENT_RESOURCE_REQ_INNER_Z

3 HO_REQ_INNER_Z

CLR_REQ_TO_MSC

An assignment request cannot be queued indefinitely and in fact will be queued for a maximum of GSMtimer T11 (BSSMAP_T11). If no assignment channel assigned message is received by the RRSM andT11 is allowed to expire the RRSM will send a release request to the SSM, which will be forwardedas a clear request to the MSC. There are a number of reasons why a clear request may be sent tothe MSC, these include problems with cyphering, RF loss, intra-cell handover failure and inter-cellhandover failure. Each time the message is sent to the MSC this counter statistic is incremented.

Bin 0 CLEAR_REQ_TO_MSC_SD Counts the number of clear requests sent to the MSCfor an SDCCH.

1 CLEAR_REQ_TO_MSC_FR Counts the number of clear requests sent to the MSCfor a Full Rate TCH.

2 CLEAR_REQ_TO_MSC_HR Counts the number of clear requests sent to the MSC fora Half Rate TCH.

If the cell is barred no other associated stats will be pegged, but this one will.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Assignment Request Queueing Version 1 Rev 4

Assignment Request Queueing

MSCAssignment request

Initiate assignment

SSM

RRSMCRM

Assignment resource

request

Force queueAssignment queued

Queueing indication

CRM

RRSM

MSCSSM

Force queue

T11

No assignment channelassigned received

Release requestClear request

pegs:

CLR_REQ_TO_MSC

If assignment is queuedpegs:

CALLS_QUEUED

TCH_Q_LENGTH

TCH_Q_REMOVED


4-47

Version 1 Rev 4 Directed Retry

Directed Retry

The GSM directed retry feature, if purchased and enabled, can allow an otherwise queuedassignment to be allocated a traffic channel in an alternate cell. As a compliment to this featurea further congestion relief mechanism can be specified which can result in TCHs being freedup by handing over existing calls that suit the congestion relief criteria.

The standard GSM directed retry feature and the congestion relief feature are purchasedand enabled individually. The GSM directed retry feature can work in conjunction withone of the two congestion relief procedures available.

The criteria to allow a directed retry handover, initiated by either of the above features, is the same.Criteria one and two as specified in GSM TS 05.08 must be met by neighbour candidates, albeit usinga congestion handover margin instead of the familiar ho_margin specified in add_neighbor. Ifreported neighbours do not meet these criteria then no handover will be attempted for that MS.

The initiation of the directed retry procedure is similar for standard directed retry and both congestionrelief procedures. When the CRM receives an assignment resource request message from the RRSMand is unable to allocate a free TCH due to congestion, the request will be placed in a queue. Thevery existence of the queue and its maximum size is normally determined by a combination of adatabase parameter and the queueing flag sent in the original assignment request message fromthe MSC. When directed retry is enabled a queue is formed regardless of these factors. The CRMwill inform the RRSM that the request is in a queue using the force queue message. A furthermessage is then generated and sent to the RRSM indicating congestion and the method by whichit should be resolved. This could be a combination of the standard directed retry and/or one of thecongestion relief mechanisms. This will depend on purchase and database parameters.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Directed Retry Version 1 Rev 4

Directed Retry

MSC

Assignment request

Initiate assignment

SSMRRSM

Assignment resource

request

Force queue

Assignment queued

Congestion indication

Further events depend on congestion procedure employed

CRM


4-49

Version 1 Rev 4 Directed Retry

Directed RetryThe messaging that follows will depend on the DR mechanism specified in thecongestion indication message.

Standard Directed RetryWhen instructed to implement the standard directed retry mechanism the RRSM will send a forcehandover request message to the instance of RSS concerned. At this point the RSS will checkif it is possible to hand the queued MS to another cell based on the last received measurementreport. If the congestion criteria are met by at least one neighbour reported by the specifiedMS, then the familiar handover recognized message will be sent to CP.

CONGEST_ STAND_HO_ ATMPT

Upon receipt of the handover recognized received message containing the cause value "standarddirected retry" the SSM will increment this counter statistic. This statistic is incremented for bothintra-BSS and inter-BSS handovers. The handover itself will be executed in the normal way.

Non-imperative handover rejectionThe BSS rejects an incoming non-imperative handover (of which one reason may becongestion relief) if it will cause congestion relief procedures to be triggered in thetarget cell. Should such a handover be allowed, then the net result would simply be themovement of a congestion problem from one cell to another.

Congestion relief handover retryThe source cell will not attempt a congestion relief handover to a target cell which has rejecteda previous non-imperative handover attempt for a period of time set by two timer parameters.It does not, however, affect any imperative handover retries. These handovers are allowed totake place regardless, as they are needed in order to keep the call active.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Directed Retry Version 1 Rev 4

Directed RetryStandard

SSMRRSMRSS

Handover recognized

Force handover request

Force handover response

IF ANY NEIGHBOURS MEET CRITERIA

Handover recogized received

Pegs:

CONGEST_STAND_HO_ATMPT


4-51

Version 1 Rev 4 Congestion Relief

Congestion Relief

Congestion relief mechanismsWhen instructed to execute the first of the congestion relief mechanism "handover needed TCHs"the RRSM will canvas each instance of RSS in the cell with a candidate list query in a search forsuitable calls. To resolve congestion this mechanism will cause the RRSM to aim at handing over asmany calls as assignment requests queued in the CRM, the congestion indication message willcontain this number. A suitable candidate would be an existing call where the MS has reporteda neighbour meeting the congestion relief handover criteria. Each instance of RSS will in turnrespond with suitable candidates, specifying pbgt result. The RRSM will wait to receive all or mostof the candidate list response messages (timeout) and then construct the appropriate number ofhandover recognised received messages based upon the best Pbgt results.

When instructed to execute the second of the congestion relief mechanism the RRSM will sendeach instance of RSS in the cell concerned a force handover request message. This will causeeach RSS concerned to engage the congestion relief handover criteria and send handoverrecognized messages for any candidates satisfying this new criteria.

CONGEST_EXIST_HO_ATMPT

In the case of either congestion relief mechanism being employed, upon receipt of the handoverrecognized received message containing either the "handover needed TCHs" or "handover all TCHs"cause values the SSM will increment this counter statistic. This statistic is incremented for bothintra-BSS and inter-BSS handovers. The handover itself will be executed in the normal way.

CONGEST_ASSIGN_HO_SUC

This counter statistic is incremented in the source cell for successful internal and external handoversthat were executed as a result of standard directed retry. In the case of external handovers the statisticis incremented on receipt of the clear command from the MSC with cause value successful handover.For the internal case the statistic will be incremented as the SSM transmits the handover performed tothe MSC. These procedures will covered in greater detail in the handover section of this course.

This statistic used as a pre GSR5 BSS.

ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION [DIRECTED_RETRY]

This statistic tracks the number if times a call assignment is successfully redirectedto another cell for standard directed retry reasons. This statistic is covered in moredetail in the handover section of this course.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Congestion Relief Version 1 Rev 4

Congestion Relief "Handover Needed TCHs"

"Handover all TCHS"SSMRRSM

RSS

Pegs:


RSS



Handover recognized

Handover recognized

Handover recognized



Handover recognized received



SSMRRSMRSS


Pegs:


RSS


Candidate list response

Candidate list query

Candidate list query

Candidate list response

s

CHECK IF CALLS

MEET CRTERIA


4-53

Version 1 Rev 4 TCH Assignment

TCH Assignment

ALLOC_TCH_FAILThis counter statistic increments each time the CRM is unable to allocate a TCH channel within a cell dueto lack of resources for both call origination or hand in. Immediate Assignment Rejects are also pegged.

ALARM 25.CELL: Attempt at allocating an TCH failed - PM (major)

ALLOC_TCH_FAIL_HR

This statistic counts the number of unsuccessful HR (AMR) and/or HR (GSM) TCHallocations within a cell for both call origination and hand in. I.A.R.s and unsuccessfulallocations due to directed retries are also pegged.

Note: For every failure of a TCH half rate channel, the combined statisticALLOC_TCH_FAIL and the statistic ALLOC_TCH_FAIL_HR will be pegged. Afurther statistic called ALLOC_TCH_FAIL_FR is derived from these statistics.

For the correct calculation to be made ALLOC_TCH_FAIL statistic will be pegged twice fora call with FR and HR capability. Where the non–preferred channel type issuccessfully assigned a failure will be pegged for the preferred type.

When HR is disabled only ALLOC_TCH and ALLOC_TCH_FAIL will be pegged as all calls will be FR.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

TCH Assignment Version 1 Rev 4

TCH AssignmentBlocked and Failure

Assignment requestInitiate assignment

SSM

RRSMCRM

Assignment resource

request

Resource not available

Assignment failure

Unsuccessful assignmentpegs:

MA_CMD_TO_MS_BLKD

MSC

All TCHs Busy

ALLOC_TCH_FAIL

ALLOC_TCH_FAIL_HR


4-55


TCH AssignmentMA_CMD_TO_MS_BLKD

When no queueing is allowed or indeed is allowed but has reached a maximum(queue_management_information), the CRM will send a resource not available message to theRRSM informing it that the assignment request has been blocked through lack of resources. Thisstatistic is pegged by the RRSM on receipt of this message. This message will also be received forthe same reasons when an intra-cell handover is blocked, this too will increment this statistic.

ALARM 2.CELL: Mobile assign command to MS blocked (no channel available) - PM (minor)

MA_CMD_TO_MS

After the RRSM receives the assigned channel information from the CRM it will instruct theRSS to activate the specified time slot before sending an assignment command to the MSindicating the characteristics of its new TCH. This counter statistic is incremented at theRRSM each time an assignment command is sent to an MS.

MA_FAIL_FROM_MS

Assuming the CRM can allocate a TCH, the RRSM will proceed to activate the new channel andsubsequently send the assignment command to the MS. The MS will, having received the assignmentcommand, attempt to gain a L2 connection with the new TCH. The MS will not try to make thisconnection for an indefinite period and in fact an internal timer limits the duration allowed for thisprocedure. If the MS has not established a L2 connection on the new TCH and the timer expiresthen it will return to the original SDCCH and send an assignment failure to the BSS. On receiptof this message the RRSM will increment this counter statistic. This statistic is also incrementedin the case of a failed intra-cell handover, this is detailed in the next section.

ALARM 23.CELL: Mobile assignment failure from MS - PM (warning)

SECOND_ASSIGN_ATMPT

If the BSS feature SECOND_ASSIGNMENT is set, should the first attempt at assignment fail, (i.e.the MS returns to the SDCCH and report assignment failure) the RRSM will send a second channelactivation command. The RRSM will peg the counter SECOND_ASSIGN_ATMPT at this point.

SECOND_ASSIGN_SUC

If the second assignment attempt succeeds, the counter statistic SECOND_ASSIGN_SUC will peg.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


TCH AssignmentBlocked and Failure

RRSMCRM

RSS

MS

Assignment command

Assignment failure

Physical context request

Physical context confirm

Channel activation


Assignment command

Assignment failure

Initiate assignment

pegs:MA_CMD_TO_MS

pegs:

MA_FAIL_FROM_MS

Assignment resource

request

Assignment channel

assigned

SSM

(Second) assignment command

Assignment successful

Assignment command

Assignment completeSECOND_ASSIGN_ATMPT

SECOND_ASSIGN_SUC


4-57


TCH Assignment

Assignment delayAs previously mentioned it is possible for assignment requests to be queued, waiting for a TCHto become available. It is also possible for a handover request to be queued under the samescheme. For queueing to take place it must be indicated in the message originating from theMSC, also certain database parameters in add_cell must be enabled.

TCH_DELAY

When an assignment or handover request is queued for a specific connection the CRMstarts an internal timer which is only stopped when a channel is allocated. The elapsedtime is recorded by this normal distribution statistic. This statistic is not incremented uponBSSMAP_T11 expiry or if the call is cleared before assignment.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


TCH AssignmentAssignment Delay

MSC

Assignment request

Initiate assignment

SSM

RRSM

CRM

Assignment resource

request

Assignment queued

Queueing indication

TCH_DELAY

Increments:

Stop

Start

Force queue

Assignment channel

assignment

T11


4-59


TCH AssignmentThe complete TCH assignment procedure is detailed in the diagram opposite. When the RRSM receivesan assignment request from the SSM it will start GSM timer assign_successful for the specified SCCPconnection. This timer is stopped when the RRSM receives an assignment complete from the MS, inturn the RRSM will then send an assignment successful to the SSM. If assign_successful is everallowed to expire a release request will be sent to the SSM, followed by a clear request to the MSC.

MA_COMPLETE_FROM_MS

This counter statistic tracks the number of assignment complete messages received from mobiles.

MA_COMPLETE_TO_MSC

This counter statistic is incremented in the SSM each time an assignment complete message isforwarded to the MSC. It should be remembered that one call could have multiple assignments (e.g. ifthe subscriber switches from voice to data). Directed retry will also affect this statistic as the assignmentcomplete message will sent from the new server and hence this statistic would not be incrementedin the old source but in fact in the new cell. The bins for this statistic are defined as follows:

Bin 0 - PM_FR

Bin 1 - PM_EFR

Bin 2 - PM_AMR FR

Bin 3 - PM_AMR HR

Bin 4 - PM_GSM_HR


Bin 6 - PM_Other

TOTAL_CALLS

This counter statistic is very similar to the one above. Each time a call is initially set upand the assignment complete message is sent from SSM to the MSC this statistic willbe incremented. Subsequent channel changes (assignment procedures) within the sameconnection will not cause this statistic to be incremented. Directed retry will also have asimilar affect on this statistic as it does on the one above.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


TCH AssignmentSuccessful Assignment

MSCSSMRRSM


Assignment command

Assignment complete

Assignment request

Initiate assignmentAssignmentresource request

Assignmentchannel assigned

CRM

RSS

MS

Physical context requestPhysical context confirmed

Channel activation


Connectionrequest

Switch responsesuccess

TOTAL_CALLSMA_COMPLETE_TO_MSC

pegs:Assignment complete

SM

assign_successful

assign_successful

MA_COMPLETE_FROM_MS


4-61

Version 1 Rev 4 Downlink Bit Error Ratio (BER) Monitoring

Downlink Bit Error Ratio (BER) MonitoringWhilst engaged on a TCH the MS will receive 100 downlink bursts from the BSS per SACCH multiframe.Each burst is checked for quality and an individual BER determined. Using a unweighted algorithmthese 100 BER results are processed into an overall BER average for that SACCH multiframe. Thisaverage is then encoded into a GSM defined quality band and sent to the BSS in an uplink measurementreport. The quality band that is reported to the BSS, for the previous SACCH multiframe, is thenconverted to the equivalent assumed value before further averaging and processing by the HDPC.Depending upon database parameters the assumed value may not be used and instead the reportedband figures are processed. The HDPC will then decide if the MS requires power control or a handover.

StatsBER

The BER is a normal distribution statistic determined on a time slot basis and updated every SACCHmultiframe (480ms) by the downlink quality measurement reported by the MS.

U_BER

From GSR6 BER is calculated for the uplink. It has the same properties in any other respect as BER.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Downlink Bit Error Ratio (BER) Monitoring Version 1 Rev 4

Downlink Bit Error Ratio (BER) Monitoring

GSM quality bands:BER REPORTED ASSUMED

0 to 0.2 0 0.14

0.2 to 0.4 1 0.28

0.4 to 0.8 2 0.57

0.8 to 1.6 3 1.13

1.6 to 3.2 4 2.26

3.2 to 6.4 5 4.53

6.4 to 12.8 6 9.05

Greater than 12.8 7 18.1

Uplink measurement report

Downlink transmission


4-63

Version 1 Rev 4 Frame Erasure Rate

Frame Erasure Rate

FER_GSM_FR_EFRThe uplink FER_GSM_FR_EFR statistic is derived from measuring the ratio of successfullydecoded GOOD speech frames to unsuccessfully decoded BAD speech frames each480ms period by the RSS HDPC process.

The ratio calculated from the 24 x 20 ms vocoded speech frames received and decoded during a480ms SACCH multiframe is used with a lookup table. It is converted to a FER quality number between0 and 9, and the relevant bin is incremented, as is the Cumulative value of measurements.

The range of the bins in the array is not alterable and is as follows:

FER QUALITY ERASURE RATE

FER Quality Number FER Ratio (min to max)

0 0.0000 to 0.0416

1 0.0417 to 0.0832

2 0.0833 to 0.1249

3 0.1250 to 0.1666

4 0.1667 to 0.2082

5 0.2083 to 0.2499

6 0.2500 to 0.2916

7 0.2917 to 0.3332

8 0.3333 to 0.3749

9 0.3750 to 1.0000

Example:

On the air interface, the HDPC successfully decodes 22 frames of the 24 measured. The resultingratio of 2 to 24 (0.0833) results in a lookup table for FER_GSM_FR_EFR quality number of 2.

FER_AMR_FR

This statistic pegs the uplink frame erasure rate for AMR Full Rate calls for each carrierin a cell and is measured on a TS basis for active channels.

FER_AMR_HR

This statistic pegs the uplink frame erasure rate for AMR Half Rate calls foreach carrier in a cell on a TS basis.

FER_GSM_HR

This statostic pegs the uplink frame erasure rate for GSM Half Rate calls foreach carrier in a cell on a TS basis.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Frame Erasure Rate Version 1 Rev 4

Frame Erasure Rate

CHAN CODERS HDPC LOOK UP TABLE

bad frames vs all frames

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 90

FER_AMR_HR

PEG

Normal Distribution

FER_GSM_HRFER_GSM_FR_EFR

FER_AMR_FR


4-65

Version 1 Rev 4 Residual Bit Error Rate (RBER)

Residual Bit Error Rate (RBER)Residual Bit Error Rate Quality (RBER_QUAL) is a normal distribution statistic having 8 bins whichrecords a quality number between 0 and 7 on a traffic channel timeslot. The quality number is obtainedvia a look-up table from the measurement of a ratio of number of bits in error to the number of bitsreceived within error-detected speech frames defined as ‘GOOD’ on the air interface uplink .

The statistic is pegged within the HDPC process of the Radio Sub System every 480 ms. Theratio calculated is taken from the 24 x 20 ms vocoded speech frames received and decodedduring a 480ms SACCH multiframe after the frames have been received, de-modulated,de-interleaved and decoded by the Channel Coder devices.

The RBER Quality number is derived from the following relational look-up table:

RBER Quality Number Conversion

RBER Quality Number RBER Ratio (min to max)

0 0 to 0.2

1 0.2 to 0.4

2 0.4 to 0.8

3 0.8 to 1.6

4 1.6 to 3.2

5 3.2 to 6.4

6 6.4 to 12.8

7 12.8 and greater

The statistic is used for trend analysis for target optimization effects on cell/radios with regards to quality.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Residual Bit Error Rate (RBER) Version 1 Rev 4

Residual Bit Error Rate (RBER)

PEG

RBER

CHAN CODERS HDPC LOOK UP TABLE

Error bits vs total bits

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0

400

800

1200

1600

2000

2400

2800

Cumulative score


4-67

Version 1 Rev 4 PATH_BALANCE

PATH_BALANCEThis normal distribution statistic provides link balance verification on a carrier basis, updatedevery 480 ms. Path loss can be defined as the difference between the commanded powerlevel and that power level perceived by the receiving station. As such the following formulais used to calculate this statistic on a SACCH multiframe basis.

Path Loss = Uplink path loss - Downlink path loss

where:

Uplink path loss = actual MS txpwr - rxlev_ul

Downlink path loss = actual BS txpwr - rxlev_dl

The rxlev_ul/dl values are the latest reported, they are not the averaged values.

PATH_BALANCE = Path Loss + 110

The result of the above equation is based around 110, the actual statistical result will equal path lossplus 110. Typically the path loss should be similar in both the uplink and downlink directions. Withdiversity gain enabled the path balance will be just below 110, indicating a lower uplink path loss.

Interpreting the resultsNegative results (values below 110) indicate problems with the BTS transmitequipment, antenna, RF cabling, filters etc.

Positive results (values above 110) indicate problems with the BTS receive equipment,antenna, RF cabling, receive splitter, etc.

UPLINK_PATH_LOSS

The uplink path loss can be displayed as a statistic in its own right. This statistic is anormal distribution and is updated every SACCH multiframe for every active call. However,the value is a per-carrier average, and so is intended to give a profile of the radio linkpropagation path rather than accurate measurements per call.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

PATH_BALANCE Version 1 Rev 4

PATH_BALANCE

Path loss = Uplink path loss - Downlink path loss

where

Uplink path loss = actual MS txpwr - rxlev_ulDownlink path loss = actual BS txpwr - rxlev_dl

PATH_BALANCE = Path loss +110


4-69

Version 1 Rev 4 Transmit Power Levels

Transmit Power Levels

CHAN_UL_TX_PWR_LVL and CHAN_DL_TX_PWR_LVL

The uplink and downlink transmit power levels can be tracked by the normal distributionstatistics CHAN_UL_TX_PWR_LVL and CHAN_DL_TX_PWR_LVL respectively. Both arepegged in HDPC and updated every SACCH multiframe. They represent the average levelof each carrier, across all its time slots, in dBm. With power control, each time slot could beusing a different power level and so this average is intended as a guide to the average levelsin use in a cell rather than providing accurate per-channel data.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Transmit Power Levels Version 1 Rev 4

Transmit Power Levels

HPDC

CHAN_DL_TX_PWR_LVLCHAN_UL_TX_PWR_LVL

TX

TX


4-71

Version 1 Rev 4 Call Clearing Statistics

Call Clearing Statistics

CipheringThe ciphering procedure is detailed on the page opposite. It is initialized by the MSC sending a ciphermode command to the SSM, this message specifies the permitted A5 algorithms that may be used,cipher key (Kc) and also how the MS should respond. The SSM will decide the A5 version to be usedbased upon relevant database parameters. The SSM will pass the ciphering request message to theRRSM specifying the A5 algorithm to be used for this connection, it will also contain Kc and the MSresponse mode, at this time the SSM will start GSM timer ciphering_successful. The RRSM will thenpass cipher mode command down to the MS via the RSS, at this time the RRSM will start an internaltimer, cipher_comp_ms. Kc of course is not sent to the MS. The correct reponses can be seen on thepage opposite, and of course, in normal operation, the timers will not expire. However if the timer in theRRSM should expire, a radio channel released message will be sent to the SSM, which will in turncause the SSM to send a clear request to the MSC. If ciphering_successful should expire in the SSMand no ciphering successful is received from the RRSM then a clear request will be sent to the MSC.

CIPHER_MODE_FAIL

In either situation if a clear request is sent to the MSC due to ciphering problemsthen this statistic is incremented.

ALARM 6.CELL: Cipher mode command from MSC failed - PM (minor)


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Call Clearing Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Call Clearing StatisticsCiphering

MSC

Cipher mode

SSM

RRSMMS

Ciphering mode

commandCiphering mode

Ciphering request

cipher_comp_ms

cipher_mode_ms

complete

Ciphering

successfulCipher mode

complete

Clear requestNo cipheringsuccessfulreceived

ciphering_successful

CIPHER_MODE_FAILCLR_REQ_TO_MSC

peg:

request

Expires



OR


4-73

Version 1 Rev 4 Call Clearing Statistics

Call Clearing StatisticsWhilst in dedicated mode the MS will transmit measurement reports to the BSS every SACCHmultiframe (480ms). The HDPC maintains a counter which will be decremented by one, should ameasurement report not arrive. The counter is called link_fail and its maximum value can be set withinthe add_cell command of the database. If a series of measurement reports do not arrive at the BSSthen this obviously indicates that the uplink connection with the MS has been lost. In this situationlink_fail will successively be decrement and eventually reach zero, at this point the RSS will declarelink failure and inform the RRSM by sending an error indication message. The RRSM will instruct theRSS to deactivate the TCH and also inform the SSM of the failure and subsequent release by sendinga radio channel released message. The SSM will then send a clear request to the MSC.

RF_LOSSES_TCH

This counter statistic is pegged on a time slot basis when the RRSM receives an error indicationmessage with channel type TCH. It should be noted that an error indication message containsa cause value that can indicate a number of Layer 2 problems and therefore this statistic isincremented for a number of reasons of which link failure is just one.

RF_LOSSES_TCH is the BSS MMI name of the statistic kept by the BSS on a pertimeslot level. The OMC-R rolls up the information up to cell level and refers tothis information as RF_LOSSES_TCH_ROLL.

ALARM 0.TIMESLOT: Radio frequency losses while using an TCH - PM (major)

RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR_AMR

This per timeslot statistic keeps a counter of the number of calls lost while using a Half Rate AMR TCH.

RF_LOSSES_SD

This counter statistic is pegged on a time slot basis when the RRSM receives anerror indication message with channel type SDCCH.

ALARM 0.CELL: Radio frequency losses while using an SDCCH - PM (major)


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Call Clearing Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Call Clearing StatisticsRF Loss

Link failuredeclared

Link_fail

RSSMSUplink measurement

report

Error indication

Radio channel

released

RRSM

RF_LOSSES_SD

Pegs:

orRF_LOSSES_TCH

Clear request

SSM

Missing report

Missing report

Missing report

Pegs:CLR_REQ_TO_MSC

MSC

RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR_AMR


4-75

Version 1 Rev 4 Classmark Updating

Classmark Updating

MS classmark information is sent by the MS to the BSS/MSC as part of the L3 initialmessage which is sent when the MS tries to establish a signalling connection at L2 on theSDCCH. The MS classmark information, depending on its type, specifies the MS’s capabilityconcerning frequency, power, SMS, cyphering and revision level.

It is possible that the MS or MSC may originate a classmark update procedure whilst the MS is alreadyengaged on a dedicated resource. An MS may originate this procedure if it were to change power classduring a call, the MSC may originate the procedure after a some kind of Visitor Location Register (VLR)MS registration problem. The origination of a classmark update procedure by either party is a rare event.

CLASSMK_UPDATE_FAILThe classmark updating procedure is shown opposite, in this example the MSC hasoriginated the process. This counter statistic is incremented by the RRSM when an updateclassmark message has been received in protocol error.

ALARM 4.CELL: Class-mark update from MS protocol error - PM (minor)


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Classmark Updating Version 1 Rev 4

Classmark UpdatingMSC

Classmark request

SSM

RRSM

RSS

Classmark enquiry

Request classmark

Update classmark

Classmark update

Classmark change

CLASSMK_UPDATE_FAIL

pegs:


4-77

Version 1 Rev 4 Idle Interference Monitoring

Idle Interference MonitoringWhen a TCH time slot is idle it is constantly monitored for any uplink ambient noise. During aSACCH multiframe an idle time slot is monitored 104 times. These samples are then processed toproduce a noise level average per 480ms. This average is then reported to the HDPC, where itis further averaged and processed. Periodically the HDPC will report the interference level of eachidle slot to the CRM, which will use this information in its channel allocation procedure.

StatsINTF_ON_IDLE

This normal distribution statistic is time slot based, it is pegged in the HDPC and is updatedevery 480ms by the latest calculated ambient noise level.

IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND (n = 0 to 4)

Five gauge statistics are available to measure the average number of idle TCHsin each of the five interferer bands. CRM pegs these statistics each time its idlechannel ranking information is updated by HDPC.

Available time slots

AVAILABLE_TCH

This gauge statistic is incremented and decremented as TCH time slots become enabled anddisabled. This number includes the time slots already busy. A TCH is considered available bythe CRM when its operational state is enabled and its administrative state is unlocked or shuttingdown. A TCH is considered unavailable when its operational state is disabled or its administrativestate is locked. A TCH channel may be dynamically converted to an SDCCH slot under controlof the reconfiguration feature, which will also be reflected by this statistic.

AVAILABLE_TCH_HR_AMR

This statistic provides the mean and maximum number of available HR AMR TCH’sthat are in use or available to be used within the cell.

AVAILABLE_SDCCH

This gauge statistic is incremented and decremented as SDCCH time slots become enabled anddisabled. This number includes the sub-slots already busy. An SDCCH is considered available andunavailable under much the same conditions as a TCH. As mentioned above a SDCCH channelmay be dynamically converted to an TCH slot which will also be reflected by this statistic.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Idle Interference Monitoring Version 1 Rev 4

Idle Interference Monitoring

CC HDPC

IDLE TS

104 TDMA

FRAMES

pegs: INTF_ON_IDLE

n= 0 1 2 3 4

IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND (0-4)


4-79

Version 1 Rev 4 Timing Advance

Timing AdvanceTo simplify the design of the mobile, the GSM Recommendations specify an offset of threetime-slots between the BSS and MS timing thus avoiding the necessity for the mobile to transmitand receive simultaneously. The facing diagram illustrates this.

However, the synchronisation of a TDMA system is critical because bursts have to betransmitted and received within the “real-time” time slots allotted to them. The further the MSis from the BSS then, obviously, the longer it will take for the bursts to travel the distancebetween them. The GSM BSS caters for this problem by instructing the MS to advance itstiming (i.e. transmit earlier) to compensate for the increased propagation delay.This advanceis then superimposed upon the 3 time-slot nominal offset, as shown

Motorola supports a software feature called ‘Extended Range Cell’ or ERC that allows mobiles to use acell beyond the GSM specified 35 kilometre limit. At distances greater than 35 Km the propagationdelay exceeds the standard GSM timing advance of 63 bit periods or 233us. This timing advance issufficient for the two–way propagation delay between the BTS and the MS to be overcome.

From distances over 35km, the MS’s transmitted signal will begin to arrive in the followingtimeslot, corrupting the data being processed in both timeslots. With the ERC featureenabled, the BTS expands its receive window to cover both the MS allocated timeslot andthe following timeslot. This gives an effective 156 extra bit periods for the propagationdelay which increases the maximum cell radius to 121km.

. In simple terms, it is necessary to use two normal timeslots to form a single extended range timeslot.Using two timeslots allows the BTS to handle additional propagation delay from the mobile. Theactual value of timing advance given to the MS can still only go up to 63 bit periods, but as the MS’stransmit burst can be late by a whole timeslot at the BTS and still be decoded correctly.

ROC

This statistic tracks the maximum, minimum and mean Range Of Carrier between BSS andMS on a per carrier basis. The range of carrier value corresponds to the timing advance (TA)measurement reports. ROC statistic measurements are only reported for active channels.The bin ranges for the ROC statistic correspond to a number of user definable TA rangesup to a maximum of 10 bins. It is reported every 480ms.

BIN 0 — 0 to 6

BIN 1 — 7 to 13

BIN 2 —14 to 20

BIN 3 —21 to 27

BIN 4 —28 to 34

BIN 5 —35 to 41

BIN 6 —42 to 48

BIN 7 —49 to 54

BIN 8 —55 to 63

BIN 9 —64 to 219

These bins (defaults) are not displayed at the OMC but can be displayed at the MMI. To set anddisplay the bin ranges refer to the chg_stat_prop and disp_stat_prop commands.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Timing Advance Version 1 Rev 4

Timing Advance

2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 21

2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 21 2

Tx

BTS

Rx

MS

7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 76

7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 76

Tx

MS

Rx

BTS

Propagation Delay

3 timeslot offset

Propagation Delay

To prevent the burst from moving from its timeslot into a neighbouring timeslot a timing advance

is introduced to send the burst earlier therefore overcoming the propogation delay

Extended range allows the complete use of the next timeslot, hence a further 156 bits, which

together with the 63 bits from the primary timeslot gives a radius of 121 km

The maximum timing advance for a normal range timeslot is 63 bit or a propogation distance of

35 km radius anymore than this and it runs into the next timeslot.


4-81

Version 1 Rev 4 SMS Performance

SMS Performance

Point-to-pointSMS point-to-point provides a means to transfer messages between the MS and short messageentity via a service centre. SMS can be MS originated or MS terminated. Messages can betransferred on an SDCCH, should the MS be idle at the time of origination, or SACCH, shouldthe MS already be in dedicated mode. Before an SMS can be transferred to an MS a Layer 2connection using SAPI 3 must be established, however before the establishment of SAPI 3 aconnection at SAPI 0 must first exist. The flow diagrams opposite follow the establishment of aLayer 2 connection using SAPI 3 for both MS terminating and originating cases.

SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH

This counter statistic is incremented in the RRSM each time an establish indication orestablish confirm is received from RSS on an SDCCH channel.

SMS_INIT_ON_TCH

This counter statistic is incremented in the RRSM each time an establish indication orestablish confirm is received from RSS on an TCH channel.

Cell Broadcast (CB)The CB feature enables the MS to receive unacknowledged information messages of a general naturesuch as traffic conditions, advertisements etc. The MS can only receive these messages whilst idleand indeed has to be configured to do so using the MS’s MMI. These messages generally originatefrom a Cell Broadcast Centre (CBC) which has an X.25 SVC link to the BSC. In addition to messagesfrom a CBC a number of background messages can be initiated using the base stations customerMMI. The two software entities controlling this feature are called the Cell Broadcast Agent (CBA) andthe Cell Broadcast Scheduler (CBS) which are located at the BSC and the BTS respectively.

SMS_NO_BCAST_MSG

Each time a CB message is transmitted on the air-interface this counter is incremented,the statistic is pegged in the CBS.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

SMS Performance Version 1 Rev 4

SMS Performance

MSC

<DTAP>

SSMRRSM

RSS

MS ORIGINATING

Data indication

(Link id SAPI 3)

SMS DATA

SAPI 0 connectionalready established

SABM SAPI 3

UA

<DTAP>


SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCHpegs:

orSMS_INIT_ON_TCH

MSC

<DTAP>

SSM RRSMMS TERMINATING

<DTAP>

Establish request

SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH

pegs:

orSMS_INIT_ON_TCH

Short message

(SAPI 3)

Establish confirm

Data request

RSS

SABM SAPI 3

SAPI 0 connectionalready established

Unnumbered

SMS data

(SAPI 3)

MS

MS

Acknowledgement

(UA)


4-83

Version 1 Rev 4 Emergency Access

Emergency AccessWhen a MS makes an emergency call, by dialling 112, the series of events that follow to set up the callwill differ significantly from the usual call set-up process. The channel request message contains aspecial emergency cause value (101). Receiving this cause value the CRM will immediately try toallocate a TCH, the SDCCH stage is bypassed, this is called the immediate assign mode. Limited callset-up procedures will take place on the TCH and the call will continue on the same time slot. If noTCH is available the MS will be allocated an SDCCH and queue for a TCH in the usual way.

A feature exists in the BSS called emergency pre-emption and can be enabled using customerMMI. This feature enables the BSS to dislodge a call currently in progress in order to allocated theemergency request the newly available resource. When the feature is enabled and an emergencychannel request is received, if no TCHs are available then the MS will be allocated an SDCCH whilst acurrent call in progress is dislodged. In the unlikely event that no SDCCHs are available either thenthe MS is sent an immediate assignment reject message, in the meantime the BSS will dislodge acall in progress in anticipation of the channel request being repeated after the wait period (expirationof T3122). A number of statistic are based on the treatment of an emergency request.

StatsNUM_EMERG_ACCESS

This counter statistic is incremented in the CRM each time a channel request receivedmessage is received having an emergency call value. This statistic is incremented regardlessof the emergency pre-emption feature being enabled.

NUM_EMERG_REJECTED

This counter statistic is incremented in the CRM each time an immediate assignment rejectis sent to the MS indicating that no resource, TCH or SDCCH , is available. This statistic isincremented regardless of the emergency pre-emption feature being enabled.

NUM_EMERG_TCH_KILL

This counter statistic is incremented in the CRM and indicates the number of TCHs torndown to allow an emergency request to use the freed resource. This statistic is onlyincremented if the emergency pre-emption feature is enabled.

NUM_EMERG_TERM_SDCCH

This counter statistic is incremented in the CRM and indicates the number of emergency callswhich although allocated a SDCCH could not be subsequently assigned a TCH. This statistic isincremented regardless of the emergency pre-emption feature being enabled.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Emergency Access Version 1 Rev 4

Emergency Access

NUM_EMERG_REJECTED

Channel request

(emergency)

MS RSS RSS A BIS RRSM

Channel request

Channel requestreceived

(value 101)

Channelassigned

(TCH)RSS

Immediate

assignment


SABM

(L3 inital message)

UA

Establish indicator

(CM SERVICE REQUEST EMERGENCY)

MS

CRMRRSM

Channel request

receivedNO SDCCHNO TCH


Reject(Wait indication)

pegs:OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_EME]

pegs:

pegs:

NUM_EMERG_ACCESS

Channel required

CRM


4-85

Version 1 Rev 4 Ater Emergency Pre-empt Status

Ater Emergency Pre-empt StatusA new statistic has been introduced at GSR7 ATER_EMERG_PREEMPT_STATUS for the BSCthat tracks the preemption of Aters for emergency calls related to Ater allocation scenariosand any failed assignments due to communication failure with the RXCDR. This statistic willbe applicable in both Auto Connect and Enhanced Auto Connect modes.

StatsBin 0 - EMERG_PREEMPT_ATMPT

This BSC statistic tracks on a per AXCDR basis the number of preemptionattempts made for emergency calls.

Bin 1 - EMERG_PREEMPT_ATMPT_CALL_SETUP

This BSC statistic tracks on a per AXCDR basis the number of preemption attemptsdue to no available Aters for emergency call setups.

Bin 2 - EMERG_PREEMPT_ATMPT_ATER_SWITCH

This BSC statistic tracks on a per AXCDR basis the number of preemption attempts dueto the switchover of Ater channels for emergency calls.

Bin 3 - EMERG_PREEMPT_FAIL

This BSC statistic tracks on a per AXCDR basis the number of preemption attempts that faildue to BSC-RXCDR communication failure for emergency calls.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Ater Emergency Pre-empt Status Version 1 Rev 4

Ater Emergency Pre-empt Status

MSC RXCDR BSC

EMERG_PREEMPT_ATMPTPreempt attempt

MSC RXCDR BSC

EMERG_PREEMPT_ATMPT_CALL_SETUP

Pre-empt

No Aters available - preempt attempt

Emerg call

MSC RXCDR BSCSwitchover

After chans

EMERG_PREEMPT_ATMPT_ATER_SWITCH

Pre-empt

MSC RXCDR BSC

EMERG_PREEMPT_FAIL

Pre-empt Fail

Comms error

Ater chans


4-87

Version 1 Rev 4 Flow Control

Flow ControlInvocation of the flow control process at the CRM can be initiated from the CRM itself, theRSS, SSM, or from the MSC. The overload procedure, which protects against overload bothwithin the BSS and also at the MSC, operates by temporarily barring randomly-chosen mobilestation access classes, one by one, until the overload is relieved.

The messages indicating the onset of process overload can be seen on the opposite page. The FlowControl procedure is quite simple in that on receipt of any of the specified messages, the CRM willdynamically alter the BCCH system information messages to reflect the barring of an access class. Asmore messages are received thus more access classes are barred which should lighten the load theBSS is temporarily suffering. There are internal CRM timers (T1 and T2, set by FLOW_CONTROL_t1and FLOW_CONTROL_t2 respectively) which control the barring and unbarring of these access classes.

StatsFLOW_CONTROL_BARRED

This durational statistic is processed in the CRM. When the first overload message is received,a pair of internal timers (T1 and T2) are started, and during the period that follows a number ofaccess classes will be barred and unbarred. When the timer sequence stops, the last access classis unbarred. The elapsed time is added to the total duration for that period.

MSC_OVLD_MSGS_RX

This counter statistic records the number of Overload messages received fromthe MSC. It is pegged at the SSM.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Flow Control Version 1 Rev 4

Flow Control

CRM

Overload onset

OR

RCI

RSS overload

OR

Overload onset

SSM

MSC

OR

MSC overload

FLOW_CONTROL_BARRED

MSC_OVLD_MSGS_RX


4-89

Version 1 Rev 4 Call Establishment Exercise

Call Establishment Exercise

The interprocess message shown opposite has resulted in an MS being able to establish on a TCH.Insert the incremented statistics at the appropriate software process at each stage of the establishment.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Call Establishment Exercise Version 1 Rev 4

Call Establishment Exercise

Channelrequest Channel

request Channelrequired Channel

required received

Channelassigned

MS ABISL1 RRSM CRM SM MSCSSM

RSSChannel activation

Channel activationacknowledge

Immediateassignment

Establish indicationL2 SABM<CR>

Complete L3information

<CC>

Assignment resource

Assignment channel

Connection request

Switch response Assignment

RSS

Assignmentrequest

request

assigned


CM service request

4 SDCCHs are available

Initial L3 information

CM Service request

Initiate assignment

3 TCH's available


completesuccess

L3 CALL SET UP MESSAGES

ACTIVATION

Assignment command

Assignment complete


4-91

Version 1 Rev 4 Call Establishment Exercise



©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Handover Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Chapter 5

Handover Statistics


5-1

Version 1 Rev 4 Handover Statistics



©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Handover Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Handover Statistics


• Name the three handover statistics groups.• Indicate where each handover statistic is incremented given related ladder

diagrams and the W56 manual.


5-3

Version 1 Rev 4 Introduction

IntroductionThe statistics generated during handovers will now be considered. There are threedistinct handover types, these are detailed below:

Intra-cell handover statistics.An intra-cell handover occurs when an MS is transferred from one channel to another withina cell. This type of handover is normally controlled by the BSC.

Intra-BSS handover statistics.This type of handover involves an MS being transferred from one cell to another, when both cellsare being controlled by the same BSC. This type of handover is generally controlled by the BSCalthough for reasons of subscription or potential congestion can be controlled by the MSC.

Inter-BSS handover statistics.This type of handover involves an MS being transferred from one cell to another,when the target cell is controlled by a different BSC to that of the source cell. Thistype of handover is alway controlled by the MSC.

Internal/ExternalFurther to the above definitions there are also two categories of handover to consider. Internalhandovers are those controlled by the BSC, in general these will be intra-cell or intra-BSS.External handovers are those controlled by the MSC, these will normally be inter-BSS. It isworth noting that both intra-cell and intra-BSS could be controlled by the MSC, depending upondatabase parameters resident in the SSM. In these cases the handover will be consideredexternal and will increment only the inter-BSS handover statistics.

An operator may wish the MSC to control certain handovers, the advantages of this includeconsideration of congestion, handover queueing at the BSS and handovers related to subscription.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Introduction Version 1 Rev 4

IntroductionHandover Statistics

MSC

BSC BSC

BTS BTS BTS BTS

INTRA-BSSHANDOVER

INTER-BSSHANDOVER

INTRA-CELLHANDOVER


5-5

Version 1 Rev 4 Handover Initiation

Handover InitiationThe RSS will initiate the handover sequence when the HDPC sends a handover recognized messageto the RRSM. This message will contain a cause value plus a number of "qualified" neighbours for aspecified connection. The RRSM will transfer this message as a handover recognized receivedmessage to the SSM. Upon receipt of this message the BSC must decide the type of handover thatshould take place for this connection, one of intra-cell, intra-BSS or inter-BSS and also the entity thatshall control the handover either, the BSC or the MSC. The type of handover can be influenced bythe cause value and also the neighbour types, internal or external, being expressed in the message.If the list of targets contain no neighbours then this can also affect the handover type.

The decision as to the controlling entity will be influenced upon two database parameters foundin add_cell, intra_cell_handover_allowed and inter_cell_handover_allowed. Inter-BSShandovers, if permitted, will always be controlled by the MSC.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Handover Initiation Version 1 Rev 4

Handover Initiation

SSMRRSM

RSS

HDPC

Handover recognised

<CAUSE>plus neighbours<N1><N2><N3>...



5-7

Version 1 Rev 4 Intra-Cell Statistics

Intra-Cell StatisticsAn example of a successful intra-cell handover sequence is shown opposite.

Intra–cell handovers can occur for congestion related full–rate to half–rate intra–cell handovers,half–rate to full–rate intracell handovers. The detection of interference handovers has tobe enabled in add_cell along with the SSM element intra_cell_handover_allowed. Whenthe cause value is interference the SSM will always attempt an intra-cell handover first andonly if this is blocked will any specified targets be considered.

StatsINTRA_CELL_HO_REQ

This counter statistic is incremented in the SSM each time an intra-cell handover is considered the bestoption by the handover evaluator process. The statistic is pegged just before sending the initiate intra-cell handover message to the CRM. The value is held in a bin of the counter array INTRA_CELL_HO.

INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT

This counter statistic is incremented in the RRSM after the channel activation message is receivedfrom the RSS and just before the assignment command is sent to the MS. Its value is held at theSSM in a bin of the counter array INTRA_CELL_HO. From GSR 7 it has been split into four bins tosupport AMR. It has been enhanced to count the number of congestion related full-rate to half-rateintra-cell handovers, half-rate to full-rate intracell handovers. The four bins are:

INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_FR_FR

INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_HR_HR

INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_HR_FR

INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_FR_HR

MA_CMD_TO_MS

This statistic was covered in the previous section, but it is worth noting that it is incremented each timean assignment command is sent to the MS, which of course also includes intra-cell handovers.

INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC

This counter statistic is incremented in the SSM each time a handover performed message is sent tothe MSC due to an intra-cell handover. Its value is held in a bin of the counter array INTRA_CELL_HO.

INTRA_BSS_HO_CAUSE_SUC

This tracks the number of handovers in a BSS on a per cause basis. It is a counter array withthe same bins defined as OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT, but pegs when the handover performedmessage is sent to the MSC to indicate that a successful handover has occurred.

ER_INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT

This is a small counter array that tracks intra-cell handover attempts between extended and normalrange channels in either direction. It is pegged at the SSM whenever the handover evaluator decidesthat an extended range intra-cell handover is the best option for the call. It is also important to notethat this is the only statistic pegged for an extended range intra-cell handover, in addition to CV ofinterference UL or DL; no other intra-cell handover statistic is pegged under these circumstances.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Intra-Cell Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Intra-Cell StatisticsSuccessful Intra-cell Handover Sequence

SM

SSMRRSMRSS

ho_recognised

MSC

ho_rec receivedSSM decides intra cell

CRM

Initiate intra cell handover

Internal hoassignment Internal ho initated

Transfer request

Switch response

Internal ho initiated

ackInternal hoassignment ack

Physical contextrequest

Physical contextconfirm

Channel activation

Channel activation ack

Assignment cmdAssignment

cmd (FACCH)

SABM

UA

Assignment complete

(FACCH)Assignment

successful ho perf

INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT

MA_CMD_TO_MS

INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC



INTRA_CELL_HO_REQpegs:

ER_INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPTmay peg:

ZONE_CHANGE_ATMPT

ER_INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC

may peg:

ZONE_CHANGE_SUC

MS


5-9

Version 1 Rev 4 Intra-Cell Statistics

Intra-Cell StatisticsER_INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC

This small counter array tracks successful intra-cell handovers between extended and normal rangechannels. It is pegged at the SSM when the assignment_successful message is received.

ZONE_CHANGE_ATMPT

This counter statistic is pegged at the SSM whenever a zone change isattempted in aconcentric cell. If the zone change is successful thenZONE_CHANGE_SUC is also pegged when the assignment_successfulmessage arrives. Both peg under the following circumstances:

• Inner to outer zone handover.• Outer to inner zone handover.• Handovers between different carriers in the inner zone.• TCH assignment to the inner zone.• Incoming inter-cell handovers directly into the inner zone.

Bin 0 — INNER_TO_OUTER_ZONE Number of handover attempts from inner zone to outer zone.Bin 1 — OUTER_TO_INNER_ZONE Number of handover attempts from outer zone to inner zone.Bin 2 — INTRA_ZONE Number of intra-zone handover attempts.Bin 3 — TCH_ASSIGN_TO_INNER_ZONE Number of TCH assignment attempts to inner zone cells.Bin 4 — IN_INTER_CELL_HO_TO_IN_ZONE Number of internal inter-cellhandover attempts to inner zone.

ZONE_CHANGE_SUC

The ZONE_CHANGE_SUC statistic tracks each type of successful Concentric Cell specific handover.The Concentric Cell option must be enabled for this statistic to be enabled, disabled, or displayed.

Bin 0 — INNER_TO_OUTER_ZONE Number of successful handovers from inner zone to outer zone.Bin1 — OUTER_TO_INNER_ZONE Number of successful handovers from outer zone to inner zone.Bin 2 — INTRA_ZONE Number of successful intra-zone handovers.Bin 3 — TCH_ASSIGN_TO_INNER_ZONE Number of successful TCH assignments to inner zone cells.Bin 4 — IN_INTER_CELL_HO_TO_IN_ZONE Number of successful internalinter-cell handovers to inner zone.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Intra-Cell Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Intra-Cell StatisticsSuccessful Intra-cell Handover Sequence

SM

SSMRRSMRSS

ho_recognised

MSC

ho_rec receivedSSM decides intra cell

CRM

Initiate intra cell ho

Internal hoassignment Internal ho initated

Transfer request

Switch response

Internal ho initiated

ackInternal hoassignment ack

Physical contextrequest

Physical contextconfirm

Channel activation

Channel activation ack

Assignment cmdAssignment

cmd (FACCH)

SABM

UA

Assignment complete

(FACCH)Assignment

successful ho perf

INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT

MA_CMD_TO_MS

INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC



INTRA_CELL_HO_REQpegs:

ER_INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPTmay peg:

ZONE_CHANGE_ATMPT

ER_INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC

may peg:

ZONE_CHANGE_SUC

MS


5-11

Version 1 Rev 4 Intra-Cell Handover Scenarios

Intra-Cell Handover Scenarios

StatsINTRA_CELL_HO_RETURN

Upon receipt of the assignment command the MS will essentially attempt to gain L2 establishmentwith the new TCH, if this attempt is not possible due to an incorrectly formatted or erroneousassignment command then the MS will send the assignment failure message in the old TCH. Whenthe MS does attempt to gain a connection with the new TCH but fails due establishment problemsor if establishment is not gained within a certain time, the MS will return to the old TCH and transmitthe assignment failure message. This information is passed to the SSM as an unsuccessfulassignment, which internally generates a revert to old channel message. At this moment this statisticis incremented. Its value is held in a bin of the counter array INTRA_CELL_HO.

MA_CMD_TO_MS_BLKD

Although this statistic is already covered in the previous section it is worth noting that it is alsoincremented in the case of resources not available for an intra-cell handover.

MA_FAIL_FROM_MS

This statistic is also covered in the previous section and again it is worth noting that an intra-cellhandover resulting in an assignment failure message will increment this statistic.

INTRA_CELL_EQUIP_FAIL

If the assignment failure contains the cause "equipment failure" or if the Switch Manager (SM)reports a KSW/highway fault in the switch response message, then the handover can be saidto have failed due to equipment failure. This increments the INTRA_CELL_EQUIP_FAILbin of the INTRA_CELL_HO counter array statistic.

HO_FAIL_NO_RESOURCES

This is pegged every time the target CRM of a handover cannot allocate resources. Itis a counter array and tracks all handover types.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Intra-Cell Handover Scenarios Version 1 Rev 4

Intra-Cell Handover Scenarios

Blocked Intra-Cell Handover

RRSMMS

Assignment failure

Unsuccessful assignment

SSM

Initiate intra cell handover

Handover resource not available

CRM SSM

Pegs:

INTRA_CELL_EQUIP_FAIL


ALLOC_TCH_FAIL

ALLOC_SDCCH_FAIL

INTRA_CELL_HO_RETURN

MA_FAIL_FROM_MS

Failed Intra-Cell Handover


5-13

Version 1 Rev 4 Intra-Cell Handover Scenarios

Intra-Cell Handover ScenariosThere are a number of reasons why a mobile is pegged as "lost" by the BSS for intra-cellhandovers. For an example two reasons are listed below, however this is not anexhaustive list and there can be many more reasons.

Mobile Lost

Reason 1

Intra cell handover - MS transmits L2 establishment SABM N200+1 times to target cell,BTS sends a L2 UA acknowledgement for each SABM, MS fails to receive UA. SubsequentlyMS transmits L2 establishment SABM N200+1 times to source cell, BTS sends a L2 UAacknowledgement for each SABM, MS fails to receive UA.

Reason 2

Intra cell handover - BTS transmits ASSIGNMENT COMMAND N200+1 times, MSfails to receive ASSIGNMENT COMMAND

INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS

Upon sending the assignment command the RRSM will start an internal timer, t10 (BSSMAP_t10).If this timer is allowed to expire and no assignment complete or assignment failure is receivedthe RRSM will release both the old and new channels and simultaneously send the SSM a radiochannel released message. Upon receipt of this message the SSM will clear the connection andincrement this statistic. Its value is held in a bin of the counter array INTRA_CELL_HO.

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS

This bin of OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO pegs if the the MS fails to return to original channel duringa handover attempt if the new soucre cell channel could not be seized.

Call ClearedNumber of outgoing/incoming intra-cell handovers aborted due to call clearing. Thisscenario corresponds to the receipt of a Clear Command, SCCP Released, or ReleaseDone (internal message) during the handover procedure.

INTRA_CELL_HO_CLEARED

This bin of INTRA_CELL_HO is pegged every time a call is cleared down during an intra_cell handover.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Intra-Cell Handover Scenarios Version 1 Rev 4

Intra-Cell Handover ScenariosMobile Lost

RRSMMS

t10

Pegs

t10

Expiry

Assignment command

assignment not complete

or

assignment failure

SSM

Radio channel released

Expired INTRA_CELL_HO_LOST_MS

CLR_REQ_TO_MSC

INTRA_CELL_HO_CLEARED


5-15

Version 1 Rev 4 Intra-Cell Handover Tracking

Intra-Cell Handover TrackingSeveral statistics that apply to intra-cell handovers are "rolled up" into a single counter arraystatistic, INTRA_CELL_HO. Each statistic is held in a bin of the array as shown below,and can only be displayed as part of the array, not individually:

BIN

0 = INTRA_CELL_HO_REQ

1 = INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_FR_FR

2 = INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_HR_HR

3 = INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_HR_FR

4 = INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_FR_HR

5 = INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC

6 = INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS

7 = INTRA_CELL_HO_RETURN

8 = INTRA_CELL_EQUIP_FAIL

9 = INTRA_CELL_HO_CLEARED


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Intra-Cell Handover Tracking Version 1 Rev 4

Intra-Cell Handover Tracking

BIN

0 = INTRA_CELL_HO_REQ

1 = INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_FR_FR

5 = INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC

6 = INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS

7 = INTRA_CELL_HO_RETURN

8 = INTRA_CELL_EQUIP_FAIL

9 = INTRA_CELL_HO_CLEARED

2 = INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_HR_HR

3 = INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_HR_FR

4 = INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_FR_HR


5-17

Version 1 Rev 4 Neighbour Cell Statistics

Neighbour Cell Statistics

OutlineWhen the BSS is configured to control inter-cell handovers, four neighbour cell handoverstatistics may be used to track handovers. These neighbour statistics provide detailed trackinginformation about the destination cell of an outgoing handover or the origination cell of an incominghandover. The following statistics can be enabled in the BSS software:

IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_ATMPT

IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_SUC

OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT

OUT_HO_NC_SUC

Neighbour Cell statistics provide an opportunity to carry out detailed analysis of cellhandover performance for a limited number of selected cells within a network. Thesestatistics can only be enabled for 16 cells within a BSS. The cells at which each of thefour statistics are enabled do not have to be the same.

IN_INTRA_BSS_NC statistics. The two statistics which are incremented in the target cell (IN.....) canonly be pegged for 32 different source cells. Priority is given to reciprocal neighbours first, thensource cells are chosen on a increasing sequential basis using the local cell identity.

A reciprocal neighbour occurs when both the source cell and the target cellhave each other as a neighbour.

OUT_HO_NC statistics. The two statistics which are incremented in the source cell(OUT.....) will be pegged for up to 32 neighbours, but as this is the maximum number ofSACCH neighbours permissible, no real limitation exists.


As an example, this statistic which is a 12-bin array records outgoing handover causes from a selectedsource cell to each of up to 32 neighbour cells. It may be pegged for up to 16 source cells.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Neighbour Cell Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Neighbour Cell Statistics

OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT - Cell 0

Cause UpQual UpLev DnQual DnLev Upinterf..

NC1

NC2NC3

NC4

NC5

.

.

.

.

.NC32

X

XX

Etc

X

XX

X

XX

X

XX

X

XX

Cells 1–16

Neighbour


5-19

Version 1 Rev 4 Intra-BSS Statistics

Intra-BSS StatisticsAn example of a successful intra-BSS handover sequence is shown opposite.

StatsOUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_REQ

This counter statistic is pegged each time the SSM decides to commit an intra-BSS handover. The SSMwill only allow an intra-BSS handover if the SSM element inter_cell_handover_allowed is enabled inthe correct way. Primarily the SSM will decide on an intra-BSS handover if the first neighbour specifiedin the handover recognized message is internal. Its value is held in a bin of OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO.


This statistic is incremented after handover allocation is received from the target RRSM. It is pegged ona neighbour basis in that it is incremented in the target cell against a specific source.

The procedure that follows involves the SSM requesting resources from the target CRM, theCRM allocates the resource and informs the target RRSM which in turn activates the newTCH via the RSS. Upon completion of this activation the RRSM will acknowledge the originalinternal handover request with a handover allocation message, this provides the SSM withthe characteristics of the new TCH which now awaits the MS’s arrival.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Intra-BSS Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Intra-BSS StatisticsSuccessful Intra-BSS Handover Sequence

RSS (S)

CRM (T)

Internal handover request

RRSM (T)ho_channel

assigned

RSS(T)

Channel act

Channel act ack

MS power control

Handover allocation

IN - (pegged for target )

OUT - (pegged for source)

NC - per neighbour

SSM

ho_rec

ho_rec receivedOUT_INTRA_BS S_HO_REQ

IN_INTRA_BS S_NC_ATMPT

RRSM (S)


5-21


Intra-BSS StatisticsOUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT

The SSM will initiate the transfer of the MS to the target resource specified in the handoverallocation message received from the target RRSM, by sending the initiate handovermessage. Upon sending this message this counter statistic is incremented for the sourcecell. Its value is held in a bin of OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO.


This statistic is incremented in the SSM for both intra-BSS and inter-BSS cases. It is pegged inthe source relative to a neighbour and a specified cause value. In the internal case this statistic isincremented at the same time as the one above, when the initiate handover message is sent tothe source RRSM. For the case of AMR the statistic has been altered in the following way. In thecase of FR to HR congestion based intra-cell handovers, the congestion bin will be pegged. HRquality based intra-cell handovers will cause the DOWNINTERF or UPINTERF bin to be pegged.This statistic utilises a counter array containing the following bin definitions:

Bin Cause Description

0 UPQUAL Handovers due to uplink quality.

1 UPLEVEL Handovers due to uplink level.

2 DOWNQUAL Handovers due to downlink quality.

3 DOWNLEVEL Handovers due to downlink level.

4 DISTANCE Handovers due to distance.

5 UPINTERF Handovers due to uplink interference.

6 DOWNINTERF Handovers due to downlink interference.

7 POWERBDGT Handovers due to power budget.

8 CONGESTION Handovers due to congestion.

9 ADJ_CHAN_INTF Handovers due to adjacent channelinterference.

10 BAND_RE_ASSIGN Handovers due to band reassignment.

11 BAND_HANDOVER Handovers between bands.

The cause value for congestion includes standard directed retry and both congestion relief mechanisms.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002



SSMRSS (S)Initiate handover

RRSM (S)

RSS(T)

ho_cmd

<FACCH>

ho_cmd

ho_access <FACCH>

ho_access

ho_access

ho_access

Phys info

SABM

UA

ho_cmplt

ho_detection

ho_cmplt

RRSM(T)

ho_detect received

ho_succ

Trans req

SM

Switch resp

ho_performed

MTP


OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT


OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT

INTERBAND_ACTIVITY

MS

IN_INTRA_BS S_HO_SUC

OUT_INTRA_BS S_HO_SUC

IN_INTRA_BS S_NC_SUC

OUT_HO_NC_SUC



ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION


5-23


Intra-BSS StatisticsOUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT

This statistic is incremented in the SSM for both intra-BSS and inter-BSS cases. It is verysimilar to the statistic above and indeed is incremented at the same time. The differenceis that this statistic is not incremented on a neighbour basis and merely shows the totalnumber of attempted handovers out of the source cell with a breakdown per cause value.The counter array values are the same as those shown above.

INTERBAND_ACTIVITY

This counter array statistic is incremented in the SSM for both intra-BSS and inter-BSS cases. It countsthe number of handovers initiated to each frequency band (PGSM, EGSM, DCS1800 and DCS1900),but is also pegged when a multiband handover fails due to incorrect frequency information.

Its counter bins are as follows:


0 PGSM_HO_ATMPT Handover attempts to PGSM.

1 EGSM_HO_ATMPT Handover attempts to EGSM.

2 DCS1800_HO_ATMPT Handover attempts to DCS1800.

3 PCS1900_HO_ATMPT Handover attempts to PCS1900.

4 PGSM_HO_FAIL Handover failures to PGSM.

5 EGSM_HO_FAIL Handover failures to EGSM.

6 DCS1800_HO_FAIL Handover failures to DCS1800.

7 PCS1900_HO_FAIL Handover failures to PCS1900.

8 INVALID_FREQ_ASGN Freq not implemented - asgn.

9 INVALID_FREQ_HO Freq not implemented - ho.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002




RRSM (S)

RSS(T)

ho_cmd

<FACCH>

ho_cmd

ho_access <FACCH>

ho_access

ho_access

ho_access

Phys info

SABM

UA

ho_cmplt

ho_detection

ho_cmplt

RRSM(T)

ho_detect received

ho_succ

Trans req

SM

Switch resp

ho_performed

MTP




OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT

INTERBAND_ACTIVITY

MS




OUT_HO_NC_SUC





5-25

Version 1 Rev 4 Successful Intra-BSS Handover Sequence

Successful Intra-BSS Handover SequenceUpon receipt of the initiate handover message the RRSM will format the air-interface handovercommand, this is sent via the RSS to the MS. The command is delivered on the Fast AssociatedControl Channel (FACCH) , and provides the MS with details of the target TCH, these detailswill include characteristics such as the time slot, frequency, Training Sequence Code (TSC),handover reference number and an indication of synchronization.

The MS will alter its air-interface characteristics and will attempt gain firstly a L1 then a L2connection with the target RSS. The procedure shown opposite assumes the handover isasynchronous, and thus the MS transmits a continuous flow of L1 access bursts until it receivesthe physical information message (containing timing advance information) when it will thenattempt L2 establishment. In the synchronized case where the MS has been able to calculate therelevant timing advance necessary, a physical information message is not necessary, the MSwill send 4 consecutive L1 access bursts before attempting L2 establishment.

When the target RSS detects the MS at Layer 1 it will report this event to the RRSM which in turnreports to the SSM. The detection procedure allows the SSM time to control the relevant switch transfer.

When the MS has gained L2 establishment with the RSS it will send a L3 handover completemessage which is passed to the SSM as a handover succesful message. Upon receipt of thisthe SSM will format and send a handover performed message to the MSC. After the SSMhas transmitted this message a number of statistics are incremented.

StatsIN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC

This statistic is pegged for the target cell and is not source cell related.

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC

This statistic is incremented in the source cell only and is not target cell related.

IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_SUC

This statistic is incremented in the target cell in respect of a specified source.

OUT_HO_NC_SUC

This statistic is incremented in the SSM for both intra-BSS and inter-BSS cases. It is pegged in thesource cell relative to a specified neighbour. In the internal case this statistic is incremented at thesame time as those above. It is pegged each time a successful handover message is received fromthe target RRSM resulting in a handover performed message being sent to the MSC.


This tracks the number of handovers in a BSS on a per cause basis. It is a counter array withthe same bins defined as OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT, but pegs when the handover performedmessage is sent to the MSC to indicate that a successful handover has occurred.

Note From GSR7 a FR to HR congestion based intracell handover will cause theCONGESTION bin to be pegged. HR quality based intracell handovers will cause theDOWNINTERF or UPINTERF bin to be pegged.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Successful Intra-BSS Handover Sequence Version 1 Rev 4

Successful Intra-BSS Handover SequenceSSMRSS (S)

ho_rec received

RRSM (S)

CRM (T)Internal handover request

RRSM (T)ho_channelassignedRSS(T)

Channel act

Channel act ack

MS power controlHandover allocation

Source cell (whenSSM decidesintra BSS is best)

IN - (pegged for target )OUT - (pegged for source)NC - per neighbour


RRSM (S)

RSS(T)

ho_cmd

<FACCH>

ho_cmd

ho_access <FACCH>

ho_access

ho_access

ho_access

Phys info

SABM

UA

ho_cmplt

ho_detection

ho_cmplt

RRSM(T)

ho_detect received

ho_succ

Trans req

SM

Switch resp

ho_performed

MTPEstablish indication

MS

ho_rec OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_REQ



OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT PT

INTERBAND_ACTIVITY

IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUCOUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC

IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_SUCOUT_HO_NC_SUC





5-27

Version 1 Rev 4 Successful Intra-BSS Handover Sequence

Successful Intra-BSS Handover SequenceCONGEST_ASSIGN_HO_SUC

This container statistic is incremented in the source SSM for successful Internal (and external)handovers that were executed as a result of Standard Directed Retry. This is used for a pre-GSR5 BSS.


This statistic tracks the number of times a call assignment is Successfully redirectedto another cell during Sdcch to Tch assignments.


0 DIRECTED_RETRY Handovers that were executed as the result ofstandard directed retry

1 DURING_ASSIGNMENTS Tracks the handovers that occured duringthe Sdcch Tch assignment for normal Radioreasons.

2 MULTIBAND_BAND Tracks the handovers that were executedas a result of Sdcch to Tch assignment aspart of the multiband reassign procedure.This is dependant on the data base settingband_preference_mode.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Successful Intra-BSS Handover Sequence Version 1 Rev 4

Successful Intra-BSS Handover Sequence


RRSM (S)

RSS(T)

ho_cmd

<FACCH>

ho_cmd

ho_access <FACCH>

ho_access

ho_access

ho_access

Phys info

SABM

UA

ho_cmplt

ho_detection

ho_cmplt

RRSM(T)

ho_detect received

ho_succ

Trans req

SM

Switch resp

ho_performed

MTP




OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT

INTERBAND_ACTIVITY

MS




OUT_HO_NC_SUC





5-29

Version 1 Rev 4 Intra-BSS Handover Scenarios

Intra-BSS Handover Scenarios

StatsOUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_PRI_BLK.

Upon receipt of the handover recognized received message from the source RRSM the SSM willdetermine the handover type, if an intra-BSS handover is necessary then resources are requestedfrom the CRM of the primary target. The primary target is the neighbour cell in the first position ofthe handover recognized message, the RSS orders the neighbours best to worst generally basedon RF suitability. Should these resources be unavailable the CRM will return with the handoverresources not available message. Queueing is not allowed in the case of an intra-BSS handover.Upon receiving this message the SSM will increment this statistic. The SSM will only incrementthis statistic in the case of the primary (first) target being blocked. Subsequent targets (if availablein the handover recognized message) may be tried and also blocked, these further attempts willnot peg this statistic. Its value is held in a bin of OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO


The target CRM increments bins 0, 1 or 2 of the counter HO_FAIL_NO_RESOURCES wheneverit cannot allocate resources because all channels are in use. Bins 3 to 5 are incrementedwhenever a handover fails due to a lack of terrestrial backing (i.e. Dynet) resources. It tracksinternal, external and intra-cell handovers in the bins shown below:

Bin Scenario Description

0 INTRA_BSS Intra BSS HOs that fail due to lack of resources

1 INTER_BSS Same for Inter BSS HOs

2 INTRA_CELL Same for Intra Cell HOs

3 INTRA_BSS_DYNET BTS Dynamic Allocation Intra BSS HOs thatfail due to lack of resources

4 INTER_BSS_DYNET Same for BTS Dynamic Allocation Inter BSSHOs

5 INTRA_CELL_DYNET Same for BTS Dynamic Allocation Intra CellHOs


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Intra-BSS Handover Scenarios Version 1 Rev 4

Intra-BSS Handover ScenariosHandover Blocked

Source RRSM SSM



Handover resources not availableIncrements:

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_PRI_BLK

Target CRM



5-31


Intra-BSS Handover ScenariosAt the moment the SSM transmits the initiate handover message to the source RRSM itstarts an internal timer running, the timer is called T3103 in GSM and Motorola’s designationis rr_t3103. In the successful case the SSM will receive a handover successful messagefrom the target RRSM before the expiry of the timer.

Upon receipt of the handover command the MS will alter its characteristics and attempt togain L1 establishment with the target RSS. In the asynchronous case the MS will start aninternal timer, T3124, and send a continuous flow of handover access bursts until a physicalinformation message is returned. If T3124 should expire and no physical information has beenreceived or if a lower layer failure happens before the handover complete message is sentthen the MS will deactivate the new channel and return to the old TCH.

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_RETURN

Upon returning to the old TCH the MS will send a handover failure message, this messagehas a number of cause values as specified in GSM TS 04.08. The source RRSM willtranslate this message to an unsuccessful handover message and send it to the SSM. Uponreceipt of this message the SSM will stop timer rr_t3103 and increment this statistic for thesource cell. Its value is held in a bin of OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO.

OUT_INTRA_BSS_EQUIP_FAIL

If the handover failure message contains the cause "equipment failure" or the SM reports aKSW/highway problem in the switch response message, then the handover can be said to have faileddue to equipment failure. This statistic is incremented in a bin of OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO.

IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_RETURN

This statistic is pegged as for OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_RETURN but is updated withrespect to the target cell. It is a bin of IN_INTRA_BSS_HO.

IN_INTRA_BSS_EQUIP_FAIL

This statistic is pegged as for OUT_INTRA_BSS_EQUIP_FAIL but is updated with respectto the target cell. It is a bin of IN_INTRA_BSS_HO.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Intra-BSS Handover ScenariosHandover Failure

RRSMMS

rr_t3103

Expiry

Handover command

SSM

Unsuccessful handover

Source

rr_t3103

ExpiryHandover failure

Initiate handover

INTERBAND_ACTIVITY

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_RETURN

OUT_INTRA_BSS_EQUIP_FAIL

IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_RETURN

IN_INTRA_BSS_EQUIP_FAIL


5-33


Intra-BSS Handover ScenariosThere are a number of reasons why a mobile is pegged as "lost" by the BSS for intra BSShandovers, the examples below give three reasons why this would happen, but this is notexhaustive and there can be many more reasons why the mobile could be lost.

Mobile Lost

Reason 1

Intra bss handover - MS transmits L2 establishment SABM N200+1 times to target cell, BTSsends a L2 UA acknowledgement for each SABM, MS fails to receive UA. SubsequentlyMS transmits L2 establishment SABM N200+1 times to source cell, BTS sends a L2 UAacknowledgement for each SABM, MS fails to receive UA.

Reason 2

Intra cell handover - BTS transmits ASSIGNMENT COMMAND N200+1 times, MSfails to receive ASSIGNMENT COMMAND

Reason 3

Intra BSS handover - BTS transmits HANDOVER COMMAND N200+1 times,MS fails to receive HANDOVER COMMAND

For all these reasons the BSS pegs:

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS

This bin of OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO pegs if the the MS fails to return to original channel during a handoverattempt if the new source cell channel could not be seized. This is controlled by the timer bssmap_t8.

IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS

This bin of IN_INTRA_BSS_HO pegs if the MS fails to handover to the new channel during a handoverattempt if the MS could not return to the original channel. This is controlled by the timer ho_complete.

The clear request to the MSC is under control of the timer rr_t3103 that is started when the initiateassignment message is sent to the source RRSM. If the SSM has not received a handover successfulmessage from the target RRSM to inform that the MS has arrived on the new channel or anunsuccessful handover message from the source RRSM, rr_t3103 expires and the SSM sends aCLEAR REQUEST message to the MSC that contains the cause value RF message failure.

Call ClearedNumber of outgoing/incoming inter-BSS handovers aborted due to call clearing. Thisscenario corresponds to the receipt of a Clear Command, SCCP Released, or ReleaseDone (internal message) during the handover procedure.

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_CLEARED

This bin of OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO pegs if a call is cleared down during an intra BSS handover.

IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_CLEARED

This bin of IN_INTRA_BSS_HO pegs if a call is cleared down during an intra BSS handover.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Intra-BSS Handover ScenariosMobile Lost

TargetRSS

Channel act

SSMTargetRRSM

Handover allocation

Expiryacknowledge

rr_t3103

Expiry

SourceRRSM

Handover command

MS

Expiry

Initiate handover

Expired

TargetRRSM



Expired

rr_t3103

ExpiredClear request

OUT_INTRA_BS S_HO_L OSTMSCLR_REQ_TO_MSC

ho_complete

SourceRRSM

ho_complete

bssmap_t8

bssmap_t8

IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS


5-35

Version 1 Rev 4 Outgoing Intra-BSS Handover Tracking

Outgoing Intra-BSS Handover TrackingSeveral statistics that apply to outgoing intra BSS handovers are "rolled up" into a single counterarray statistic, OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO. Each is held in a bin of the array as shown below and canonly be displayed as part of the array, not individually. All are pegged at the SSM.

BIN

0 = OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_REQ

1 = OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_PRI_BLK

2 = OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT

3 = OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC

4 = OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS

5 = OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_RETURN

6 = OUT_INTRA_BSS_EQUIP_FAIL

7 = OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_CLEARED


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Outgoing Intra-BSS Handover Tracking Version 1 Rev 4

Outgoing Intra-BSS Handover TrackingOUT_INTRA_BSS_HO

BIN

0 = OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_REQ

1 = OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_PRI_BLK

2 = OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT

3 = OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC

4 = OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS

5 = OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_RETURN

6 = OUT_INTRA_BSS_EQUIP_FAIL

7 = OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_CLEARED


5-37

Version 1 Rev 4 Incoming Intra-BSS Handover Tracking

Incoming Intra-BSS Handover TrackingSeveral statistics associated with incoming internal handovers are "rolled up" into a single counterarray, IN_INTRA_BSS_HO. Each is held in a bin of the array as shown below, and can onlybe displayed as part of the array, not individually. All are pegged at the SSM.

BIN

0 = IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC

1 = IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS

2 = IN_INTRA_BSS_EQUIP_FAIL

3 = IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_RETURN

4 = IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_CLEARED


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Incoming Intra-BSS Handover Tracking Version 1 Rev 4

Incoming Intra-BSS Handover TrackingIN_INTRA_BSS_HO

BIN

0 = IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC

1 = IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS

2 = IN_INTRA_BSS_EQUIP_FAIL

3 = IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_RETURN

4 = IN INTRA_BSS_HO_CLEARED


5-39

Version 1 Rev 4 Bad Handover Reference Number

Bad Handover Reference NumberIn both the intra-BSS and inter-BSS handover a reference number is used by MS and BSS for thecorrect operation of handover detection. Taking the intra-BSS case as an example of this, when theSSM requests resources from the target cell, the CRM will randomly generate an 8-bit handoverreference number. The number will be passed in Layer 3 information to the SSM and in turn passedto the MS in the handover command. The MS will transmit this number to the target cell within thehandover access burst. The target channel coder, which knows the correct handover reference numberto be used will check handover bursts arriving in the specified time slot to ensure the numbers match.Only when the handover access burst is correctly decoded will the handover reference number bechecked by the Channel Coder (CC). When a handover access burst is decoded and the referencenumber is correct the whole message is passed to the RSS with a count of the "Bad" handoverreference numbers received by the CC. This statistic is incremented by that number.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Bad Handover Reference Number Version 1 Rev 4

Bad Handover Reference Number

SSMTargetCRM

Handover allocationSourceRRSM


ho channel

assigned

TargetRRSM

Initiate handover

SourceRSS

ho_cmd

ho_cmd

MS

TargetRRSM

ho_detect received

ho_detection

Handoveraccess burst

Physical

information

Handover

access BAD_HO_REFNUM_MS

CCTARGET

RSSL1

CHANNEL ACT


5-41

Version 1 Rev 4 Inter-BSS Statistics

Inter-BSS StatisticsAn example of a successful inter-BSS handover sequence is shown opposite.

StatsOUT_INTER_BSS_REQ_TO_MSC

This counter statistic is pegged each time the SSM sends a handover required message to the MSC,in a bin of OUT_INTER_BSS_HO. This would generally indicate that the SSM had decided thatan external handover was necessary, however the SSM may refer the control of all handoversincluding internal to the MSC, this decision will be dependent upon the value of the SSM databaseelement, inter_cell_handover_allowed. The SSM will generally decide on an external handoverif the first neighbour specified in the handover recognize message is external.

Depending upon the complexity of the switch handover algorithm the MSC will initiate the handoverrequest procedure to the first neighbour specified in the handover required message. Thisprocedure involves the establishment of an SCCP connection and piggy-backed on this CR willbe the handover request message. This message specifies such details as the type of resourcerequired, encryption information, classmark information, downlink Discontinuous Transmission(DTX) instructions and also an indication of the MSC-BSC trunk to be utilized.

The sequence of events that follow include the air-interface activation of the new TCH alongwith the necessary cross-connect being established by the SM.

HO_REQ_FROM_MSC

This statistic has been introduced in GSR7 specifically to support AMR. It counts the number of HandoverRequests for each channel type and speech version.The bins for this statistic are defined as follows:

Bin 0 - PM_FR

Bin 1 - PM_EFR

Bin 2 - PM_AMR_FR

Bin 3 - PM_AMR _HR

Bin 4 - PM_GSM_HR


Bin 6 - PM_Other

HO_REQ_ACK_TO_MSC

The SCCP CC is then returned to the MSC containing the handover request acknowledge message. Thismessage will contain specific channel characteristics which will, for the most part, be passed to the MSconcerned. When this message is sent to the MSC the target SSM will increment this counter statistic.

Bin 0 - PM_FR

Bin 1 - PM_EFR

Bin 2 - PM_AMR _FR

Bin 3 - PM_AMR_ HR

Bin 4 - PM_GSM_HR

Bin 5 - PM_SIGNALLING

Bin 6 - PM_DATA

Bin 7 - PM_Other


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Inter-BSS Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Inter-BSS StatisticsSuccessful Inter-BSS Handover Sequence

MS SSMRRSM MSC SSM CRMRSS RSS

SM

RRSM

RRSM MS

TARGETSOURCE

RSS

ho_rec ho_rec receivedho required <CR> Handover

requestrequest

Handoverho channelassigned

Channel act

Channel actacknowledgeHandover allocation

Conn req

Switchresp

Handover req<CC>

acknowledgeHandover cmd

Initiate ho

Handover cmd

ho_detect

ho_detect receivedho_detect

ho access

FACCH

Phys info

SABMEstablish ind

ho_cmplt

ho_cmpltClear command

ho_successful

OUT_INTER_BSS_REQ_TO_MSC

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPTOUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPTOUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT

HO_REQ_MSC_OK

IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUCCONGEST_ASSIGN_HO_SUCASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION


5-43


Inter-BSS StatisticsOUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT

Upon receipt of the handover request acknowledge message the MSC will initiate thehandover by formatting and sending the handover command to the source SSM. When thesource SSM receives this message and subsequently forwards it to the MS this statistic isincremented and stored in a bin of OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT.


This statistic is incremented in the SSM for both intra-BSS and inter-BSS cases. It is peggedin the source relative to a neighbour and a specified cause value. In the external case thisstatistic is incremented at the same time as the one above, when the SSM receives thehandover command from the MSC and subsequently forwards it to the MS. This statisticutilizes a counter array containing the following bin definitions:


0 UPQUAL Handovers due to uplink quality.

1 UPLEVEL Handovers due to uplink level.

2 DOWNQUAL Handovers due to downlink quality.

3 DOWNLEVEL Handovers due to downlink level.

4 DISTANCE Handovers due to distance.

5 UPINTERF Handovers eu to uplink interference

6 DOWNINTERF Handovers due to downlink interference.

7 POWERBDGT Handovers due to power budget.

8 CONGESTION Handovers due to congestion.

9 ADJ_CHAN_INTF Handovers due to adjacent channel interference.

10 BAND_RE_ASSIGN Handovers due to band reassignment.

11 BAND_HANDOVER Handovers between bands.

The cause value for congestion includes standard directed retry and both congestion relief mechanisms.

OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT

This statistic is incremented in the SSM for both intra-BSS and inter-BSS cases. It is verysimilar to the statistic above and indeed is incremented at the same time. The differenceis that this statistic is not incremented on a neighbour basis and merely shows the totalnumber of attempted handovers out of the source cell with a breakdown per cause value.The counter array values are the same as those shown above.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002



MS SSMRRSM MSC SSM RSSRRSM

MS

TARGETSOURCE

RSS

Initiate ho

Handover cmd

Clear command

ho_detect

ho_cmplt

ho_access

FACCH

SABM

Phys info

ho_detect

ho_successful

ho_detect received

Establish ind

ho_cmplt

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT


OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT

IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC

Handover cmd

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC




5-45


Inter-BSS StatisticsOnce the MS receives the handover command it will change its characteristics and try to gain,initially L1, and then L2 establishment on the new TCH wth the target RSS. The BSS will informthe MSC when the MS has been detected at L1, this will give the MSC advance warning of thehandover complete and will allow time for the MSC to switch terrestrial connections. After L2establishment on the air interface the MS will send the L3 handover complete message, theRRSM will forward this to the SSM as the handover successful message.

IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC

The SSM will inform the MSC of a successful handover by sending the handover complete, eachtime this message is sent this statistic is incremented. For this statistic to be incremented thesource cell must be external. The value is held in a bin of IN_INTER_BSS_HO.


To complete the handover procedure the source TCH must be deactivated, this is initiated by theMSC by sending a clear command to the source SSM. Each time this message is received by theSSM with a cause value indicating a successful handover to an external neighbour this counterstatistic is incremented. The value is held in a bin of OUT_INTER_BSS_HO.

OUT_HO_NC_SUC

This statistic is incremented in the SSM for both intra-BSS and inter-BSS cases. It ispegged in the source cell relative to a specified neighbour. In the external case thisstatistic is incremented at the same time as the one above, when the clear command isreceived from the MSC with the cause successful handover.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002



RRSM RSS MS

SSM

MSC

SSM

OUT_HO_NC_SUC

Clear command


ho_cmplt

ho_detect

ho_detect received

ho_successful

IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC

ho_detect

Establish ind

ho_cmplt

ho_access

FACCH

Phys info

SABM



T

S


5-47

Version 1 Rev 4 Inter-BSS Failure Scenarios

Inter-BSS Failure Scenarios

StatsHO_REQ_MSC_FAIL

This counter statistic can be incremented in the source or the target SSM, depending uponwhere the failure occurs. It is incremented when the SSM sends the MSC the handoverfailure message. This message has many different cause values and hence a number ofassociated handover failure scenarios, the only cause value that does not increment thisstatistic specifies no radio resources available in the target.

In the source cell this statistic is primarily incremented when the SSM receives an indication as tohandover failure originating from the MS, this indicates that the MS has reverted to the old channel.

A handover failure message originating from the target SSM will do so at the handover resourceallocation stage and could indicate one of a number of problems examples include terrestrial circuitunavailable, terrestrial circuit in use and cyphering algorithm not supported.

ALARM 18.CELL: HO Failure to the MSC due to all possible errors except no channels - PM (warning)

HO_REQ_MSC_PROTO

This statistic is pegged every time a Handover Request message from the MSC fails messagevalidation at the BSS. Validation failure may occur due to protocol errors where the message isbadly formatted or incompatible database elements exist at the BSC and MSC.

Alarm- - - - 17. BSS: HO request from the MSC protocol error — PM alarm is generated – (warning).


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Inter-BSS Failure Scenarios Version 1 Rev 4

Inter-BSS Failure ScenariosHandover Failure

HO_REQ_MSC_FAIL

TARGET SSMMSC

<CR> Handover request

<CREF> Handover failure

HO_REQ_MSC_PROTO


5-49

Version 1 Rev 4 Inter-BSS Failure Scenarios

Inter-BSS Failure Scenarios

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_RETURN

This counter statistic is incremented in the source SSM each time an unsuccessful handovermessage is received from the RRSM when the target cell is external.

OUT_INTER_BSS_EQUIP_FAIL

This is incremented in a bin of OUT_INTER_BSS_HO if the MS returns a cause of"equipment failure" in the handover failure message.

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_CLEARED

This is pegged in a bin of OUT_INTER_BSS_HO when a call is cleared downduring an inter-BSS handover.

IN_INTER_BSS_EQUIP_FAIL

This is pegged at the target SSM when a handover failure message is received fromthe MSC. It is a bin of IN_INTER_BSS_HO.

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_LOSTMS

This is pegged in a bin of OUT_INTER_BSS_HO if a clear command is not received from the MSC(indicating that the handover was successful) and no handover failure message is received either.

IN_INTER_BSS_MS_NO_SEIZE

This statistic is pegged at the target SSM whenever a MS fails to seize the new channelfor any reason. It is a bin of IN_INTER_BSS_HO.

IN_INTER_BSS_HO_CLEARED

This bin of IN_INTER_BSS_HO is pegged when a call is cleared down whilstan inter-BSS handover is in progress.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Inter-BSS Failure Scenarios Version 1 Rev 4

Inter-BSS Failure ScenariosHandover Failure

RRSMMS

Handover command

Source SSM

Unsuccessful handover

Handover failure

Initiate handover

Handover failure

Handover command

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_RETURN

OUT_INTER_BSS_EQUIP_FAILHO_REQ_MSC_FAIL


5-51

Version 1 Rev 4 Outgoing External Handover Tracking

Outgoing External Handover TrackingSeveral statistics associated with outgoing external handovers are "rolled up" into a single counterarray statistic, OUT_INTER_BSS_HO. Each is held in a bin of the array as shown below, and canonly be displayed as part of the array, not individually. All are pegged at the source SSM.

BIN

0 = OUT_INTER_BSS_REQ_TO_MSC

1 = OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT

2 = OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC

3 = OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_LOSTMS

4 = OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_RETURN

5 = OUT_INTER_BSS_EQUIP_FAIL

6 = OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_CLEARED


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Outgoing External Handover Tracking Version 1 Rev 4

Outgoing External Handover TrackingOUT_INTER_BSS_HO

BIN

0 = OUT_INTER_BSS_REQ_TO_MSC

1 = OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT

2 = OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC

3 = OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_LOSTMS

4 = OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_RETURN

5 = OUT_INTER_BSS_EQUIP_FAIL

6 = OUT INTER_BSS_HO_CLEARED


5-53

Version 1 Rev 4 Incoming External Handover Tracking

Incoming External Handover TrackingSeveral statistics associated with incoming external handovers are "rolled up" into a single counterarray, IN_INTER_BSS_HO. Each is held in a bin of the array as shown below, and can only bedisplayed as part of the array, not individually. All are pegged at the target SSM.

BIN

0 = IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC

1 = IN_INTER_BSS_MS_NO_SEIZE

2 = IN_INTER_BSS_EQUIP_FAIL

3 = IN_INTER_BSS_HO_CLEARED


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Incoming External Handover Tracking Version 1 Rev 4

Incoming External Handover TrackingIN_INTER_BSS_HO

BIN

0 = IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC

1 = IN_INTER_BSS_MS_NO_SEIZE

2 = IN_INTER_BSS_EQUIP_FAIL

3 = IN_INTER_BSS_HO_CLEARED


5-55

Version 1 Rev 4 Incoming External Handover Tracking



©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Interface Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Chapter 6

Interface Statistics


6-1

Version 1 Rev 4 Interface Statistics



©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Interface Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Interface Statistics


X.25 and Link Access Procedure "D" (LAPD) objectives

• Name the variants of High level Data Link Controller (HDLC) which are used by GSM.• Draw the framing structure for HDLC and identify in which fields the following parameters are sent:

Service Access Point Indicator (SAPI)Frame type

• Name the three frame types used by HDLC. Which type of frame is used totransmit the following messages:Frame Reject (FRMR)?Set Asynchronous Balanced Mode (SABM)

• Name the modes used by HDLC. Which mode is the default mode? Draw signallingdiagrams to illustrate how the other mode is initiated and terminated.

• Identify illustrated X.25 and LAPD statistics using the statistical table provided.

MTP objectives

• State the functions of the three MTP levels.• Draw a diagram of an MTP Signalling Unit (SU).• Name the three SU types.• Name the two parameters which make up the data field of a SU.• Name the three MTP statistical groups and describe the network conditions they relate to.• Identify illustrated MTP statistics using the statistical tables provided.

SCCP objectives

• Identify which field of the MTP SU is used to transmit SCCP messages.• Name the two operating modes for SCCP and state their associated protocol class number.• Identify illustrated SCCP statistics using the statistical tables provided.

Miscellaneous objectives

• Name the processor utilization statistic.


6-3

Version 1 Rev 4 Statistics

StatisticsThese statistics relate to activities on the network interfaces for example, messagestravelling over the interfaces are counted and signalling link outages are recorded.There are two groups of interface statistics: :

a. Operations and Maintenance Link (OML), Radio Signalling Link (RSL), andTranscoder to BSS Link (XBL) interface statistics

b. MTL interface statistics. These are detailed below

OML, RSL and XBL interface statisticsX.25 messages are recorded travelling between the BSS and the OMC (OML). LAPD messagesare recorded travelling between the BSS and RXCDR (XBL) and between the BSC and BTS(RSL). These statistics are referred to as X.25 and LAPD statistics.

MTL interface statisticsThe MTL is the interface between the BSS and the network switching system. Sincethere are a large number of statistics pertaining to the MTL these statistics will be brokendown into several categories as specified in CCITT Q.791.

SCCP performance and utilization.

SCCP makes up the transport layer of CCITT #7 and manages the establishmentand release of call related connections.

MTP C7 performance.

MTP makes up the link and network layers of CCITT #7. These statistics count the differenttypes of failure and recovery situations on the BSC to MSC interface.

MTP C7 availability.

These statistics count the durations for which the signalling links between the BSC and the MSC are OOS.

MTP C7 utilization.

These statistics count the messages received, transmitted and retransmittedon the BSC to MSC interface.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

StatisticsInterface

OSI Layers

Application

Presentation

Session

Transport

7

6

5

4

SS#7

LevelsSS#7

MTP Level3

MTP Level2

MTP Level1

X.25

Applications

X.25 Others

A-bis

BSSAP

(DTAP+BSSMAP)

SCCP

4

32

1

X.25

LAPB

2Mb/s Trunk

Network

Link

Physical

3

2

1

LAPD

BSSAP

BSSMAP

DTAP

MTP

LAPB-D

SCCP

Base Station System Application Part

Base Station System Management Application Part

Direct Transfer Application Part

Messages Transfer Application Part

Link Access Procedure B-D

Signalling Connection Control Part

ACRONYMS

Alignment

information

Transmission of X.25 & C7 on 2 Mb/s Trunk

2 Mb/s Trunk frame structure

C7 Signalling UnitX.25 Packet

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31


6-5


Statistics

The X.25 and LAPD protocolsBefore we start to look at the interface statistics it is essential that the student is familiar with theprotocols used on the respective interfaces. The first protocol we will look at is the HDLC protocol.HDLC is a Layer 2 protocol and variations of it are used by both X.25 and A-bis. X.25 uses LAPB forLayer 2 messaging, while A-bis uses LAPD. Both LAPB and LAPD protocols are variants of HDLC.

HDLC frame structure

The framing structure for HDLC is illustrated on the page opposite. The componentparts of the frame are described below:

Flags

The flags are used to denote the start and end of each frame. The end flag can also act asthe start of the next frame. The flag pattern used is 01111110. If this pattern occurs withinthe frame ‘‘bit stuffing" is used to prevent the data being confused with a flag. Bit stuffinginvolves a ‘‘0" being inserted after any five consecutive ‘‘1"s.

Address

Identifies the intended receiver when a command frame is sent and indicates thetransmitter when a response frame is sent.

The SAPI is part of the address field and indicates which Layer 3 entity hasgenerated or is to receive the frame.

SAPI 0 - RSL

SAPI 62 - OML

SAPI 63 - L2ML

The address field also contains the Terminal endpoint identifier (Tei) which identifiesa logical user on the HDLC link.

Control

Indicates which type of frame it is, there are three frame types. These will bedescribed in more detail on the following page.

Information frames

Supervisory frame

Unnumbered frames

Information

Layer 3 data is transmitted in this field.

Frame check sequence

Provides error checking for the frame, all bits between the flags are checked. Iferrors are found the frame will be retransmitted.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


StatisticsHDLC Frame Structure

first bit last bit

FlagControlFlag AddressFramecheck

sequenceInfo

DRCU

DRCU

BTP

Tei003

Tei002

Tei001

BTS

BSP

Tei= 0

BSCLogical Channels

RSL (SAPI 0)

OML (SAPI 62)

L2ML (SAPI 63)

RSL (SAPI 0)

OML (SAPI 62)

L2ML (SAPI 63)

L2ML (SAPI 63)

OML (SAPI 62)

Secondary

Primary

Primary

SecondaryCommand - 01 hex

Response - 01 hex

Command - 03 hex

Response - 03 hex

LAPD Addressing

LAPB Addressing


6-7


Statistics

The X.25 and LAPD protocols continued

HDLC operating modes

The HDLC protocol can operate in two distinct modes: acknowledged mode and non-acknowledgedmode. By default the protocol will operate in non-acknowledged mode, to initiate or terminateacknowledged mode the messages illustrated on the page opposite must be sent.

Acknowledged mode

When operating in this mode every message sent must receive an acknowledgement(e.g. assignment and assignment complete).

Non-acknowledged mode

When operating in this mode messages may be sent and no acknowledgement is required(e.g. measurement reports sent from the MS to the BSS).

HDLC frame types

There are three frame types used by HDLC these are detailed below:

Information frames

Used to convey Layer 3 information, each unit of data must be acknowledged.May be referred to as I-frames.

Supervisory frames

Used for flow control purposes, manages the flow of I-frames. They are used to acknowledgeor request retransmission of I-frames. There are three types of S-frames:

Receive Ready (RR)

Receive Not Ready (RNR)

Reject (REJ)

Unnumbered frames

Used for link establishment and release, these frames are used to initiate or terminate acknowledgedmode There are several types of U-frames. Some common ones are listed below:

Set Asynchronous Balanced Mode (SABM)

Disconnect (DISC)

Unnumbered Information (UI)

Unnumbered Acknowledgement (UA)

Frame Reject (FRMR)


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


StatisticsLayer 2 Alignment

DISCONNECT

DISC

UA

2 Mbit/s link

SABME

UA

I-FRAME

I-FRAME

SUCCESSFUL

BSC

BSC

BTS

BTS


6-9


Statistics

X.25 and LAPD statistics

X.25 and LAPD performance

FRMR

FRMR frames - Counts the number of FRMR frames received and transmitted.

INVALID_FRAMES_RX

Invalid received frames - Counts the number of invalid frames received.

N2_EXPIRY

Expiration of N2 - Counts the number of times the retry count threshold has been exceeded.

X.25 and LAPD utilization

I_FRAMES_RX

Received I-frames - Counts the number of information frames received.

I_FRAMES_TX

Transmitted I-frames - Counts the number of information frames transmitted.

SABM_TX

SABM frames - Counts the number of SABM frames transmitted.

OMC

RXCDR

BTS

BSC

BSC

BSC

OML

XBL

RSL

Note:

The RSL is used to illustrate these statistics but they are also calculated for OML and XBL.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


StatisticsX.25 and LAPD

BSC

BSC

BSC BTS

BTS

BTS

N2_EXPIRY

I_FRAME_RX I_FRAMES_TX

SABM_TX

BSC BTS

FRMR INVALID_FRAMES_RX

FRMR

Invalid Frame

I-FRAME

RETRY I-FRAME 1ST TIME

RETRY I-FRAME N2TH TIME

I-FRAME

I-FRAME

SABM


6-11

Version 1 Rev 4 MTL Interface Statistics

MTL Interface Statistics

The C7 protocol - MTPThis group of statistics report MTP information. MTP is part of the C7 protocol which is usedthroughout the network. MTP provides Layers 2 and 3 of the seven Layer model.

MTP is the transport system for reliable transfer of messages between users.It is broken down into 3 levels:

MTP1 - Signalling data link functions

Physical, electrical and mechanical specifications for the interface.

MTP2 - Signalling link functions

Defines the the functions and procedures for controlling the transfer of signallingmessages over a signalling link.

MTP3 - Signalling network functions

Defines the methods for message handling and routeing on a signalling link.

Signalling Units (SUs)MTP uses SUs to transmit information, there are three SU types:

Message Signalling Unit (MSU)

Link Status Signalling Unit (LSSU)

Fill-In Signalling Unit (FISU)

The basic structure of a SU is illustrated on the opposite page. There are three parts to a SU:

1. HeaderCarries the information to ensure that the messages are sent in sequence and a lengthindicator. The detail of the header is illustrated over the page.

2. DataThere are two parts to the data field; the Signalling Information Field (SIF)and the Service Information Octet (SIO).

3. TailContains error checking for the SU.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

MTL Interface Statistics Version 1 Rev 4


DTAP: Direct Transfer Application PartBSSMAP: BSS Management Application PartBSS OMAP: BSS Operation and Maintenance Application PartSCCP: Signalling Connection Control Part

MTP: Message Transfer PartBSS: Base Station SystemMSC: Mobile services Switching Centre

To otherprocesses

within the BSS

To airinterface

transmissionequipment

Layer 4-7

Layer 3

Layer 1-3

Distribution Function Distribution Function

OSIMODEL

DTAPBSSMAP

BSSMAPDTAP

BSSOMAP

BSSOMAP

SCCP SCCP

MTP MTP

Physical Layer

Other applications(e.g. call control)

Operation andMaintenanceinformation toPLMN O &M

To otherusers of the SCCP and

MTP

A-interface

Signalling Protocol Reference Model

SIGNALLING UNIT (SU)

MSU

LSSU

FISU

HEADER DATA TAIL

first bit last bit

The C7 Protocols - MTP


6-13



The C7 Protocol - MTP continuedThe MTP SU is described below. There are three parts to a SU. These are described in detail below.

HeaderThe header sequence is the same for all types of SUs and consists of the following:

Flag (F)

All SUs begin and end with an 8 bit flag. The flag bit pattern is 01111110. To ensure a flag pattern isnot contained in the data, a "0" is inserted after any five consecutive "1s" at the transmitter. At thereceiver, the "0" is removed. These processes are called "bit stuffing and "bit stripping".

Backward Sequence Number (BSN)

The BSN is the sequence number of an MSU being acknowledged.

Backward Indicator Bit (BIB)

Used with the the BSN to perform SU sequencing control and acknowledgement.

Forward Sequence Number (FSN)

The FSN is the sequence number of the SU in which it is being carried. The FSN and BSN are binarycoded using modulo 128. The FSN and BSN in a particular SU bear no relationship to each other.

Forward Indicator Bit (FIB)

Used with the FSN to perform SU sequencing and acknowledgement.

Length Indicator (LI)

Indicates the length of the message in octets.

Data

Signalling Information Field (SIF)

Provides routeing information and carries user traffic. Contains the Origination PointCode (OPC) and Destination Point Code (DPC).

Service Information Octet (SIO)

Identifies source and destination users and indicates whether traffic is national or international.

Tail

Check Bits (CK)

Error checking bits. Retransmission is requested if the frame is in error.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


MTL Interface StatisticsThe C7 Protocols

first bit last bit

FIB

BIB

FLAG BSN FSN LI

SIO SIF

CK FLAG

8 7 1 7 1 6 2

2 8

16 8


Header Data Tail


6-15



MTP C7 performance

MTP_SL_FAIL and LMTP_SL_FAIL

Signalling Link (SL) failure-All reasons - Counts the number of CEPT (see Glossary) SLfailures for any reason including those detailed below.

ALARM 0. MTL: SL Failure all reasons - PM (major)

0. LMTL: SL Failure all reasons - PM (major)

MTP_SL_FIBR and LMTP_SL_FIBR

SL failure-Abnormal Forward Indicator Bit Received (FIBR) or Backward Sequence Number Received(BSNR) - Counts the number of times the signalling fails due to the detection of an abnormalFIB caused by the mis-synchronization of the sequence numbers BSN and FSN.

ALARM 1. MTL: SL Failure abnormal FIBR/BSNR - PM (major)

1. LMTL: SL Failure abnormal FIBR/BSNR - PM (major)

MTP_SL_ERROR_RATE and LMTP_SL_ERROR_RATE

SL failure-Excessive error rate - Counts the number of times the signalling fails due tothe Signal Unit Error Rate Monitor (SUERM) timer expiration.

ALARM 3. MTL: SL Failure excessive error rate - PM (major)

3. LMTL: SL Failure excessive error rate - PM (major)

MTP_SL_ACK and LMTP_SL_ACK

SL failure-Excessive delay of ACK - Counts the number of times the link fails due to a timerthat expired because an acknowledgement of a MSU was not sent.

ALARM 2. MTL: SL Failure excessive delay of ACK - PM (major)

2. LMTL: SL Failure excessive delay of ACK - PM (major)

MTP_SL_CONGESTION and LMTP_REMOTE_SL_CONGESTION

SL failure-Excessive duration of congestion - Counts the number of times the SL failsdue to the remote congestion timer expiring.

ALARM 4. MTL: SL Failure excessive duration of congestion - PM (major)

4. LMTL: SL Failure excessive duration of congestion - PM (major)

LMTP_LOCAL_SL_CONGESTION

There are two types of congestion that may occur across an Lb interface SL: local congestion (thatis the MTP L2 of the BSS detects that the TX queue is full) and remote congestion (that is theBSS-based SMLC is congested). Both types of congestion may exist across an Lb-interface SL atone time; however, regardless of congestion type, the statistic is pegged only upon the entrance


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


MTL Interface Statisticsinto the congested state of the Lb-interface SL. Thus, if the Lb-interface SL is locally congestedand remote congestion is detected, the statistic is not pegged. Likewise, if the Lb-interface SLis remotely congested and local congestion is detected, the statistic is not pegged.

ALARM 12. LMTL: SL Congestion indications - PM (major)

MTP_SL_FAIL

(LMTP)MTP_SL_FIBR

(LMTP)MTP_SL_ACK

(LMTP)MTP_SL_CONGESTION

(LMTP)MTP_SL_ERROR RATE

N goodframes

Badframe

MAX

MSUFIB

ERROR

ACK

MSU

MSC

BSC

BSC

BSC

BSC

MSC

MSC

MSC

(LMTP)

LMTP_LOCAL_SL_CONGESTION

MTP C7 Performance


6-17



MTP C7 performance continued

MTP_SU_ERROR

LMTP_SU_ERROR

Number of SUs in error - Counts the number of times erroneous SUs are received onthe SL that are acceptable in normal system operation.

ALARM 6.MTL: Number of signal units in error - PM(warning)

6.LMTL: Number of signal units in error - PM(warning)

MTP_NEG_ACKS

LMTP_NEG_ACKS

SL number of negative ACKs received - Counts the number of times the BSSdetects out of order messages from the MSC.

ALARM 7.MTL: SL Number of negative ACKs received -PM (warning)

7.LMTL: SL Number of negative ACKs received -PM (warning)

MTP_SL_ALIGNMENT

LMTP_SL_ALIGNMENT

SL alignment failure - Counts the number of times the SL tries to align with the A-interface while it is OOS.

ALARM 5.MTL: SL Alignment failure - PM (minor)

5.LMTL: SL Alignment failure - PM (minor)

MTP_RESTORATION

LMTP_RESTORATION

SL restoration - Counts the number of times the SL starts carrying user traffic. This happens whenthe SL comes into service, is uninhibited, or recovers from a remote processor outage.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


MTL Interface StatisticsMTP C7 Performance

(LMTP)MTP_SU_ERROR

(LMTP)MTP_SL_ALIGNMENT

(LMTP)MTP_RESTORATION

SUFIB

ERROR!

BSC

BSC

BSC

MSC

MSC

MSC

SU

(LMTP)MTP_NEG_ACKS

MSC BSC

SU

SU

Neg-Ack(request transmit)

GO!


6-19



MTP C7 performance continued

MTP_CHANGEOVER

LMTP_CHANGEOVER

Local automatic changeovers - Counts the number of times MTP traffic is routed to an alternate SL.

MTP_CHANGEBACK

LMTP_CHANGEBACK

Local automatic changebacks - Counts the number of times MTP traffic is diverted backto the original SL after having been routed to an alternate SL.

MTP_LINK_INS

LMTP_LINK_INS

Duration of link in the INS state - Measures the duration that the SL is INS.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


MTL Interface StatisticsMTP C7 Performance

(LMTP)MTP_CHANGEOVER

(LMTP)MTP_LINK_INS

(LMTP)MTP_CHANGEBACK

MSC

BSC

BSC

BSC

MSC

MSC

GO!

GO!

GO!

GO!

GO!

12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK


6-21



MTP C7 availability

MTP_UNAVAILABLE

LMTP_UNAVAILABLE

Duration of SL unavailability (for any reason) - Measures the duration for which CEPT SL is unavailable.

MTP_LINKFAIL

LMTP_LINKFAIL

Duration of SL unavailablility due to link failure - Measures the duration that the SL is OOS.

MTP_LOCAL_BUSY

LMTP_LOCAL_BUSY

Duration of local busy - Measures the duration that the SL is congested locally.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


MTL Interface StatisticsMTP C7 Availability

(LMTP)MTP_LOCAL_BUSY12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK

BSCMSC

(LMTP)MTP_UNAVAILABLE

BSCMSC

12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK

All cases

(LMTP)MTP_LINK_FAIL

BSCMSC

12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK

Link failure


6-23



MTP C7 availability continued

MTP_REMOTE_PROC

LMTP_REMOTE_PROC

Duration of SL unavailability due to remote processor outage - Measures theduration that a remote processor is OOS.

MTP_START_RPO

LMTP_START_RPO

Start of remote processor outage - Counts the number of times a remote processoroutage condition is identified.

MTP_STOP_RPO

LMTP_STOP_RPO

Stop of remote processor outage - Counts the number of times a remote processor outage is cleared.

LMTP_SIB_TX

This statistic is pegged each time the BSS transmits a Status Indication Busy (SIB)LSSU message across the Lb-interface signalling link.

LMTP_SIB_RX

This statistic is pegged each time the BSS receives a Status Indication Busy (SIB)LSSU message across the Lb-interface signalling link.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002



(LMTP)MTP_STOP_RPO

(LMTP)MTP_START_RPO

BSCMSC

BSCMSC

12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK

(LMTP)MTP_REMOTE_PROC

LSSU-RPO

LSSU

BANG!

CRASHCLUNK!

.....WHIRR.....

LMTP_SIB_TX

LMTP_SIB_RX

LSSU-BUSY

LSSU-BUSY

(RPO - Remote Proc Outage)


6-25



MTP C7 availability continued

MTP_LOCAL_MGT

LMTP_LOCAL_MGT

Duration of SL inhibition due to local management actions - Measures the duration thatthe SL is inhibited due to local management actions.

MTP_MGT_INHIBIT

LMTP_MGT_INHIBIT

Local management inhibit - Counts the number of times the SL is inhibited by the usercarrying out a lock command to the associated link.

MTP_MGT_UNINHIBIT

LMTP_MGT_UNINHIBIT

Local ,anagement uninhibit - Counts the number of times the SL is uninhibited by theuser carrying out an unlock command to the link.

MTP_REMOTE_MGT

LMTP_REMOTE_MGT

Duration of SL inhibition due to remote management actions - Measures the durationthat the SL is inhibited due to remote management action.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002



(LMTP)MTP_MGT_UNINHIBIT

(LMTP)MTP_MGT_INHIBIT

BSCMSC

BSCMSC

(LMTP)MTP_LOCAL_MGT

12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK

12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK

(LMTP)MTP_REMOTE_MGT

BSCMSC

STOP


6-27



MTP C7 utilization

MTP_CONGESTION

LMTP_CONGESTION

Cumulative duration of SL congestion - Measures the duration that the SL is congested.

SL_CONGESTION

SL congestion indications - Tracks the number of times the remote congestion timerexpires due to excessive congestion on the SL.

ALARM 4.MTL: SL Failure Excessive duration of congestion- PM (warning)

SL_STOP_CONGESTION

L_SL_STOP_CONGESTION

Stop of SL congestion - Counts the number of times a SL congestion indication stops.

CONGESTION_LOST_MSU

LMTP_CONGESTION_LOST_MSU

Number of SL congestion events resulting in loss of MSUs - Counts the number of timesa congestion event occurs which results in MSUs being lost.

ALARM 11.MTL: SL Congestion events resulting in lostMSUs - PM (warning

11.LMTL: SL Congestion events resulting in lostMSUs - PM (warning)

MSU_DISCARDED

LMTP_MSU_DISCARDED

Number of MSUs discarded due to SL congestion - Counts the number of MSUs whichare discarded whilst there is congestion on the SL.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


MTL Interface StatisticsMTP C7 Utilization

SL_CONGESTION

BSCMSC (LMTP)MTP_CONGESTION

12

6

39

TICK

TICK

TICK

BSCMSC

(LMTP)CONGESTION_LOST_MSU

(LMTP)MSU_DISCARDED

(L_)SL_STOP_CONGESTION

BSCMSC

LSSU-BCongestion indication

LSSU


6-29



MTP C7 utilization continued

MTP_MSU_RX

LMTP_MSU_RX

Number of MSUs received - Counts the number of MSUs received over the SL.

MTP_MSU_TX

LMTP_MSU_TX

Number of MSUs transmitted - Counts the number of MSUs transmitted over the SL.

MTP_RE_TX

LMTP_RE_TX

Number of octets retransmitted - Counts the number of octets that the BSS has retransmittedto the MSC(SMLC) because the MSC(SMLC) has requested retransmission. This indicateshow much the BSS and an MSC(SMLC) are off in message sequencing.

ALARM 9.MTL: Number of octets retransmitted - PM(warning)

9.LMTL: Number of octets retransmitted - PM(warning)


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002



(LMTP)MTP_MSU_RX

(LMTP)MTP_RE_TX

(LMTP)MTP_MSU_TX

MSC

BSC

BSC

BSC

MSC

MSC MSU

MSU

Retransmission request

Retransmission


6-31



MTP C7 utilization continued

MTP_SIF_SIO_RX

LMTP_SIF_SIO_RX

Number of SIF and SIO octets received - Counts the number of SIFs and SIOs received over the SL.

MTP_SIF_SIO_TX

LMTP_SIF_SIO_TX

Number of SIF and SIO octets transmitted - Counts the number of SIFs and SIOs transmitted over the SL.

SIF_SIO_RX_OPC

L_SIF_SIO_RX_OPC

Number of SIF and SIO octets received - Counts the number of SIFs or SIOsreceived across all SLs to a BSS.

SIF_SIO_TX_DPC

L_SIF_SIO_TX_DPC

Number of SIF and SIO octets transmitted - Counts the number of SIFs or SIOstransmitted across all SLs to a BSS.

SIF_SIO_TYPE

L_SIF_SIO_TYPE

Number of SIF and SIO octets handled with given SIO - Counts the number of SIFs orSIOs transmitted or received on each SL. The signal types available are MTP, Test andSCCP. This statistic pegs the sum of all SLs to the BSS.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002



BSCMSC

BSCMSC

SU data

SU data

(LMTP)MTP_SIF_SIO_RX

BSCMSC

SU data

(LMTP)MTP_SIF_SIO_TX

(L_)SIF_SIO_RX_OPC

BSCMSC

SU data

(L_)SIF_SIO_TX_DPC

(L_)SIF_SIO_TYPE


6-33



The C7 protocol - SCCPThe SCCP statistics will now be considered. SCCP builds on MTP to provide full networkservice. The framing structure for SCCP is illustrated on the opposite page.

As can be seen SCCP is part of the SIF found in an MTP SU.

SCCP can operate in four modes, two of these modes are used for GSM these are; connectionlessand connection-oriented. Protocol class numbers carried in the mandatory fixed field of the SCCPmessage indicate which mode is being used. The two modes used for GSM are described below:

Connectionless

Protocol Class 0 - Single messages are sent to other SCCP users. There is only onetype of message sent in connectionless mode.

UDT - Unit Data

Connection-Oriented

Protocol Class 2 - A signalling connection is established before messages are sent. SeveralSCCP message types must be passed to establish this connection.

CR - Connection Request

CC - Connection Confirm

CREF - Connection Refused

DT1 - Data form 1

IT - Inactivity Test

Once the communication is complete the link must be released. The following SCCPmessage types are used to release the connection:

RLSD - Released

RLC - Release Complete


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


MTL Interface StatisticsC7 Protocol - SCCP


MTP

SCCP

HEADER DATA TAIL

SIO SIF

DPC OPC SLS

Message

type

Mandatory

fixed

part

Mandatory

variable

part

Optional

(Data)

part

SCCP

MESSAGE

ROUTING

LABEL


6-35



SCCP performance and utilization

SCCP performance

ROUTING_SYNTAX

L_ROUTING_SYNTAX

Routing failure syntax error detected - Counts when a syntax error is detected in an SCCP routeing label.

ALARM 1.BSS: Routing failure syntax error detected - PM(warning)

18.BSS Routing failure syntax error detected(SMLC) - PM (warning)

ROUTING_UNKNOWN

L_ROUTING_UNKNOWN

Routing failure reason unknown - Counts the number of invalid signalling pointcodes received from the MSC.

ALARM 2.BSS: Routing failure - reason unknown - PM(warning)

19.BSS: Routing failure - reason unknown - PM(warning)

SCCP Utilization

SCCP_MSGS_TX

L_SCCP_MSGS_TX

Total messages sent (by classes 0 and 2) - Counts the number of SCCP messages transmitted on the SL.

SCCP_MSGS_RX

L_SCCP_MSGS_RX

Total messages received (by classes 0 and 2) - Counts the number of SCCPmessages received on the SL.

SCCP_MSGS

L_SCCP_MSGS

Total messages handled from local or remote subsystem - Counts the number of SCCPmessages which are transmitted or received on the SL per BSS.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


MTL Interface StatisticsSCCP Performance and Utilization

(L_)SCCP_MSGS_RX

(L_)ROUTING_SYNTAX

BSCMSC

BSCMSC

SCCP routing label

SCCP

BSCMSC

BSCMSC

(L_)ROUTING_UNKNOWN

(L_)SCCP_MSGS_TX

(L_)SCCP_MSGS

SCCP routeing label

Syntaxerror

SCCP

OPC MSC (SPC) DPC BSS (SPC)


6-37

Version 1 Rev 4 BSS Location Services (LCS) - System Overview

BSS Location Services (LCS) - System OverviewFrom GSR6 the BSS is providing support for Location Services. Location Services uses one ormore positioning mechanisms in order to determine the location of the MS. The positioning processinvolves two main steps: signal measurements and location estimate computation based on themeasured signals. LCS has been seen by operators, service providers and Motorola as a keyapplication enabler. This will allow calculation of the position of the MS directly, location specificadvertising and to determine the routing of voice traffic. This can be achieved in three ways:

TA Positioning MechanismThe Timing Advance positioning mechanism is based on the existing Timing Advance (TA)parameter. The TA value is known for the serving BTS. The TA value, the cell ID and themeasurement reports are return to the requesting LCS client.

E-OTDEnhanced Observed Time Difference (E-OTD) Positioning Mechanism uses the MS and a numberof BTS’s to calculate a position for the MS based on time delays (Real Time Differences - RTDs)to the MS from the BTS and geometry. This depends on whether it is a synchronised networkor unsynchronised network. If synchronised the MS measures the relative time of arrival of thesignal from several BTSs. For unsynchronised the signals are received by a fixed measuringpoint known as a Location Measurement Unit (LMU). The calculations can be made in the MSif all information present (MS-based) or if not MS-assisted. To obtain accurate triangulationRTDs are required from at least three geographically distinct BTSs.

A-GPSGlobal Positioning System (GPS) provides a means to determine position, velocity and time around theglobe. It uses satellites emitting radio signals to the recievers to determine position of the receiver. TheGPS constellation consists of 24 satellites orbiting at an altitude of 20,183.62km above Earths surface.Based on Time of Arrival (TOA) principle, when four or more satellites are in Line of Sight (LOS) fromthe reciever, the latitude, longitude and altitude of the reciever are determined. Standard PositioningService (SPS) is a grade of GPS service avaialble for commercial applications including mobile phonelocation determination. SPS is delibrately degraded by selective availability (SA), but provideshorizontal position accuracy within a circle of 100m radius 95% of the time. Differential-GPS (D-GPS)can reduce the error to under 5m, while SA and other factors are in effect. It uses a reference receiverat a surveyed position to send correcting information to the mobile over the communication link.

For Assisted-GPS (A-GPS), a GPS reference network (or a Wide area D-GPS network) is established.The GPS reference network manages receivers with clear views of the sky and can operatecontinuously. This reference network is connected with the GSM network. At the request of theGSM network, assistance data from the reference network is transmitted to the MS to increaseperformance of the GPS sensor. The Assisted-GPS method should be able to:

• Reduce the sensor start-up time;• Increase the sensor sensitivity; and• Consume less handset power than conventional GPS does.

Additional assisted data, such as differential GPS corrections, approximate handsetlocation or cell base station location, and others can be transmitted to improve thelocation accuracy and decrease acquisition time.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

BSS Location Services (LCS) - System Overview Version 1 Rev 4

BSS Location Services (LCS) - System Overview

Timing Advance Positioning Mechanism

Enhanced Observed Time Difference Positioning Mechanism

Assisted - Global Position System Positioning Mechanism


6-39

Version 1 Rev 4 BSS Location Services (LCS) - Network Architecture

BSS Location Services (LCS) - Network ArchitectureSeveral new network elements are added to the general GSM architecture to supportLocation Services. A brief illustration of the new network topology is shown in the diagramopposite. Note that a number of new interfaces were created for the new network entities.The central interface impacting the BSS is the Lb interface.

GMLCThe Gateway Mobile Location Center (GMLC) is a new network element being added to the GSMPLMN in support of Location Services. The GMLC is the first node an external LCS Client accesses ina GSM PLMN. The GMLC may request routing information from the HLR via the Lh interface. Afterperforming registration authorization, it sends positioning requests to and receives final locationestimates from the VMSC via the Lg interface. The GMLC is responsible for the following functions:

• Managing external interface to LCS• Authorizing LCS Clients requesting LCS information• Collecting charging and billing data related to LCS for both clients and subscribers• Transforming location estimates into local geographic system understood by the client.

SMLCThe Serving Mobile Location Center (SMLC) is a new network element being added to theGSM PLMN in support of Location Services. The SMLC manages the overall coordination andscheduling of resources required for MS positioning. It also calculates the final location estimateand accuracy. As seen in the diagram opposite, two new signal interfaces, Ls and Lb, have beendefined to transport messages to and from the SMLC. The Ls interface associates the SMLC with theVMSC. Hence, the VMSC will be needed to route signals to the SMLC via the Ls interface in thisconfiguration. Similarly, the Lb interface associates the SMLC with the BSC. The BSC will need tosupport message routing to the SMLC via the Lb interface in this configuration.

The SMLC is responsible for the following functions:

• Registering and maintaining operational status of LMUs• Providing broadcast capability for E-OTD and A-GPS• Managing the positioning of a MS through the coordination and scheduling of re-sources• Calculating the positioning of the MS

The phrase "BSS based SMLC" refers to an SMLC communicating with the BSS via the Lbinterface. The phrase "NSS based SMLC" refers to an SMLC communicating with the MSC viathe Ls interface. For this feature BSS will be communicating with the MSC only.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

BSS Location Services (LCS) - Network Architecture Version 1 Rev 4

BSS Location Services (LCS) - Network Architecture

mailMaster

Return

call

Smail

LMU

Type A

LMU

Type B

LMU

Type B

BTS

BSCCBC HLR

SMLC SMLC MSC/VLRGateway

MLC

Gateway

MLC

Other

PLMN

CBC-BSC

Lp Ls Lg

Lg

LhALbCBC-SMLC

ABIS ABIS

External

LCS

Client

Le


6-41

Version 1 Rev 4 BSS Location Services (LCS) - Network Architecture


LMUA Location Measurement Unit (LMU) makes radio measurements to support one ormore positioning methods. These measurements fall into one of two categories:• Location measurements specific to one MS used to compute the location of this MS• Assistance measurements specific to all MSs in a certain geographic areaAll location and assistance measurements obtained by an LMU are supplied to a particular SMLCassociated with the LMU. Instructions concerning the timing, the nature and any periodicity of thesemeasurements are either provided by the SMLC or are pre-administered in the LMU.

Type A LMUA type A LMU is accessed exclusively over the GSM air interface (Um interface): there is no wiredconnection to any other network element. A type A LMU has a serving BTS and BSC that providesignaling access to a controlling SMLC. With an NSS based SMLC, a type A LMU also has a servingMSC and VLR and a subscription profile in an HLR. A type A LMU always has a unique IMSI andsupportsall radio resource and mobility management functions of the GSM air interface that arenecessary to support signaling using an SDCCH to the SMLC. A type A LMU supports those connectionmanagement functions necessary to support LCS signaling transactions with the SMLC and may supportcertain call control functions to support signaling to an SMLC using a circuit switched data connection.

Type B LMUA Type B LMU is accessed over the Abis interface from a BSC. The LMU may be either a standalonenetwork element addressed using some pseudo cell ID or connected to or integrated in a BTS.Signaling to a Type B LMU is by means of messages routed through the controlling BSC for a BSSbased SMLC or messages routed through a controlling BSC and MSC for an NSS based SMLC.

The term "LMU" indicates a Type A LMU. The BSS does not support Type B LMUs.Also the term "SMLC", when not prefaced by either "NSS based" or "BSS based" shallbe inferred to be indicating a BSS based SMLC.

LMU ProceduresFor the most part, LMUs will be handled like regular mobiles, except that all signalling goes tothe SMLC and not the MSC when the SMLC is BSS based. The LMUs are allowed to get anSDCCH and even perform handovers. However, the LMUs cannot get a TCH.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

BSS Location Services (LCS) - Network Architecture Version 1 Rev 4


mailMaster

Return

call

Smail

LMU

Type A

LMU

Type B

LMU

Type B

BTS

BSCCBC HLR

SMLC SMLC MSC/VLRGateway

MLC

Gateway

MLC

Other

PLMN

CBC-BSC

Lp Ls Lg

Lg

LhALbCBC-SMLC

ABIS ABIS

External

LCS

Client

Le


6-43

Version 1 Rev 4 BSS-Based SMLC

BSS-Based SMLCThere are a number of statistics based upon the receipt and transmission of messages regardingthe MSC and the BSS-based SMLC. The BSS now must contend with two terrestrial point codes(SMLC and MSC), whereas previously the BSS could assume the MSC was the end destination (afterall, it was the only other SPC in the network besides the BSS). The creation of a new interface,and its supporting protocols, introduces a sizeable amount of added functionality.

Initial Setup

BSSMAP_PERF_LOC_REQ_MSGS

A portion of the functionality necessary for a BSS based SMLC is identical regardless of positioningmethod. The initial setup of all resources and notification to the SMLC of a positioning attemptis done prior to the SMLC deciding what type of positioning method to use. Remember that theMSC will always know of an LCS attempt before the SMLC or BSS, and will set up a call (at leastto an SDCCH) prior to notifying the SMLC of the location attempt. Thus, from the BSSs point ofview, a call is already established before LCS even begins. Note that a call could already be inprogress (user just happened to be involved in a normal voice/data call at the time), so the MScould already be on an SDCCH or a TCH. In that case, the MSC can skip the call setup messagingsince it has already been done. So after call establishment, the BSS has an SCCP connectionto the MSC for the MS call, and no connection to the SMLC (yet). Any BSS based SMLC LCSscenario will start with the MSC sending a BSSMAP Perform Location Request message overthe SCCP connection for the MS to be located. This message is actually for the SMLC, not theBSS, but the MSC has no direct connection to the SMLC. Thus it must send the message overthe only interface it has to reach the SMLC via the BSS A-Interface. This message is routed byMTPL3 to SSM, just as any connection oriented message on an SCCP DT1 is.

Therefore everytime a BSSMAP Perform Location Request message is receivedby the BSS this statistic is pegged.

BSSMAPLE_PERF_LOC_REQ_MSGS

The SSM will recognize the BSSMAP Perform Location Request message as an LCS messageand will need to set up another SCCP connection, this time to the SMLC. Since the Lb interface usesstandard SS7 up to the application layers, the SSM initiates the SCCP connection just as it does for theA-Interface. The SSM sends an SCCP CR with an embedded BSSMAP-LE Perform Location Requestinside. Before the SSM incorporates the BSSMAP-LE Perform Location Request message inside theSCCP CR, it will retrieve the timing advance and the measurement report from the RSS. The SSM willinsert the BSSLAP TA Layer 3 element in the BSSLAP APDU of the BSSMAP-LE Perform LocationRequest message to be sent to the SMLC. When the BSS sends the BSSMAP-LE Perform LocationRequest message, the BSS shall start the LCS Perform Location Timer. The SMLC will answerwith an SCCP CC, which may or may not have an embedded BSSMAP-LE Connection OrientedInformation (with an embedded BSSLAP command) inside. If the BSSMAP-LE Connection OrientedInformation is not present in the SCCP CC, the message will come afterwards inside an SCCP DT1.

Therefore everytime a BSSMAP-LE Perform Location Request message issent to the SMLC this statistic is pegged.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

BSS-Based SMLC Version 1 Rev 4

BSS-Based SMLCSMLC RSS RRSM SSM MSC/VLR

BSSMAP Perform

Location Request

TA request

Abis TA request

Abis TA response


BSSMAPLE Perform

Location RequestBSSMAP-LE_PERF_LOC_REQ_MSGS

TA response


6-45


BSS-Based SMLC

LCS TeardownFor successful LCS cases, the LCS positioning procedure can end with the SMLC sending aBSSMAP-LE Perform Location Response message encapsulated in an SCCP RLSD message or theSMLC sending a BSSMAP-LE Perform Location Response message only. In the former case, the SSMprocess forwards the BSSMAP Perform Location Response message to the MSC and responds to theSMLC with an SCCP RLC message. For the latter case, once the BSSMAP Perform Location Responsemessage is forwarded to the MSC, the SSM initiates teardown of the SMLC SCCP connection bysending an SCCP RLSD to the SMLC. The SMLC will respond with an SCCP RLC message to theSSM. For either case, the MSC will initiate normal MS teardown once the LCS procedure is finished.

BSSMAPLE_PERF_LOC_RESP_MSGS

This statistic is pegged everytime a BSSMAP-LE message is received by the BSS from the SMLC.

BSSMAP_PERF_LOC_RESP_MSGS

This statistic is pegged everytime a BSSMAP message is forwarded onto the MSC from the BSS.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


BSS-Based SMLCMS SMLC SSM MSC/VLR

BSSMAPLE Perform

Location Response

BSSMAP Perform

Location Response

BSSMAPLE_PERF_LOC_RESP_MSGS

Normal MSC Initiated MS

Teardown

SCCP Release MSG

BSSMAP_PERF_LOC_RESP_MSGS


6-47


BSS-Based SMLC

Perform Location AbortIf the BSS receives a BSSMAP Perform Location Abort message from the MSC, it will forward thismessage in a BSSMAP-LE Perform Location Abort message to the SMLC on the existing LbSCCP connection. The SMLC shall respond to the BSS with a BSSMAP-LE Perform LocationResponse message when it receives a BSSMAP-LE Perform Location Abort message. TheBSS will then send a BSSMAP Perform Location Response message to the MSC. If no LbSCCP connection exists for this A-interface SCCP connection, or no BSS-based SMLC exists,the BSS will discard the BSSMAP Perform Location Abort message.

BSSMAP_PERF_LOC_ABORT_MSGS

When the BSS receives a BSSMAP Perform Location Abort message fromthe MSC, this statistic is pegged.

BSSMAPLE_PERF_LOC_ABORT_MSGS

When the BSS forwards the BSSMAP Perform Location Response message in the from of aBSSMAP-LE Perform Location Abort message this statistic is pegged.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


BSS-Based SMLCPerform Location Abort

SMLC BSS MSC

Location Abort

BSSMAP Perform

Location AbortBSSMAP-LE

Location Abort

Location Abort

BSSMAP Perform

BSSMAP_PERF_LOC_ABORT_MSGS

BSSMAPLE_PERF_LOC_ABORT_MSGS

BSSMAP-LE


6-49

Version 1 Rev 4 Time of Arrival Positioning Method

Time of Arrival Positioning MethodMotorola’s end to end solution will not include the TOA (Time of Arrival) positioning method, andtherefore the BSS will not support this procedure. For inter-operability, in case another vendor’s SMLCis being used, the BSS will notify the MSC that this positioning procedure is not supported throughthe use of the BSSLAP Reject message, with a cause value set to "Positioning procedure notsupported." This will be sent in response to the BSSLAP TOA Request message from the MSC.

StatsBSSLAP_TOA_REQ

Every time the BSS receives a BSSLAP TOA Request message from the MSC this statistic is pegged.

BSSLAP_REJ

Everytime the BSS sends a BSSLAP Reject message to the MSC in response to aBSSLAP TOA message this statistic is pegged.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Time of Arrival Positioning Method Version 1 Rev 4

Time of Arrival Positioning MethodSSM MSCSSM MSC

BSSLAP TOA RequestBSSLAP_TOA_REQ

BSSLAP REJBSSLAP_REJ


6-51

Version 1 Rev 4 Timing Advance Positioning Method

Timing Advance Positioning MethodThe BSS supports the Timing Advance positioning procedure. In the requirements that follow, thephrase "Timing Advance positioning attempt" shall mean the time in which the BSS is processing aBSSLAP TA Request message from the SMLC/MSC. The procedure is finished when the BSSreturns a BSSLAP TA Response message to the SMLC/MSC or the procedure is abandoned dueto an error scenario (sending of BSSLAP Reject/Abort or LCS Supervision Timer expiry).

A BSSLAP TA Request can either be sent by a BSS-Based SMLC or a MSC. In the case ofa BSS-Based SMLC. The TA scenario begins when the BSS receives a BSSLAP TA Requestmessage (encapsulated inside a BSSMAP-LE Connection Oriented Information message) fromthe SMLC. This will be received over the SCCP connection that was set up with the SMLC forthis positioning attempt. Three pieces of data are necessary to respond to the SMLC: the servingcell ID, the timing advance, and a measurement report. The SSM knows the serving cell ID, theRSS knows the timing advance, and RSS HO maintains a sliding window of measurement reports(for this case, the latest measurement report is sufficient). Assuming no handover is in progress,the SSM sends a ta request to its associated RRSM for this call. The SSM starts timer LCSSupervision Timer to guard the receipt of a TA response from the RRSM. Once the informationis located, the SSM will stop the timer LCS Supervision Timer and then build a BSSLAP TAResponse message, with the measurement report and timing advance, and the serving cell ID.This message is en-capsulated in a BSSMAP-LE Connection Oriented Information message(and further encapsulated into an SCCP DT1) and sent to the SMLC.

StatsBSSLAP_TA_REQ

This statistic is pegged everytime a BSSLAP TA Request is received by the BSS.

BSSLAP_TA_RESP

This statistic is pegged everytime BSSLAP TA Response message is sent to the SMLC/MSC.

MT_LCS_ON_SDCCH

This stat is pegged each time there is an MT LTU on an SDCCH. It is also pegged for an MTcall when any LCS transaction takes place while the MS is on an SDCCH. Any of the followingmessages received over the A - Interface are considered LCS Transaction initiations:

BSSLAP TA Request, BSSLAP MS Position Command, BSSMAP Perform LocationRequest (latter only applies in the case of a BSS based SMLC.)


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Timing Advance Positioning Method Version 1 Rev 4

Timing Advance Positioning MethodRSS RRSM SSM SMLC/MSC

Request

BSSLAP TA

Abis TA Request

BSSLAP_TA_REQ

BSSLAP_TA_RESP

BSSLAP TA TResponse

Abis TA Response

TA Request

TA Response


6-53


Timing Advance Positioning Method

BSSLAP ResetLocation determination is considered a lower priority feature compared to RR management procedures,such as handover, ciphering, assignment, and mode modify. So if any intra-BSS Handover (or otherRR management procedure) is necessary, it will preempt an ongoing LCS procedure.

When SSM is informed that an intra-BSS Handover (or other RR management procedure)is necessary, it will abort any processing of an ongoing LCS attempt. During the intra-BSShandover or RR management procedure, the LCS Supervision Timer is still running. Once theintra-BSS handover or RR management procedure is completed, the SSM process performs theTA procedure to retrieve the timing advance and measurement report data. The SSM processperforms the TA procedure within the time allotted by the LCS Supervision Timer.

After the TA procedure is completed, the SSM process includes the timing advance and measurementreport data in the BSSLAP Reset message which is sent to the SMLC via the MSC (encapsulatedwithin a BSSMAP Connection Oriented Message). The cause value in the BSSLAP Reset messageis set to "Intra-BSS Handover" if the RR management procedure was intra-BSS handover. If the RRmanagement procedure was something else, the cause value is set to "Failure for other radio relatedevents". The RR management procedures that will require this behavior are as follows: intra-BSShandover, assignment, ciphering, classmark update procedures, and mode modify. Note that if the taresponse comes back from RRSM after the BSSLAP Reset has been sent, it will be ignored.

BSSLAP_RESET

This statistic is pegged everytime a BSSLAP Reset message is sent.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Timing Advance Positioning MethodBSSLAP Reset

RRSM SSMRSS (Abis)

RR Management Procedure NeededRR Management Procedure NeededCan happen atanytime

These msgs ignored

RR Management Procedure PerformedRR Management Procedure Performed

RR Management Procedure CompletedRR Management Procedure Completed

BSSMAP CO1

(BSSLAP TA Request)Abis TA request

Abis TA response

BSSMAP CO1

(BSSLAP Reset)

If Supervisory timer strunning

BSSLAP_RESETAbis TA response

Abis TA request

Abis TA response

Abis TA response

Abis TA request

Abis TA request


6-55

Version 1 Rev 4 E-OTD and A-GPS Positioning Method

E-OTD and A-GPS Positioning MethodFor E-OTD and A-GPS, the MS unit will be required to either assist in the positioning calculation orperform the positioning calculation. The BSS’s role in this procedure is to act as a conduit betweenthe MS and the SMLC, as well as act as a conduit between the LMU and the SMLC. The LMUswill be providing BTS timing information for use by the SMLC. Whether the scenario is E-OTD orA-GPS is irrelevant to the BSS. The two messages that govern the E-OTD/A-GPS procedures arethe BSSLAP MS Position Command and the BSSLAP MS Position Response. These messagescontain embedded RRLP messages, which are transparent to the BSS. The BSS will not beconcerned about which flavour BSSLAP message is appropriate for a given RRLP message, theBSS will decide on the Command/Response BSSLAP by the direction of the message:

• SMLC -> BSS : BSSLAP MS Position Command• BSS -> SMLC : BSSLAP MS Position Response

The BSSLAP messages are transported inside the BSSMAP-LE Connection Oriented Informationmessage. Again, remember that before the BSSLAP MS Position Command message arrivesto begin the E-OTD/A-GPS scenario, the MSC will have set up a call (if not set up already),and the BSS will have set up an SCCP connection to the SMLC.

Successful ScenarioE-OTD, MS Assisted E-OTD, and A-GPS. The SMLC determines possible assistance data andsends an RRLP Measure Position Request message encapsulated in a BSSLAP MS PositionCommand message to the MSC. The MSC forwards the BSSLAP MS Position Command messageto the BSS via a BSSMAP Connection Oriented Information message. The SSM processdecapsulates the RRLP Measure Position Request message from the BSSLAP MS PositionCommand and re-wraps the RRLP in a RR Application Information message and forwards it to theRRSM process. The SSM process then starts the LCS Supervision Timer to guard for a responsefrom the RRSM. The RRSM process sends the RR message through the RSS to the MS. TheMS performs the requested E-OTD or A-GPS measurements. If the MS is able to calculate itsown location, the MS computes the E-OTD or A-GPS location estimate.

Any data necessary to perform these operations are provided in the RRLP Measure Position Requestmessage or available from broadcast sources. The resultant E-OTD or A-GPS measurementsor location estimate is returned to the BSS in a RRLP Measure Position Response message.This message is encapsulated in a RR Application Information message. The MS sends the RRApplication Information message to the RSS which forwards to the RRSM, who forwards themessage to the SSM process. It then extracts the RRLP Measure Position Response messagefrom the RR Application Information message and re-wraps it in a BSSLAP MS Position Responsemessage. In addition, the SSM process includes the timing advance and the measurement reportin the BSSLAP MS Position Response message. The SSM will also stop the LCS SupervisionTimer if the C/R bit of the RR Application Information message indicates a Final Response. TheBSSLAP MS Position Response is then encapsulated in the BSSMAP Connection OrientedInformation message which is forwarded to the SMLC via the MSC.

BSSLAP_MS_POS_CMD

This statistic is pegged everytime a BSSLAP MS Position Command message is sent to the BSS.

BSSLAP_MS_POS_RESP

This statistic is pegged everytime a BSSLAP Position Response message issent from the BSS to SMLC.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

E-OTD and A-GPS Positioning Method Version 1 Rev 4

E-OTD and A-GPS Positioning MethodMS RSS RRSM SSM SMLC

BSSLAP MS

Position Command

RR Application

Information

RR Application

Information

RR Application

Information


BSSMAPLE_PERF_LOC_REQ_MSGSRR Application

Information

RR Application

Information

RR Application

Information

BSSLAP MS Position

Response


6-57


Timing Advance Positioning Method

BSSLAP AbortIf the LCS Supervision Timer expires, the SSM process sends a BSSLAP Abort message tothe SMLC with a cause of "Supervision Timer Expired" and abandons this positioning attempt.The BSSLAP Abort message is encapsulated in a BSSMAP Connection Oriented Informationmessage and is sent to the SMLC via the MSC. The BSSLAP Abort message instructs the SMLCto abort the Location Services procedure. Another reason for the BSSLAP Abort message beingsent is an inter-BSS handover as the TA request is useless as it about to change to a new cellin a different BSC, in this case the cause value will be "Inter-BSS Handover".

During an LCS procedure, the SMLC may abort the attempt at any time by sending aBSSLAP Abort message to the BSC. When SSM receives this message, it will stop the LCSSupervision Timer and abort further processing. Any responses from RRSM for this locationattempt after receiving the BSSLAP Abort message will be ignored.

If, during an LCS procedure, SSM determines that the call is going to be released (this couldoccur for any number of reasons such as MSC teardown, loss of signalling connection to theMS such as T10 or T3103 timer expiries, etc), SSM will send a BSSLAP Abort message to theSMLC with cause value "Loss of signalling connection to MS" and abandon any further LCSprocessing for this call. Further, if the SCCP connection to the MSC is torn down, then the SCCPconnection to the SMLC will be torn down as well. If any BSSLAP command is received fromthe SMLC while the call is being torn down, SSM will respond to the BSSLAP command witha BSSLAP Abort with cause value "Loss of signalling connection to MS".

BSSLAP_ABORT_SENT

This statistic is pegged everytime a BSSLAP Abort message is sent.

BSSLAP_ABORT_RCV

This statistic is pegged everytime a BSSLAP Abort message is received.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Timing Advance Positioning MethodRSS RRSM SSM SMLC

BSSLAP_ABORT_SENT

BSSLAP_ABORT_RCV

Supervisory timerstopped

Responses ignoredregarding positioning

attempt

BSSLAP Abort

Positioning Attempt in Progress

1. Supervisory Timer Expired

2. Inter - BSS Handover -3. Loss of Signalling Link

BSSLAP Abort


6-59

Version 1 Rev 4 SMLC-SMLC Messaging (BSS Based SMLC only)

SMLC-SMLC Messaging (BSS Based SMLC only)Technically, SMLC-SMLC messaging occurs in the NSS-based SMLC case, but the BSS will not beinvolved in it at all. The BSS is involved in the BSS-based SMLC case only because the SMLC’s onlyconnection to the PLMN (the other components in the network) is through the BSS. This causesthe BSS to act similarly to an STP in SS7. However, unlike a true STP, the information to route themessage appropriately is not found in the routeing label for SMLCPP messages (like any othermessage), the DPC in any received message will be the BSS’s SPC. The BSSMAP(LE) ConnectionlessInformation handling which is done by the CLM will perform the routing of the message.

RoutingWhen a BSSMAP-LE Connectionless Information message is received by MTPL3 from theSMLC, it comes in on an SCCP UDT. Like any other SCCP UDT, it is sent to CLM for processing.When CLM examines the message type, it will discover that the message is a BSSMAP-LEConnectionless Information message. CLM realises that this message is from the SMLC, andat present the BSSMAP-LE Connectionless Information message can only carry encapsulatedSMLCPP messages, so the message must be destined for another SMLC. The BSS’s only link tothe rest of the network is through the MSC. CLM sends a BSSMAP Connectionless Informationmessage carrying the SMLCPP message to an MTPL3 serving the A-interface, who forwards itto the MSC. The MSC will be able to route the message from that point on using the NetworkElement Identity fields in the message. These are provided by the SMLC in the original message,and identify (in one of various formats) which SMLC the message is to/for. Similarly, if a BSSMAPConnectionless Information message is received by an MTPL3 serving the MSC, it will send theentire SCCP UDT to CLM, who will forward its content on to an MTPL3 serving the Lb linkset.

BSSMAP_CONLESS_INFO_RCV

This statistic is pegged everytime a BSSMAP Connectionless Information messageis received from the MSC to the BSS.

BSSMAP_CONLESS_INFO_SENT

This statistic is pegged everytime a BSSMAP Connectionless Informationmessage is sent to the MSC by the BSS.

BSSMAPLE_CONLESS_INFO_RCV

This statistic is pegged everyime a BSSMAP-LE Connectionless Informationmessage is received from the SMLC to the BSS.

BSSMAPLE_CONLESS_INFO_SENT

This statistic is pegged everyime a BSSMAP-LE Connectionless Informationmessage is sent to the SMLC by the BSS.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

SMLC-SMLC Messaging (BSS Based SMLC only) Version 1 Rev 4

SMLC-SMLC Messaging (BSS Based SMLC only)

BSSMAP

BSSMAP

Connectionless

Info

BSSMAP

Connectionless

Info

BSSMAP- LE

Connectionless

Info

MSC MTPL3 (A) CLM SMLCMSC MTPL3 (A) CLM MTPL3 (Lb) SMLC

Connectionless

Info

BSSMAP

Connectionless

Info

Connectionless

Info

BSSMAP_CONLESS_INFO_RCV

BSSMAPLE_CONLESS_INFO_SENT

BSSMAPLE_CONLESS_INFO_RCV

BSSMAP_CONLESS_INFO_SENT

BSSMAP- LE

Connectionless

Info

BSSMAP- LE

BSSMAP- LE

Connectionless

Info


6-61

Version 1 Rev 4 Processor Utilization Statistics

Processor Utilization StatisticsThis statistic applies to the process utilization of GPROCs and TCUs within eachsite of the BSS (i.e. BTS, BSC and RXCDR).

CPU_USAGERecords the maximum, minimum and mean values of the short-term processor utilization measurement.Every second an internal timer will expire causing the process utilization percentage to be sent to thestats process. This statistic is recorded for each GPROC and TCU under the control of a BSS.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Processor Utilization Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Processor Utilization Statistics

0%10%20%30%40%50%60%70%80%90%

100%

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

STATISTICAL INTERVAL NUMBER

0

PROCESSOR UTILIZATION (MAX, MIN, MEAN)

MAX

MIN

MEAN


6-63

Version 1 Rev 4 Processor Utilization Statistics



©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Key Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Chapter 7

Key Statistics


7-1

Version 1 Rev 4 Key Statistics



©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Key Statistics


• State why we use key statistics.• Name the five key statistic groups.• Recognise a key statistic from a raw statistic calculation.


7-3

Version 1 Rev 4 Introduction — Key Statistics

Introduction — Key StatisticsKey statistics provide the operator with a summary of system performance during a specificinterval. They are designed to give an overall indication of the condition of the system tohelp detect congestion trends and possible performance degradation.

Key statistics are provided to facilitate the monitoring of the most important network parameters.Key statistics are produced by combining various raw statistic’s values using a pre-defined formula.For example, various handover failure statistics may be combined and averaged over the totalnumber of handover attempts to produce a handover failure rate key statistic.

At the beginning of each day a key statistics report for the previous 24 hours could beobtained from which network performance could be assessed and potential problems identified.Further information could then be obtained from the raw statistics.

The key statistics are divided into five groups.

• SDCCH channel usage• TCH channel usage• Call summary• RF loss summary• Connection establishment• Link utilisation


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Introduction — Key Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Introduction — Key Statistics

What’s UpDoc?


7-5

Version 1 Rev 4 Key Statistics

Key StatisticsAll key statistics are calculated on a per-cell basis except where specified.

StatsSDCCH channel usage

• SDCCH mean holding time• SDCCH mean arrival rate• SDCCH traffic• SDCCH congestion

TCH channel usage

• TCH mean holding time• TCH mean arrival rate• TCH traffic• TCH congestion• Mean TCH busy time

Call summary

• Handover success rate• Handover failure rate• TCH assignment success rate• Total calls key• Unsuccessful internal handovers without re-establishment• Unsuccessful internal handovers with successful re-establishment• Successful internal handovers

RF loss summary

• RF loss rate• SDCCH RF loss rate• TCH RF loss rate• Cell TCH assignments• Cell TCH allocations

Connection establishment

• Mean inter arrival time• Successful immediate assignment procedures• Attempted immediate assignment procedures• Mean arrival time between calls

Link Utilisation

• MTL utilisation rx and tx


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Key Statistics

SDCCH channel usage

TCH channel usage

Call summary

RF loss summary

Connection establishment


7-7

Version 1 Rev 4 SDCCH Channel Usage

SDCCH Channel Usage

SDCCH_MEAN_HOLDING_TIME

Units: Seconds.

Usage: Network planning.

This statistic measures the average duration of calls on SDCCH channels in seconds.BUSY_SDCCH_MEAN is the mean number of SDCCHs occupied in the cell during the reportinginterval and this, when multiplied by the duration of the interval gives the total number of call-secondsfor that interval. Dividing by the number of sdcch allocations gives the average time held per access.

Raw statistics Description

BUSY_SDCCH_MEAN Mean value of BUSY_SDCCH statistic.Average number of SDCCHs carrying traffic in acell during a collection interval.

ALLOC_SDCCH Total number of successful sdcch allocations.

SDCCH_MEAN_ARRIVAL_RATE

Units: Calls per hour.


This statistic indicates the call arrival (set-up) rate for the SDCCHs in the cell.It is measured in calls per hour.


OK_ACC_PROC Successful accesses by procedure. The valueused is the sum of bins 0 — 7 in the array.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

SDCCH Channel Usage Version 1 Rev 4

SDCCH Channel UsageSDCCH_MEAN_HOLDING_TIME

=

SDCCH

_MEAN

_HOLDING

_TIME

(BUSY_SDCCH x INTERVAL_SUM)

ALLOC_SDCCH

SDCCH_MEAN_ARRIVAL_RATE

=

SDCCH_MEAN_ARRIVAL_RATE SUM (INTERVAL)

SUM (OK_ACC_PROC)


7-9

Version 1 Rev 4 SDCCH Channel Usage

SDCCH Channel Usage

SDCCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED

Units: Erlangs.


This statistic gives the total traffic on the SDCCHs of the cell. It is measured in erlangs.


BUSY_SDCCH_MEAN Mean of BUSY_SDCCH statistic.

SDCCH_BLOCKING_RATE

Units: Percentage.

Usage: Quality of service monitoring.

Network planning.

This statistic indicates the percentage of call set-ups refused due to congestion on the SDCCHs.


ALLOC_SDCCH_FAIL Total number of times an attempt to allocate anSDCCH fails due to congestion.

ALLOC_SDCCH Total number of successful SDCCH allocations.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

SDCCH Channel Usage Version 1 Rev 4

SDCCH Channel UsageSDCCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED


= (BUSY_SDCCH_MEAN

SUM (INTERVAL)

SDCCH_BLOCKING_RATE

=SDCCH_BLOCKING_RATE

SUM (ALLOC_SDCCH_FAIL)

SUM (ALLOC_SDCCH + ALLOC_SDCCH_FAIL)x 100%


7-11

Version 1 Rev 4 TCH Channel Usage

TCH Channel Usage

TCH_MEAN_HOLDING_TIME

Units: Seconds.


This statistic tracks the average duration of calls on traffic channels (TCH) in seconds.

Raw Statistics Description

BUSY_TCH_MEAN Average number of busy FR TCHs.

BUSY_TCH_HR_MEAN Number of successful TCH allocations.

TOTAL_CALLS Total number of calls

ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION Tracks the number of times a call assignmentis redirected to another cell.

IN_INTRA_BSS_HO[IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC] Incoming Intra BSS Handovers

IN_INTER_BSS_HO[IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC] Incoming Inter BSS Handovers

The numerator and denominator may peg on different intervals (where a call extends acrossmultiple collection boundaries). This will affect the accuracy of the stat for the period. Therefore,this stat should be used as a trend rather than focusing on specific values.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

TCH Channel Usage Version 1 Rev 4

TCH Channel Usage


TCH_MEAN_HOLDING_TIME =

(BUSY_TCH_MEAN + BUSY_TCH_HR_MEAN) * INTERVAL_LENGTH

Cell Level

TOTAL_CALLS + IN_INTRA_BSS_HO [IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC]

+

IN_INTER_BSS_HO [IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC]


BSS Level

TOTAL_CALLS + ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION [DIRECTED_RETRY]+

IN_INTER_BSS_HO [IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC]

ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION [DURING_ASSIGNMENT]+

ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION [MULTIBAND_BAND]

+


NTWK Level

TOTAL_CALLS + ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION [DIRECTED_RETRY]+

ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION [DURING_ASSIGNMENT]+

ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION [MULTIBAND_BAND]


7-13


TCH Channel Usage

TCH _MEAN_ARRIVAL_RATE

Units: Calls per hour.


This statistic indicates the call arrival rate in calls per hour for the cell in question.


ALLOC_TCH Number of successful TCH allocations.

ALLOC_TCH_FAIL Number of unsuccessful TCH allocations.

TCH_Q_REMOVED Number of successful TCH allocations that wereoriginally in queue for both assignments andexternal hand in.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


TCH Channel UsageTCH_MEAN_ARRIVAL_RATE

SUM(ALLOC_TCH + ALLOC_TCH_FAIL - TCH_Q_REMOVED)=

SUM (INTERVAL)

TCH_MEAN_ARRIVAL_RATE


7-15


TCH Channel Usage

TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED

Units: Erlangs.


This statistic gives the total traffic on the TCHs of the cell. This key statisitc should be between0 and 7 for single carrier cells, 0 and 15 for 2 carrier cells etc.


BUSY_TCH_MEAN Mean of BUSY_TCH statistic.

BUSY_TCH_HR_MEAN Mean of BUSY_TCH_HR

TCH_BLOCKING_RATE

Units: Percentage.


Network planning.

Fault finding.

The statistic indicates a percentage of call setup and intra-cell handovers refuseddue to congestion on the TCHs.



ALLOC_TCH_FAIL Number of unsuccessful TCH allocations.

ASSIGNMENT_RESOURCE_REQ Number of successful TCH allocations fromqueue (for both assignments and external handin.)

Note on TCH_Q_REMOVED —. From GSR7 bins regarding concentric cell inner zones have beenadded to this Stat, though they are not included in this calculation of TCH_BLOCKING_RATE.

MEAN_TCH_BUSY_TIME

Units: Seconds.

Usage: Capacity planning.

This key statistic is calculated on a cell basis and will provide a mean usage time per TCH.


BUSY_TCH Mean number of busy TCHs in per interval.

AVAILABLE_TCH Mean number of in-service TCHs.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


TCH Channel UsageTCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED

TCH_TRAFFIC _CARRIED

=SUM (BUSY_TCH_MEAN * INTERVAL+ BUSY_TCH_HR_MEAN * INTERVAL)

SUM (INTERVAL)

TCH_BLOCKING_RATE

TCH_BLOCKING_RATE =

x 100%

SUM (ALLOC_TCH_FAIL - TCH_Q_REMOVED [ASSIGNMENT_RESOURCE_REQ] -TCH_Q_REMOVED {HO_REQ] )

SUM (ALLOC_TCH + ALLOC_TCH_FAIL - TCH_Q_REMOVED [ASSIGNMENT_RESOURCE_REQ -TCH_Q_REMOVED {HO_REQ] )

MEAN_TCH_BUSY_TIME

AVAILABLE_TCH

MEAN_TCH_BUSY_TIME =

BUSY_TCH * INTERVAL * 3600


7-17


TCH Channel Usage

StatsCELL_TCH_ALLOCATIONS

Units: Counter.


This statistic tracks the number of successful allocations of a TCH within a cellfor both call originations and hand ins.

Raw Statistic Description

ALLOC_TCH Number of successful TCH allocations

TCH_BLOCKING_RATE_INNER_Z

Units: Percentage

Usage: Quality of service monitoringNetwork PlanningFault finding

This statistic provides the percentage of all requests for Inner Zone TCH resources (originationsand hand ins) which fail due to no available inner TCH resources.


ALLOC_TCH_INNER_Z Number of successful TCH allocations withinInner Zone

ALLOC_TCH_FAIL_INNER_Z Number of unsuccessful TCH allocations withinInner Zone


Note on TCH_Q_REMOVED — From GSR7 bins for concentric cells have been added to this Stat,and these are included in the calculation of TCH_BLOCKING_RATE_INNER_Z (bins 2 and 3).


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


TCH Channel UsageCELL_TCH_ALLOCATIONS

=(BUSY_TCH_MEAN x INTERVAL_SUM x 3600)

(ALLOC_TCH)



=

ALLOC_TCH_FAIL_INNER_Z -TCH_Q_REMOVED [ASSIGNMENT_REQ_INNER_Z] -TCH_Q_REMOVED [HO_REQ_INNER_Z]


* 100%

ALLOC_TCH_INNER_Z -ALLOC_TCH_FAIL_INNER_Z -TCH_Q_REMOVED [ASSIGNMENT_REQ_INNER_Z] -TCH_Q_REMOVED [HO_REQ_INNER_Z]


7-19

Version 1 Rev 4 TCH_BLOCKING_RATE_OUTER_Z

TCH_BLOCKING_RATE_OUTER_ZUnits: Percentage

Usage: Quality of service monitoringNetwork PlanningFault finding

This statistic provides the percentage of all requests for Outer Zone TCH resources (originationsand hand ins) which fail due to no available Outer TCH resources.


ALLOC_TCH_FAIL Number of unsuccessful TCH allocations

ALLOC_TCH Number of successful TCH allocations in Outer Z

ALLOC_TCH_INNER_Z Number of successful TCH allocations withinInner Zone

ALLOC_TCH_FAIL_INNER_Z Number of unsuccessful TCH allocations withinInner Zone


Note on TCH_Q_REMOVED — From GSR7 bins for concentric cells have been added to thisStat, and these are included in the calculation of TCH_BLOCKING_RATE_INNER_Z .


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

TCH_BLOCKING_RATE_OUTER_Z Version 1 Rev 4

TCH_BLOCKING_RATE_OUTER_Z

TCH_BLOCKING_RATE_OUTER_Z

ALLOC_TCH_FAIL - ALLOC_TCH_FAIL_INNER_Z

TCH_Q_REMOVED [ASSIGNMENT_RESOURCE_REQ] –TCH_Q_REMOVED [ASSIGNMENT_RESOURCE_REQ_INNER_Z]

TCH_Q_REMOVED [HO_REQ] –TCH_Q_REMOVED [HO_REQ_INNER_Z]

* 100%

ALLOC_TCH – ALLOC_TCH_INNER_Z

ALLOC_TCH_FAIL – ALLOC_TCH_FAIL_INNER_Z

TCH_Q_REMOVED [ASSIGNMENT_RESOURCE_REQ] –TCH_Q_REMOVED [ASSIGNMENT_RESOURCE_REQ_INNER_Z]

TCH_Q_REMOVED [HO_REQ] – TCH_Q_REMOVED [HO_REQ_INNER_Z]

[

[

[

[

[

[

[ [

–

–

–

+

[

[

–

[ [

=


7-21

Version 1 Rev 4 Call Summary

Call Summary

HANDOVER_SUCCESS_RATE

Units: Percentage.

Usage: Quality of service monitoring

Optimization.

Fault finding.

This statistic represents handovers which were attempted from the source cell thatsucceeded to establish at the destination cell. The handover attempt is countedwhen the handover command is sent to the MS.

Raw statistics: Description

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC Outgoing interBSS handover.

INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC Intra-cell handover completed.

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC Intra-BSS handover completed.

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT Inter-BSS handover attempts.

INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT Intra-cell handover attempts.

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT Intra-BSS handover attempts.

This statistic is pegged after the system checks for congestion.

Handover Success Rate + Handover Failure Rate≠ 100% because the calls that fail andrecover to the initial cell are not included in either of these values.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Call Summary Version 1 Rev 4

Call SummaryHANDOVER_SUCCESS_RATE

SUM(OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT + INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT ++OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT)

HANDOVER_SUCCESS_RATE =

SUM(OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC + INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC +OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC)

x 100%


7-23


Call Summary

HANDOVER_FAILURE_RATE

Units: Percentage.


Optimization.

Fault finding.

This statistic represents handovers that were attempted from the source cell that failed to establishat the destination cell. The call was also dropped as it failed to re-establish at the source cell. Thehandover attempt is counted when the ‘‘handover command" message is sent the MS.


INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS Intra-cell handover failed and MS lost.

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS Intra-BSS handover failed and MS lost.

INTER_BSS_HO_LOSTMS Determined from the calculation opposite.

OUT_INTER_HO Clear command from MSC.

INTER_BSS_MS_FAIL Inter-BSS handover, MS handover failedmessage received.

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT Inter-BSS handover attempts.

NTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT Intra-cell handover attempts.

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT Intra-BSS handover attempts.

This statistic is pegged after the system checks for congestion.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Call SummaryHANDOVER_FAILURE_RATE

SUM (INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS + OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS + INTER_BSS_HO_LOSTMS)

SUM (OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT + INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT ++OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT)

x 100%

Where:

INTER_BSS_HO_LOSTMS

= OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT - OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_RETURN - OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC

HANDOVER_FAILURE_RATE =


7-25


Call Summary

CALL_SETUP_SUCCESS_RATE

Units: Percentage.


Network planning.

Fault finding.

Tracks the percentage of call attempts that result in a successful TCH access. Networkaccesses which do not require a TCH are excluded i.e. location updates, SMS onSDCCH and supplementary service attempts.


TOTAL_CALLS Total number of calls.

ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION How many incoming SD-TCH handovers, all bins

OK_ACC_PROC Sum of bins:CM_SERV_REQ_CALLCM_SERV_REQ_SMSCM_SERV-RQ_EMERGCM_RE-ESTABLISHPAGE_RESPONSELOC_FLW_ON_REQ_NORMALLOC_FLW_ON_REQ_SMS

SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH How many SMS transactions on SDCCH

SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH_HO_IN How many incoming SDCCH handovers duringSMS

MT_LCS_ON_SDCCH Counts the number of MS terminated SDCCHsessions for Location Services


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Call Summary


= x 100%

OK_ACC_PROC (CM_SERV_REQ_CALL) +

OK_ACC_PROC (CM_SERV_REQ_SMS) +

OK_ACC_PROC (CM_SERV_REQ_EMERG)+

OK_ACC_PROC (CM_RE-ESTABLISH)+

OK_ACC_PROC (PAGE_RESPONSE)


SUM(TOTAL_CALLS + ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION)

+OK_ACC_PROC (LOC_FLW_ON_REQ_NORMAL)

+OK_ACC_PROC (LOC_FLW_ON_REQ_SMS)

(SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH_HO_IN _+

SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH MT_LCS_ON_SDCCH) _


7-27


Call Summary

TOTAL_CALLS_KEY

Units: Number of successful TCH connections.

Usage: Planning.

Indicates the number of successful TCH connections originating in the cell.



SUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO

Units: Number of successful handovers.

Usage: Planning.

Optimization.

This key statistic will provide the number of successful handovers per BSCincluding both intra-cell and intra-BSS.


INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC Number of successful intra-cell handovers.

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC Number of successful intra-BSS handovers.

OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT[bin#] Number of handover attempts per cell per cause


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Call SummaryTOTAL_CALLS_KEY

TOTAL_CALLS_KEY = SUM (TOTAL_CALLS)

SUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO (Per intra_cell, per BSC)

SUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO = SUM(INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC])

SUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO (Per BSC)

SUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO = SUM(INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC + OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC)

SUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO (Per cause)

SUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO = SUM(OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT[BIN#])


7-29


Call Summary

UNSUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO_REEST

Units: Number of unsuccessful handovers.

Usage: Optimisation planning

When this statistic is reported for intra-cell handover failures on a per BSC basis, it provides the numberof times a call fails to move from an occupied channel of a cell to another free channel on the same cell.


INTRA_CELL_HO_RETURN Number of intra-cell handovers where the MSfailed to gain a connection with the target TCHand managed to return the source TCH.

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_RETURN Number of intra-BSS handovers where the MSfailed to gain a connection with the target cellsTCH and managed to return the source TCH.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Call SummaryUNSUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO_REEST (Per Intra-cell, Per BSC)

UNSUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO_REEST =

SUM(INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_RETURN])

UNSUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO_REEST (Per BSS)


SUM(INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_RETURN] +

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_RETURN])

UNSUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO_REEST (Per Cell)


(INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_RETURN] +

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_RETURN])


7-31


Call Summary

UNSUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO_NOREEST

Units: Number of unsuccessful handovers.

Usage: Optimization.

Planning.

This key statistic will provide the number of unsuccessful handovers on a per BSC or per cell basiswhere the MS did not manage to reestablish its connection to the source TCH.


INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS Number of intra-cell handovers where the MSfailed to gain a connection with the target TCHand did not manage to return the source TCH.

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS Number of intra-BSS handovers where the MSfailed to gain a connection with the target TCHand did not manage to return the source TCH.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Call SummaryUNSUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO_NOREEST (BSS Level)

SUM (INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS + OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS)

UNSUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO_NOREEST =

UNSUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO_NOREEST (Cell Level)

(INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS + OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS)

UNSUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO_NOREEST =


7-33

Version 1 Rev 4 RF Loss Summary Statistics

RF Loss Summary Statistics

RF_LOSS_RATE

Units: Percentage.


Fault finding and optimization.

This statistic compares the total number of RF losses with the number of calls set up in the cell, plusthe number of calls handed into the cell. It indicates the cell/system ability to preserve calls.


RF_LOSSES_TCH RF losses on TCH.

RF_LOSSES_ SD RF losses on SDCCH.

OK_ACC_PROC Successful accesses by process. The value usedis the sum total of all the bins in the array.

IN_INTER_HO Incoming inter-BSS handovers.

IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC Incoming intra-BSS handovers.

CELL_TCH_ASSIGNMENTS

Units: Number of TCHs.


The total number of calls that establish on a TCH. Should include both calls set upon TCHs within a cell and handovers into the cell.



IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC Incoming inter-BSS handovers

IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC Incoming intra-BSS handovers


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

RF Loss Summary Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

RF Loss Summary StatisticsRF_LOSS_RATE

=

RF_LOSSES_SD+

( RF_LOSSES_TCH [1] + .... + RF_LOSSES_TCH [nTCH] )

SUM (OK_ACC_PROC) SUM+IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC

+IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC

SUM

x 100%

nTCH = number of TCHs in cell.

RF_LOSS

_RATE

CELL_TCH_ASSIGNMENTS

CELL_TCH_ASSIGNMENTS = TOTAL_CALLS + IN_INTER_BSS_HO[IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC] + IN_INTRA_BSS_HO[IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC]


7-35

Version 1 Rev 4 RF Loss Summary Statistics

RF Loss Summary Statistics

SDCCH_RF_LOSS_RATE

Units: Percentage.

Usage: Quality of service monitoring

Fault finding.

This statistic compares the total number of RF losses (while using an SDCCH), as a percentageof the total number of call attempts for SDCCH channels. This statistic is intended to givean indication of how good the cell/system is at preserving calls.


RF_LOSSES_SD RF losses on SDCCH.

ALLOC_SDCCH Total number of successful SDCCH allocations

CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL Tracks number of times BSS times out waiting forMS to establish on assigned SDCCH

TCH_RF_LOSS_RATE

Units: Percentage.

Usage: Quality of service.

Fault finding.

The TCH_RF_LOSS_RATE statistics tracks the percentage of TCH resources that areabnormally released due to a failure on the radio interface.


TOTAL_CALLS Total number of calls

RF_LOSSES_TCH RF Losses on FR TCH.

RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR RF Losses on HR TCH

IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC Number of successful incoming inter-BSShandovers.

IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC Number of successful incoming intra-BSShandovers.

ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION Tracks the number of times a call assignment isredirected to another cell.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

RF Loss Summary Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

RF Loss Summary StatisticsSDCCH_RF_LOSS_RATE

RF_LOSSES_SD

x 100%ALLOC_SDCCH -- CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL

SDCCH_RF

_LOSS_RATE=

TCH_RF_LOSS_RATE

Cell level

TCH_RF_LOSS_RATE =RF_LOSSES_TCH

(TOTAL_CALLS + IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC+

IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC)

x 100%

BSS Level


(TOTAL_CALLS + IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC+

ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION)

x 100%

Network Level


(TOTAL_CALLS + ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION)x 100%

+ RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR

+ RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR

+ RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR


7-37



MEAN_INTER_ARRIVAL_TIME

Units: Seconds.

Usage: Planning.

This key statistic is calculated on a BSS basis, and indicates the mean of the sumof time intervals between consecutive normal, SMS, supplementary, and emergencyrequests for service. (SDCCH accesses.)


OK_ACC_PROC sum of bins:CM_SERV _REQ_CALLCM_SERV _REQ_SUPPCM_SERV _REQ_SMSCM_SERV _REQ_EMERG

ATTEMPTED_IMMED_ASSIGN_PROC

Units: Number of attempts.

Usage: Planning.

This key statistic is calculated on a BSS basis, and provides the number of attemptedassignment procedures that have been verified.


INV_EST_CAUSE_ON_RACH A-bis verified channel requests.

OK_ACC_PROC_SUC_RACH RSS L1 decoded channel requests.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Connection EstablishmentMEAN_INTER_ARRIVAL_TIME (BSS Level)

SUM (INTERVAL) x 3600

SUM+

MEAN_INTER_ARRIVAL_TIME = (OK_ACC_PROC [CM_SERV_REQ_CALL]

OK_ACC_PROC [CM_SERV_REQ_SUPP]+

OK_ACC_PROC [CM_SERV_REQ_SMS]

+OK_ACC_PROC [CM_SERV_REQ_EMERG])

ATTEMPT_IMMED_ASSIGN_PROC (BSS Level)

ATTEMPT_IMMED_ASSIGN_PROC =

SUM (OK_ACC_PROC_SUC_RACH - INV_EST_CAUSE_ON_RACH)

ATTEMPT_IMMED_ASSIGN_PROC (Cell Level)

ATTEMPT_IMMED_ASSIGN_PROC =

(OK_ACC_PROC_SUC_RACH - INV_EST_CAUSE_ON_RACH)


7-39



SUCCESS_IMMED_ASSIGN_PROC

Units: Number of successful procedures.

Usage: Planning.

Network expansion.

This key statistic is calculated on a BSS or Cell basis, and provides the numberof successful assignment procedures.


CHAN_REQ_MS_BLK Immediate assignment rejects.




©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Connection EstablishmentSUCCESS_IMMED_ASSIGN_PROC (BSS Level)

SUM (OK_ACC_PROC_SUC_RACH - INV_EST_CAUSE_ON_RACH - CHAN_REQ_MS_BLK)

SUCCESS_IMMED_ASSIGN_PROC =

SUCCESS_IMMED_ASSIGN_PROC (Cell Level)

(OK_ACC_PROC_SUC_RACH - INV_EST_CAUSE_ON_RACH - CHAN_REQ_MS_BLK)

SUCCESS_IMMED_ASSIGN_PROC =


7-41



SDCCH_ACCESS_SUCCESS_RATE

Units: This statistic calculates the proportion of SDCCHactivation which is followed by successful MSaccesses.

Usage: Planning

This key statistic is calculated on a BSS Cell basis, and provides the number of successful MS accesses.


CHAN_REQ_MS_BLK Immediate assignment rejects.



OK_ACC_PROC Sum of bins: CM_SERV_REQ_CALLCM_SERV_REQ_SMSCM_SERV_REQ_SUPPCM_SERV–RQ_EMERGCM_RE–ESTABLISHPAGE_RESPONSELOCATION_UPDATEIMSI_DETACHLOCATION_SERVICES


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002



SDCCH_ACCESS_SUCCESS_RATE

OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_CALL] +OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_SMS] +OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_SUPP] +OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_EMERG] +OK_ACC_PROC[CM_REESTABLISH] +OK_ACC_PROC[LOCATION_UPDATE] +OK_ACC_PROC[IMSI_DETACH] +OK_ACC_PROC[PAGE_RESPONSE] +OK_ACC_PROC[LOCATION_SERVICES]

OK_ACC_PROC_SUC_RACH –INV_EST_CAUSE_ON_RACH –CHAN_REQ_MS_BLK

SDCCH_ACCESS_SUCCESS_RATE =


7-43



MEAN_ARRIVAL _TIME_BETWEEN_CALLS

Units: Seconds.

Usage: Planning.

This key statistic is calculated on a per cell basis, and gives the average length oftime between channel requests in the cell.


CHAN_REQ_CAUSE_ATMPT [CM_SERV_REQ_CALL]

CHAN_REQ_CAUSE_ATMPT [CM_SERV_REQ_EMERG]


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Connection EstablishmentMEAN_ARRIVAL_TIME_BETWEEN_CALLS

MEAN_ARRIVAL_TIME_BETWEEN_CALLS =

SUM (INTERVAL) X 3600

SUM [CHAN_REQ_CAUSE_ATMPT(CM_SERV_CALL)]+

[CHAN_REQ_CAUSE_ATMPT(CM_SERV_EMERG)]


7-45

Version 1 Rev 4 Link Utilisation

Link Utilisation

MTL_UTILISATION_RX

Units: Percentage.


Network planning.

The MTL_UTILISATION_RX statistics provides a measure of MTL utilisationfor the MSC to BSS direction.

Formula

_ _ _ _ _ _ __ _

NOTE: As an explanation as to how the formula was derived, refer to thefollowing which shows more details:

_ __ _ _ _ _ _

_ _


MTP_MSU_RX Number of MSUs received

MTP_SIF_SIO_RX Number of SIF and SIO octets received over thesignalling link

SIB_RX Counts the number of Status Indication BusyLSSU messages received

MTP_LINK_INS Duration of link in the INS state


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Link Utilisation Version 1 Rev 4

Link UtilisationMTL_UTILISATION_RX

MTL_UTILISATION_RX = ((MTP_MSU_RX*6) + MTP_SIF_SIO_RX) + (SIB_RX * 7) * 100

(MTP_LINK_INS * 8)

MTL_UTILISATION_RX = ((MTP_MSU_RX*6) + MTP_SIF_SIO_RX) + (SIB_RX * 7) * 100

(MTP_LINK_INS * 8)


7-47


Link Utilisation

MTL_UTILISATION_TX

Units: Percentage.


Network planning.

The MTL_UTILISATION_TX statistics provides a measure of MTL utilisationfor the BSS to MSC direction.

Formula

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _

NOTE: As an explanation as to how the formula was derived, refer to thefollowing which shows more details:

_ __ _ _ _ _ _

_ _


MTP_MSU_TX Number of MSUs transmitted

MTP_SIF_SIO_TX Number of SIF and SIO octets transmitted overthe signalling link

SIB_TX Counts the number of Status Indication BusyLSSU messages transmitted

MTP_LINK_INS Duration of link in the INS state


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Link Utilisation Version 1 Rev 4

Link UtilisationMTL_UTILISATION_TX

MTL_UTILISATION_TX = ((MTP_MSU_TX*6) + MTP_SIF_SIO_TX) + (SIB_TX * 7) * 100

(MTP_LINK_INS * 8)

MTL_UTILISATION_TX = ((MTP_MSU_TX*6) + MTP_SIF_SIO_TX) + (SIB_TX * 7) * 100

(MTP_LINK_INS * 8)


7-49




©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Network Health Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Chapter 8

Network Health Statistics


8-1

Version 1 Rev 4 Network Health Statistics



©MOTOROLA LTD.2002




• Understand the network health statistics.


8-3


Network Health StatisticsNetwork health reports are calculated statistics that quantify BSS performance from the subscriber’sperspective. They were originally designed by Motorola Optimisation engineers who believed they weremore useful than the standard key statistics, and are now available on the OMC. The OMC calculatesthese statistics using a combination of the raw and key statistics explained in earlier sections.

The network health statistics are organized in the following groupings:

HEALTH CHECK:

CALL_SETUP_SUCCESS_RATECALL_SUCCESS_RATECALL_VOLUMETCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED

DROP_CALL_RATERANKING_FORMULASDCCH_BLOCKING_RATE

SDCCH CONGESTION:

SDCCH_ACCESSESSDCCH_USAGESDCCH_BLOCKING_RATE

SDCCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIEDSDCCH_CONGESTION_TIME

TCH CONGESTION:

TCH_ACCESSESMAX_TCH_BUSYSPILL_OVER_FACTOR

TCH_CONGESTION_TIMEHO_PER_CALLTCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED

HANDOVER PERFORMANCE:

MEAN_TIME_BETWEEN_HOOUTGOING_HO_VOLUMEINTRA_CELL_HO_FAIL_LOST_MSINTRA_CELL_HO_SUCCESS_RATEINTERNAL_RECOVEREDOUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUCCESS_RATEOUT_INTER_BSS_HO_FAIL_RECOVEREDOUT_INTER_CELL_HO_FAIL_RECOVER

INCOMING_HO_VOLUMEINTERNAL_SUCCESSINTRA_CELL_HO_FAIL_RECOVEREDINTERNAL_LOSTHANDOVER_PERCENTAGE_BY_CAUSE_VALUEOUT_INTER_BSS_HO_FAIL_LOST_MSOUT_INTER_CELL_HO_FAIL_LOST_MSOUT_INTER_CELL_HO_SUCCESS_RATE

PAGING PERFORMANCE:

AIR_INTERFACE_PAGINGPAGING_OVERFLOW_RATEPAGING_SUCCESS_RATE

MSC_PAGINGPAGING_RESPONSEPAGING_COMPRESSION_RATE

RADIO PERFORMANCE:

CALL_SETUP_RF_ASSIGNMENT_FAIL_RATE_RECOVERED_MSOUT_INTER_CELL_HO_FAIL_LOST_MSOUT_INTER_CELL_HO_SUCCESS_RATETCH_RF_LOSS_RATE

CALL_SETUP_RF_ASSIGNMENT_FAIL_RATE_LOST_MSCALL_SETUP_RF_ASSIGNMENT_SUCCESS_RATEOUT_INTER_CELL_HO_FAIL_RECOVERASSIGN_SUCCESS_RATEMEAN_TIME_BETWEEN_DROPS


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsNetwork Health Statistics

HEALTH CHECK

SDCCH CONGESTION

TCH CONGESTION

HANDOVER PERFORMANCE

PAGING PERFORMANCE

RADIO PERFORMANCE


8-5




Units: Percentage.


Network planning.

Fault finding.

Tracks the percentage of call attempts that result in a successful TCH access. Networkaccesses which do not require a TCH are excluded: for example, location updates,SMS on SDCCH and supplementary service attempts.



ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION How many incoming SD-TCH handovers, all bins

OK_ACC_PROC Sum of bins:CM_SERV_REQ_CALLCM_SERV_REQ_SMSCM_SERV-RQ_EMERGCM_RE-ESTABLISHPAGE_RESPONSELOC_FLW_ON_REQ_NORMALLOC_FLW_ON_REQ_SMS

SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH How many SMS transactions on SDCCH

MT_LCS_ON_SDCCH Counts the number of mobile-terminated SDCCHsessions for Location Services


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsCALL_SETUP_SUCCESS_RATE

= x 100%

OK_ACC_PROC (CM_SERV_REQ_CALL) +

OK_ACC_PROC (CM_SERV_REQ_SMS) +

OK_ACC_PROC (CM_SERV_REQ_EMERG)+

OK_ACC_PROC (CM_RE-ESTABLISH)+

OK_ACC_PROC (PAGE_RESPONSE)

CALLP_SETUP_SUCCESS_RATE


+OK_ACC_PROC (LOC_FLW_ON_REQ_NORMAL)

+OK_ACC_PROC (LOC_FLW_ON_REQ_SMS) +

SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH _ MT_LCS_ON_SDCCH

SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH_HO_IN -


8-7



DROP_CALL_RATEThis statistic shows the proportion of MSs which, having successfully accessed the TCH, subsequentlyexperience an abnormal release, caused by either radio or equipment problems. This includes RFlosses and losses during handovers. This statistic can be calculated at the cell, BSS, or network level.

Usage: Fault finding.

Service retainability.

Basis Cell, BSS, or network.

Type Percentage.

Raw statistics IN_INTER_BSS_HO[IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC].

IN_INTRA_BSS_HO[IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC].

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS].

INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS].

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_CLEARED].

RF_LOSSES_TCH.

TOTAL_CALLS.



©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsDROP_CALL_RATE

BSS Level

IN_INTER_BSS_HO[IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC])

INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS] +OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS] +

DROP_CALL_RATE =

Cell Level

RF_LOSSES_TCH +


* 100% (TOTAL_CALLS +

IN_INTER_BSS_HO[IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC]+IN_INTRA_BSS_HO[IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC])

Network Level

DROP_CALL_RATE =


OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_CLEARED])

RF_LOSSES_TCH +

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[INTER_BSS_HO_CLEARED])

(TOTAL_CALLS + ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION) +

RF_LOSSES_TCH +

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[INTER_BSS_HO_CLEARED])

(TOTAL_CALLS + ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION)

DROP_CALL_RATE = * 100%

* 100%


8-9



CALL_SUCCESS_RATEThis statistic shows the percentage of calls that end with normal completions at the radio subsystem.It provides an indication of overall network performance from the subscriber’s point of view.

The CALL_SETUP_SUCCESS_RATE and DROP_CALL_RATE network healthstatistics are used to calculate this statistic.



Service accessibility.

Fault finding.

Basis Cell.

Type Percentage.

Raw statistics ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION.

IN_INTER_BSS_HO[IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC].



INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS]

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_CLEARED]

TOTAL_CALLS

RF_LOSSES_TCH

SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH.

OK_ACC_PROC [CM_REESTABLISH]

[PAGE_RESPONSE]

[CM_SERV_REQ_CALL]

[CM_SERV_REQ_EMERG]

[CM_SERV_REQ_SMS].

[LOC_FLW_ON_REQ_NORMAL]

[LOC_FLW_ON_REQ_SMS]


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsCALL_SUCCESS_RATE

CALL_SUCCESS_RATE (%) =

CALL_SETUP_SUCCESS_RATE *DROP_CALL_RATE

100


8-11



RANKING_FORMULAThis statistic provides a measure by which cells can be ranked by performance. From this the cellsrequiring the most urgent optimization can be identified. The value of this statistic increases for cellswith high call volumes and low call success rates, indicating that these cells should be optimized first.

The CALL_SUCCESS_RATE and CALL_SETUP_SUCCESS_RATE networkhealth statistics are used in this calculation.

Usage: Optimization..


Basis Cell.

Type Counter

Raw statistics ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION.

.INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS]

.MT_LCS_ON_SDCCH

IN_INTER_BSS_HO[IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC]

IN_INTRA_BSS_HO[IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC]

OK_ACC_PROC[CM_REESTABLISH].

OK_ACC_PROC[PAGE_RESPONSE].

OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_CALL].

OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_EMERG].

OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_SMS]

OK_ACK_PROC[LOC_FLW_ON_REQ_SMS]

OK_ACC_PROC[LOC_FLW_ON_REQ_NORMAL]


OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_CLEARED]

RF_LOSSES_TCH

SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH.

TOTAL_CALLS


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsRANKING_FORMULA

RANKING_FORMULA = [(1 - CALL_SUCCESS_RATE) * TOTAL_CALLS]


* 100%2

Higher the figure output when comparing cells will indicate which is to be optimized first


8-13



CALL_VOLUMEThis statistic shows the total number of calls that successfully access a TCH.


Installation and commissioning.

Basis Cell.

Type Counter

Raw Statistics TOTAL_CALLS.ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002



CALL_VOLUME

CALL_VOLUME = TOTAL_CALLS + ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION


8-15



SDCCH_BLOCKING_RATEThis statistic is the percentage of SDCCH access attempts that were blocked,including handover attempts.


Installation and commissioning.

Service accessibility.

Basis Cell.

Type Percentage.

Raw Statistics ALLOC_SDCCH.ALLOC_SDCCH_FAIL.

TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIEDThis statistic is the mean number of busy TCHs during an interval, equivalent to the TCH traffic in erlangs.

Usage: Congestion.

Quality of service.

Network planning.

Optimization.

Basis Cell.

Type Counter.

Raw Statistics BUSY_TCH_MEAN


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsSDCCH_BLOCKING_RATE

SDCCH_BLOCKING_RATE =

* 100ALLOC_SDCCH_FAIL

(ALLOC_SDCCH + ALLOC_SDCCH_FAIL)

TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED

TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED = BUSY_TCH_MEAN


8-17



SDCCH_ACCESSESThis statistic is the number of times an SDCCH is successfully seized and a layer2 SABM command is received from the MS.

Usage: RF Loss.

Congestion.

Quality of service.

Network planning.

Basis Cell.

Type Counter.

Raw Statistics ALLOC_SDCCH

CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL.

SDCCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIEDThis statistic is the mean number of busy SDCCHs during the interval. It isequivalent to the SDCCH traffic in Erlangs.

Usage: RF Loss.

Congestion.

Network planning.

Optimization.

Basis BSS.

Type Counter.

Raw Statistics BUSY_SDCCH_MEAN


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsSDCCH_ACCESSES

SDCCH_ACCESS = (ALLOC_SDCCH - CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL)


SDCCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED = BUSY_SDCCH_MEAN


8-19



SDCCH USAGE STATISTICSA group of health statistics have been introduced at GSR 7 that calculate the percentage of SDDCHaccesses for each cause value. This also includes the percentage of SDCCH failures against the totalnumber of SDCCH accesses. On this page all the statistics are listed, but as they are very similaronly two examples are shown on the opposite page and a full description can be found in W56.

SDCCH_USAGE_ ACCESS_FAILURE

CALL_REESTABLISHMENT

EMERGENCY_CALL

IMSI_DETACH

LOCATION_UPDATE

MS_ORIGINATED_CALL

MS_ORIGINATED_SMS

SMS_ORIGINATED_SS

PAGING_RESPONSE

SDCCH_USAGE_SMS

Usage Quality of ServiceFault FindingService Accessibility

Basis Cell

Type Percentage

Raw Statistics SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH.

CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL

OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_CALL]

OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_SMS]

OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_SUPP]

OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_EMERG]

OK_ACC_PROC[PAGE_RESPONSE]

OK_ACC_PROC[CM_REESTABLISHMENT]

OK_ACC_PROC[LOCATION_UPDATE]

OK_ACC_PROC[IMSI_DETACH]


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002



SDCCH USAGE STATISTICS

100SDCCH_USAGE_ACCESS_FAILURE = *OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_CALL] +OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_SMS] +OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_SUPP] +OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_EMERG] +OK_ACC_PROC[PAGE_RESPONSE] +OK_ACC_PROC[CM_REESTABLISH] +OK_ACC_PROC[LOCATION_UPDATE] +OK_ACC_PROC[IMSI_DETACH] +CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL

CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL

100*SDCCH_USAGE_SMS =

OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_CALL] +OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_SMS] +OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_SUPP] +OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_EMERG] +OK_ACC_PROC[PAGE_RESPONSE] +OK_ACC_PROC[CM_REESTABLISH] +OK_ACC_PROC[LOCATION_UPDATE] +OK_ACC_PROC[IMSI_DETACH] +CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL

SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH


8-21



SDCCH_CONGESTION_TIMEThis statistic is the number of seconds for which all SDCCHs were busy in a cell.

Usage: RF Loss.

Congestion.

Quality of service

Network planning.

Optimization.

Basis Cell

Type Duration (total time in seconds).

Raw Statistics SDCCH_CONGESTION.

TCH_ACCESSESThis statistic is the total number of originating calls and incoming handoversto a cell, on a cell, BSS, or network level.

Usage: Handover

Quality of service

Network planning.

Basis Cell, BSS, or network.

Type Counter.

Raw Statistics IN_INTER_BSS_HO[IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC].


TOTAL_CALLS

ASSIGNMENT REDIRECTION.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsSDCCH_CONGESTION_TIME

1000

SDCCH_CONGESTIONSDCCH_CONGESTION_TIME =

TCH_ACCESSES

TCH_ACCESSES =

Cell level

BSS level

Network level

TCH_ACCESSES = (TOTAL_CALLS)+ ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION

IN_INTER_BSS_HO[IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC] +IN_INTRA_BSS_HO[IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC]

TCH_ACCESSES =IN_INTER_BSS_HO[IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC] )(TOTAL_CALLS +

+ ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION

(TOTAL_CALLS +


8-23



TCH_CONGESTION_TIME_OUTER_ZONEThis statistic is the time in seconds for which all Outer Zone TCH channels in a cell are busy.

Usage: Congestion.

Quality of service

Network planning.

Optimization.

Basis Cell.

Type Duration.

Raw Statistics TCH_CONGESTION.

Note: If the Half Rate feature is unrestricted the raw statistic TCH_CONGESTIONis replaced with TCH_CONGESTION_HR.

TCH_CONGESTION_TIME_INNER_ZONEThis statistic is the time in seconds for which all Inner Zone TCH channels in a cell are busy.

Usage: Congestion.

Quality of service

Network planning.

Optimization.

Basis Cell.

Type Duration.

Raw Statistics TCH_CONGESTION_INNER_ZONE.

MAX_TCH_BUSYThis statistic is the maximum number of TCHs simultaneously busy during an interval.

Usage: Congestion.

Quality of service

Network planning.

Optimization.

Basis Cell.

Type Counter

Raw Statistics BUSY_TCH[MAX].


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002



1000

TCH_CONGESTIONTCH_CONGESTION_TIME _OUTER_ZONE =

1000

TCH_CONGESTION_INNER_ZTCH_CONGESTION_TIME _INNER_ZONE =

TCH_CONGESTION_TIME_OUTER_ZONE

TCH_CONGESTION_TIME_INNER_ZONE

MAX_TCH_BUSY = BUSY_TCH[MAX]

MAX_TCH_BUSY


8-25



HO_PER_CALLThis statistic is the number of handovers per call in an interval.

Usage: Quality of service

Fault finding.

Basis Cell.

Type Counter

Raw Statistics OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC].

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC].

INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC].

TOTAL_CALLS

ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsHO_PER_CALL

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC]OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC] +

INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC])

Cell Level

SUM (OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC] +OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC] +


BSS Level

SUM (TOTAL CALLS + ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION)

SUM (OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC] +OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC] +


SUM (TOTAL_CALLS)

Network Level

HO_PER_CALL =

HO_PER_CALL =

HO_PER_CALL =

TOTAL_CALLS


8-27



MEAN_TIME_BETWEEN_HOsThis statistic provides the mean time interval between successive handovers during a call.


Fault finding.

Basis Cell.

Type Time interval (in seconds).

Raw Statistics BUSY_TCH_MEAN

BUSY_TCH_HR_MEAN

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC].

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC].


INCOMING_HO_VOLThis statistic is the number of successful incoming internal and externalhandovers, at the cell or BSS level.


Fault finding.

Basis Cell or BSS.

Type Counter.

Raw Statistics IN_INTER_BSS_HO[IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC].


OUTGOING_HO_VOLThis statistic tracks the number of successful outgoing handovers.


Fault finding.

Basis Cell or BSS.

Type Counter.

Raw Statistics OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC].

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC].


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsMEAN_TIME_BETWEEN_HOs

MEAN_TIME_BETWEEN_HOs =

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC] +INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC]) * 1000

(BUSY_TCH_MEAN+BUSY_TCH_HR_MEAN * INTERVAL_SUM)

(OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC]+

INCOMING_HO_VOLUME

Cell Level

BSS Level

(IN_INTER_BSS_HO[IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC] +IN_INTRA_BSS_HO[IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC] )

(IN_INTER_BSS_HO[IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC])INCOMING_VOLUME =

INCOMING_VOLUME =

OUTGOING_HO_VOLUME

Cell Level

BSS Level

(OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC]+OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC])

OUTGOING_HO_VOLUME =

OUTGOING_HO_VOLUME = OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC


8-29



INTERNAL_SUCCESSThis statistic is the percentage of successful internal handovers.


Fault finding.

Basis Cell.

Type Percentage.

Raw Statistics OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC].


OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT].

INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT].

INTRA_CELL_HO_FAIL_LOST_MSThis statistic tracks the percentage of intra-cell assignment commands that are sent overthe air interface which result in the MS failing to access the target channel and failing torecover to the original channel; that is, the call drops.


Fault finding.

Basis Cell, BSS or Network.

Type Percentage.

Raw Statistics INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT]

INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_LOST_MS]


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsINTERNAL_SUCCESS

INTERNAL_SUCCESS =

(OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT] +INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT] )

(OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC] +INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC])

* 100%

INTRA_CELL_HO_FAIL_LOST_MS

INTRA_CELL_HO_FAIL_LOST_MS =INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS]

INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT]x 100%


8-31



INTRA_CELL_HO_FAIL_RECOVEREDThis statistic tracks the percentage of intra-cell assignment commands that are sentover the air interface which result in the MS failing to access the target channel andsubsequently successfully recovering to the original channel.


Fault finding.


Type Percentage.


INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_RETURN]

INTRA_CELL_HO_SUCCESS_RATEThis statistic tracks the percentage of intra-cell assignment commands that are sent over theair interface which result in the MS successfully accessing the target channel.


Fault finding.


Type Percentage.


INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC]


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsINTRA_CELL_HO_FAIL_RECOVERED

INTRA_CELL_HO_FAIL_RECOVERED =INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_RETURN]


INTRA_CELL_HO_SUCCESS_RATE

INTRA_CELL_HO__SUCCESS_RATEINTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC]



8-33



INTERNAL_LOSTThis statistic is the percentage of attempted internal handovers that result in a lost MS.


Fault finding.

Basis Cell.

Type Percentage.

Raw Statistics OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS]

INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS]

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT]

INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT]

INTERNAL_RECOVEREDThis statistic is the percentage of attempted internal handovers that fail with the MSsubsequently recovering to the source cell.


Fault finding.

Basis Cell.

Type Percentage.

Raw Statistics OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_RETURN]INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_RETURN]OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT]INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT]

HANDOVER PERCENTAGE BY CAUSE VALUEFor each handover cause value, a ratio is calculated between this handover to the total numberof handovers in a cell. This ration is expressed as a percentage. The handover cause valuesare listed below and one example is shown in the diagram opposite.

HO_CAUSE_ULQUAL HO_CAUSE_DLQUAL

HO_CAUSE_ULLEVEL HO_CAUSE_DLLEVEL

HO_CAUSE_ULINTERF HO_CAUSE_DLINTERF

HO_CAUSE_DISTANCE HO_CAUSE_PWRBGT

HO_CAUSE_CONGESTION HO_CAUSE_ADJ_CHAN_INTERF

HO_CAUSE_BAND_HO HO_CAUSE_BAND_REASSIGN

Usage Quality of service. Fault finding

Basis Cell

Type Percentage

Raw Statistics OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsINTERNAL_LOST

INTERNAL_LOST (%) =

INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT] )

INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS] )

*100%

(OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS] +

(OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT] )

INTERNAL_RECOVERED

INTERNAL_RECOVERED =

INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT] )

INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_RETURN] )*100%

(OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_RETURN] +

(OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT] )

HANDOVER PERCENTAGE BY CAUSE VALUE

OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT [UPQUAL]*100%

OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT

HO_CAUSE_UPQUAL =


8-35



OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUCCESS_RATEThis statistic is the percentage of successful external handovers.


Fault finding.

Basis BSS

Type Percentage.

Raw Statistics OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC].

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT].

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_FAIL_LOST_MSThis statistic is the percentage of attempted external handovers that result in a lost MS.


Fault finding.

Basis BSS

Type Percentage.

Raw Statistics OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT].


OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_RETURN].


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsOUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUCCESS_RATE

SUM (OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT] )

SUM (OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC])*100%

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUCCESS_RATE =

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_FAIL_LOST_MS

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC] -OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_RETURN] )

*100%

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_FAIL_LOST_MS =

(OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT])

(OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT] -

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_FAIL_RECOVEREDThis statistic is the percentage of attempted external handovers that fail with theMS subsequently recovering to the source cell.


Fault finding.

Basis BSS

Type Percentage.

Raw Statistics OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_RETURN].

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT.


8-37



MSC_PAGINGThis statistic is the total number of Paging messages received from the MSC for each cell in a BSS.

Usage: Network_Planning

Radio Resource Allocation

Basis Cell

Type Counter

Raw Statistics PAGING_REQ_FROM_MSC.

AIR_INTERFACE_PAGINGThis statistic is the total number of Paging Request messages sent on the airinterface for each cell in a BSS.

Usage: Network planning

Radio resource allocation.

Basis Cell.

Type Counter.

Raw Statistics ACCESS_PER_PCH[ACCESS_PER_PCH_PS_CS.

ACCESS_PER_PCH[ACCESS_PER_PCH_CS

ACCESS_PER_PCH[ACCESS_PER_PCH_PS


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsOUT_INTER_BSS_HO_FAIL_RECOVERED

x 100%

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_FAIL_RECOVERED =

(OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_RETURN])

(OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT])

MSC_PAGING

MSC_PAGING = PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC

AIR_INTERFACE_PAGING

AIR_INTERFACE_PAGING = ACCESS_PER_PCH [ACCESS_PER_PS_CS] +

ACCESS_PER_PCH [ACCESS_PER_CS] +

ACCESS_PER_PCH [ACCESS_PER_PS]


8-39



PERCENTAGE_INTER_BSS_HOThis statistic calculates the percentage of all inter–BSS handover attempts incomparison to all handover attempts.

Usage Quality of service. Fault finding.

Basis BSS.

Type Percentage.

Raw Stats OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT INTRA_CELL_HO (The valueused in this formula is the sum of bins 1 to 4 of this counter arraystatistic). OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT]OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT]

PERCENTAGE_INTRA_BSS_HOThis statistic calculates the percentage of all intra–BSS handover attempts incomparison to all handover attempts.


Basis BSS.

Type Percentage.

Raw Stats OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT INTRA_CELL_HO (The valueused in this formula is the sum of bins 1 to 4 of this counter arraystatistic). OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT]OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT]

PERCENTAGE_INTRA_CELL_HOThis statistic calculates the percentage of all intra–cell handover attempts incomparison to all handover attempts.


Basis BSS.

Type Percentage.

Raw Stats INTRA_CELL_HO (The value used in this formula isthe sum of bins 1 to 4 of this counter array statistic).OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT]OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT]


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002



PERCENTAGE HANDOVER

*100%PERCENTAGE_INTER_BSS_HO =

INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_FR] +INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_HR] +INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_FR] +INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_HR] +OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT] +OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT]

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT

*100%PERCENTAGE_INTRA_BSS_HO =



PERCENTAGE_INTRA_BSS_HO

PERCENTAGE_INTER_BSS_HO

*100%PERCENTAGE_INTRA_CELL_HO =


OUT_INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT

PERCENTAGE_INTRA_CELL_HO


8-41



PAGING_OVERFLOW_RATEThis statistic tracks the percentage of pages which are dropped from the BSSpaging queue due to paging queue overflow.


Fault finding.


Type Percentage.

Raw Statistics PAGING_REQUESTS [PAGING_REQS_CS]

PAGING_REQUESTS [PAGING_REQS_PS]

PCH_PAGE_Q_DISCARD [PS]

PCH_PAGE_Q_DISCARD [CS]

PAGING_RESPONSEThis statistic tracks the volume of MSs which respond to a page through a successful SDCCH access.


Fault finding.


Type Counter.

Raw Statistics OK_ACC_PROC[PAGE_RESPONSE].

PAGING_SUCCESS_RATEThis statistic tracks the percentage of pages which receive a successful response froman MS. This statistic is measured on a location area basis.


Fault finding.

Basis Location area.

Type Percentage.

Raw Statistics OK_ACC_PROC[PAGE_RESPONSE]

PAGING_REQUEST [CS]


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsPAGING_OVERFLOW_RATE

x 100%PAGING_OVERFLOW_RATE =

PCH_PAGE_Q_DISCARD [CS]

PAGING_REQUESTS[PAGING_REQS_CS]

PAGING_OVERFLOW_RATE =

Circuit switched

Packet switched PCH_PAGE_Q_DISCARD [PS]

PAGING_REQUESTS[PAGING_REQS_CS]

x 100%

PAGING_RESPONSE

PAGING_RESPONSE =OK_ACC_PROC[PAGE_RESPONSE]

PAGING_SUCCESS_RATE

x 100%PAGING_SUCCESS_RATE =SUM(OK_ACC_PROC[PAGE_RESPONSE]

PAGE_REQUESTS[CS]

NOTE: OK_ACC_PROC[PAGE_RESPONSE] is summed across all cells in the location area and thestatistic also assumes paging is configured on a location area basis, PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSCis the maximum value occuring on any cell within the LAC.


8-43



PAGING_COMPRESSION_RATEThis statistic provides a measure of page packing on the air interface.


Fault finding.

Basis Cell.

Type Percentage.

Raw Statistics ACCESS_PER_PCH. The value used here is the sum of bins 0 to 2of this CA Stat

PAGGING_REQUESTS. The value used here is the sum of bins 0 to 2of this CA Stat

CALL_SETUP_RF_ASSIGNMENT_FAIL_RATE_LOST_MSThis statistic provides the percentage of air interface call set–up assignment commands thatare sent to over the air interface which result in the MS failing to access the target channeland failing to recover to the original channel. This statistic includes the impact of successfulsecond assignments and intra–cell handover assignment attempts.


Fault finding.

Basis Cell.

Type Percentage.

Raw Statistics MA_CMD_TO_MSMA_COMPLETE_TO_MSC.MA_FAIL_FROM_MSINTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_FR_HR]INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_HR_HR]INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_FR_FR]INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_HR_FR]INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC INTRA_CELL_HO_RETURNSECOND_ASSIGN_ATMPT


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsPAGING_COMPRESSION_RATE

PAGING_COMPRESSION_RATE =

ACCESS_PER_PCH [ACCESS_PER_PCH_PS_CS] +

PAGING_REQESTS [PAGING_REQS_CS] +

* 100%

ACCESS_PER_PCH [ACCESS_PER_PCH_CS] +ACCESS_PER_PCH [ACCESS_PER_PCH_PS] +

PAGING_REQESTS [PAGING_REQS_PS]

CALL_SETUP_RF_ASSIGNMENT_FAIL_RATE_LOST_MS

* 100

MA_CMD_TO_MS MA_COMPLETE_TO_MS MA_FAIL_FROM_MS

INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_FR_HR]+ INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_HR_HR]+INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_FR_FR]+INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_HR_FR]

INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC - INTRA_CELL_HO_RETURN

SECOND_ASSIGN_ATMPT

CALL_SETUP_RF_ASSIGNMENT_FAIL_RATE_LOST_MS

=

[[

[[

[

[ INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_FR_HR]+ INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_HR_HR]+INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_FR_FR]+

MA_CMD_TO_MS

_

_

_

_

__

INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_HR_FR]


8-45



CALL_SETUP_RF_ASSIGNMENT_FAIL_RATE_RECOVERED_MSThis statistic provides the percentage of air interface call set–up assignment commands thatare sent over the air interface which result in the MS failing to access the target channel andsubsequently successfully recovering to the original channel. This statistic includes the impactof successful second assignments and intra–cell handover assignment attempts.


Fault finding.

Basis Cell.

Type Percentage.

Raw Statistics MA_CMD_TO_MS.MA_FAIL_FROM_MSINTRA_CELL_HO_RETURNSECOND_ASSIGN_ATMPTINTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_FR_HR]INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_HR_HR]INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_FR_FR]INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_HR_FR]


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsCALL_SETUP_RF_ASSIGNMENT_FAIL_RATE_RECOVERED_MS

* 100

MA_FAIL_FROM MS INTRA_CELL_HO_RETURN

SECOND_ASSIGN_ATMPT

CALL_SETUP_RF_ASSIGN_FAIL_RATE_RECOVERED_MS

[ [

[


MA_CMD_TO_MS

_

_

__


= SECOND_ASSIGN_ATMPT


8-47



CALL_SETUP_RF_ASSIGNMENT_SUCCESS_RATEThis statistic provides the percentage of air interface call set–up assignment commands that aresuccessfully sent over the air interface which result in the MS accessing the target channel. This statisticincludes the impact of successful second assignments and intra–cell handover assignment attempts.


Fault finding.

Basis Cell.

Type Percentage.

Raw Statistics MA_CMD_TO_MS.MA_FAIL_FROM_MSINTRA_CELL_HO_RETURNSECOND_ASSIGN_ATMPTINTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_FR_HR]INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_HR_HR]INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_FR_FR]INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT_HR_FR]


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsCALL_SETUP_RF_ASSIGNMENT_SUCCESS_RATE

* 100

MA_COMPLETE_TO_MS INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC

SECOND_ASSIGN_ATMPT

CALL_SETUP_RF_ASSIGN_SUCCESS_RATE

[ [

[


MA_CMD_TO_MS

_

_

_


=


8-49



OUT_INTER_CELL_HO_FAIL_RATE_LOST_MSThis statistic is the percentage of attempted handovers that result in lost connections,but does not include intra-cell handovers.


Fault finding.

Basis Cell.

Type Percentage.




OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOST_MS].



©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsOUT_INTER_CELL_HO_FAIL_RATE_LOST_MS

OUT_INTER_CELL_HO_FAIL_RATE_LOST_MS

OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOST_MS]+

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT] -

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC] -

OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_RETURN]

( OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT]+

( OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT]

) (


8-51



OUT_INTER_CELL_HO_FAIL_RECOVERThis statistic is the percentage of attempted handovers that fail with the MS recovering to the source cell.


Fault finding.

Basis Cell.

Type Percentage.




OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_FAIL].

OUT_INTER_CELL_HO_SUCCESS_RATEThis statistic tracks the percentage of inter-cell handover commands that result in the MS successfullyaccessing the target channel. This statistic includes intra-BSS and inter-BSS inter-cell handovers.


Fault finding.

Basis Cell.

Type Percentage.




OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC]..

ASSIGNMENT_SUCCESS_RATEThis statistic tracks the success rate of the A-interface assignment procedure, which willautomatically also include the impact of the air interface assignment procedure.


Fault finding.

Basis BSS.

Type Percentage.

Raw Statistics MA_REQ_FROM_MSC

MA_COMPLETE_TO_MSC


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsOUT_INTER_CELL_HO_FAIL_RECOVER

SUM (OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT] +OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT] )

SUM (OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_RETURN] +OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_RETURN])

*100

OUT_INTER_CELL_HO_FAIL_RECOVER =

OUT_INTER_CELL_HO_SUCCESS_RATE

*100

OUT_INTER_CELL_HO_SUCCESS_RATE =

(OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC]+OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC])

(OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT]+OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT])

ASSIGNMENT_SUCCESS_RATE

*100

ASSIGNMENT_SUCCESS_RATE =

MA_COMPLETE_TO_MSC

MA_REQ_FROM_MSC


8-53



TCH_RF_LOSS_RATEThis statistic is the percentage of allocated calls on TCHs that are lost due toradio connection failure on the TCH.


Fault finding.

Basis Cell.

Type Percentage.

Raw Statistics ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION

TOTAL_CALLS.

RF_LOSSES_TCH.

IN_INTER_BSS[IN_INTER_HO_SUC]

IN_INTER_BSS[IN_INTRA_BSS_SUC.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsTCH_RF_LOSS_RATE

Cell Level

TOTAL_CALLS + IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC+IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC

RF_LOSSES_TCH*100

BSS LevelRF_LOSSES_TCH

*100

Network LevelRF_LOSSES_TCH

*100

+ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION

TOTAL_CALLS + ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION

TCH_RF_LOSS_RATE =

TOTAL_CALLS + IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUCTCH_RF_LOSS_RATE =

TCH_RF_LOSS_RATE =


8-55



MEAN_TIME_BETWEEN_DROPSThe MEAN_TIME_BETWEEN_DROPS statistic tracks the mean time interval betweendropped calls due to the loss of the radio link.


Fault finding.

Basis Cell.

Type Time Interval.

Raw Statistics BUSY_TCH_MEAN.BUSY_TCH_HR_MEAN.RF_LOSSES_TCH_MEAN.RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR_MEAN.INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS].OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS].OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_CLEARED].


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsMEAN_TIME_BETWEEN_DROPS

(RF_LOSSES_TCH + RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR +INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS] +OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS] +OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_CLEARED])

(BUSY_TCH_MEAN + BUSY_TCH_HR_MEAN)

MEAN_TIME_BETWEEN_DROPS= INTERVAL_SUM*


8-57



SPILL_OVER_FACTOR_ATTEMPTS_AT_CONGESTION_RELIEFThis stat tracks the percentage of successful call setups initiated in a cell which cause anexisting call to be subject to a congestion relief handover attempt.

Usage: Service retainability.

Fault finding.

Basis Cell.

Type Percentage

Raw Statistics CONGEST_EXIST_HO_ATMPTASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTIONTOTAL_CALLS

SPILL_OVER_FACTOR_DIRECTED_RETRYThis stat tracks the percentage of successful call setups initiated in a cell which completed TCHassignment in a neighbouring cell via directed retry or a handover during assignment.


Fault finding.

Basis Cell.

Type Percentage

Raw Statistics ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTIONTOTAL_CALLS

SPILL_OVER_FACTOR_MULTIBANDThis stat tracks the percentage of successful call setups initiated in a cell which completedTCH assignment in a neighbouring cell via a multiband handover.


Fault finding.

Basis Cell.

Type Percentage

Raw Statistics ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTIONTOTAL_CALLS


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Network Health StatisticsSPILL OVER FACTOR

CALL_SET_UP_BLOCKING_RATE =

MA_REQ_FROM_MSC

SPILL_OVER_FACTOR_ATTEMPTS

_AT CONGESTION_RELIEF =

CONGEST_EXIST_HO_ATMPT * 100

TOTAL_CALLS + ASSIGNMENT_

REDIRECTION


MA_REQ_FROM_MSC


MA_REQ_FROM_MSC

SPILL_OVER_FACTOR_

DIRECTED_RETRY =

SPILL_OVER_FACTOR_ATTEMPTS

_AT CONGESTION_RELIEF =


REDIRECTION


REDIRECTION

* 100

* 100

ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION [DIRECTED_RETRY] +

ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION [DURING_ASSIGNMENTS]

ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION [MULTIBAND]


8-59

Call Model Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Chapter 9

Call Model Statistics


9-1

Call Model Statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Call Model Statistics


• Understand the call model statistics


9-3

Version 1 Rev 4 Introduction to call model statistics

Introduction to call model statistics

DescriptionThis chapter describes the derivation of call model parameter values from the GSMnetwork statistics collected at the OMC-R.

All the statistics used for determining the call model parameters must be collected during busyhours and averaged over a reasonable period of time (3 months or more).

The call model parameters should be averaged over the entire network or at the BSC level for equipmentdimensioning purposes. This gives more scope of averaging out the load from the network entities.

The following are call model statistics:

• CALL_DURATION (T).• CALL_SETUP_BLOCKING_RATE.• HANDOVERS_PER_CALL (H).• IMSI_DETACHES_TO_CALLS (Id).• INTRA_BSS_HO_TO_ALL_HO (i).• LOCATION_UPDATE_FACTOR (L).• LOCATION_UPDATES_TO_CALLS (l).• PAGES_PER_CALL (Ppc).• PAGES_PER_SECOND.• PAGING_RATE (P).• SMS_TO_CALL_RATIO (S).


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Introduction to call model statistics Version 1 Rev 4

Introduction to call model statisticsIntroduction to Call Model Statistics

Raw statistics used to derive call model statistics

Raw statistics must be collected during busy hour and collected over reasonable period

Call model statistics should be averaged over entirenetwork or for equipment dimensioning purposes

Refer to Planning Guide W21 or SYS04 fordetailed explanation


9-5



CALL_DURATION (T)This statistic provides the average call duration.

Units: Seconds (s)


Optimisation

Basis Cell.

Raw statistics BUSY_TCH_MEAN

TOTAL_CALLS


CALL_SETUP_BLOCKING_RATEThis statistic provides the percentage of attempts to allocate a TCH call setup that were blocked.

Units: Percentage (%)


Optimisation

Basis Cell.

Raw statistics MA_CMD_TO_MS_BLKD

MA_REQ_FROM_MSC


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Introduction to call model statisticsCALL_DURATION

T = SUM(BUSY_TCH_MEAN) * INTERVAL_SUM * 3600SUM(TOTAL_CALLS + ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION)

T = SUM(BUSY_TCH_MEAN) * I NTERVAL_SUM * 3600SUM(TOTAL_CALLS + ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION)

Assuming statistical interval = 1 hour

CALL_SETUP_BLOCKING_RATE

CALL_SET_UP_BLOCKING_RATE = MA_REQ_FROM_MSC

CALL_SET_UP_BLOCKING_RATE = MA_CMD_TO_MS_BLKD * 100MA_REQ_FROM_MSC


9-7



HANDOVERS_PER_CALL (H)This statistic provides the number of Handovers per call where the handoversmay be inter-BSS, intra-BSS or intra-cell.


Optimisation

Basis Cell.

Raw statistics OUT_INTER_BSS_REQ_TO_MSC


INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT

TOTAL_CALLS


INTRA_BSS_HO_TO_ALL_HO (i)This statistic provides the ratio of intra-BSS handovers to all handovers.


Optimisation

Basis Cell.

Raw statistics OUT_INTER_BSS_REQ_TO_MSC


INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002



STATS

H = + INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT)SUM(TOTAL_CALLS + ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION)

H = SUM(OUT_INTER_BSS_REQ_TO_MSC + OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT+ INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT)SUM(TOTAL_CALLS + ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION)

HANDOVERS_PER_CALL (H)

i = SUM(OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT + INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT

SUM(OUT_INTER_BSS_REQ_TO_MSC + OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT + INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT)

i = SUM(OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT + INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT

SUM(OUT_INTER_BSS_REQ_TO_MSC + OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT + INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT)

INTRA_BSS_HO_TO_ALL_HO(i)


9-9



STATS

LOCATION_UPDATES_TO_CALLS (I)

Description

This statistic provides the ratio of location updates to calls.


Optimisation

Basis Cell.

Raw statistics OK_ACC_PROC [LOCATION UPDATE]

TOTAL_CALLS


IMSI_DETACHES_TO_CALL (Id)This statistic provides the ratio of IMSI detaches per call.


Optimisation

Basis Cell.

Raw statistics OK_ACC_PROC [IMSI_DETACH]

TOTAL_CALLS



©MOTOROLA LTD.2002



STATS

I = SUM(OK_ACC_PROC [LOCATION UPDATE]


I = SUM(OK_ACC_PROC [LOCATION UPDATE]


LOCATION_UPDATES_TO_CALLS(l)

Id = SUM(OK_ACC_PROC [IMSI_DETACH] SUM(TOTAL_CALLS + ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION)

Id = SUM(OK_ACC_PROC [IMSI_DETACH] SUM(TOTAL_CALLS + ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION)

IMSI_DETACHED_TO_CALLS(Id)


9-11

Version 1 Rev 4 LOCATION_UPDATE_FACTOR (L)

LOCATION_UPDATE_FACTOR (L)

DescriptionThis statistic is calculated using the ratio of location updates per call (l) and the ratio ofIMSI detaches per call (Id). For networks with IMSI detach disabled, the location updatefactor equals the ratio of location updates per call (l).

IMSI detach types determine the way the MSC clears the connection with the BSS after receiving theIMSI detach. When using IMSI detach type 1, the MSC clears the SCCP connection, a clearingprocedure that involves only one uplink (average size of 42 bytes) and one downlink message (averagesize of 30 bytes). When using IMSI detach type 2, the MSC sends the CLEAR COMMAND and theBSS sends CLEAR COMPLETE, etc., which involves three uplink (average size of 26 bytes) and threedownlink messages (average size of 30 bytes). A location update procedure itself takes five downlinkmessages (average size of 30 bytes) and six uplink messages (average size of 26 bytes).

Hence, an IMSI detach (type1) takes a total of 2/11 (approximately 0.2) of the numberof messages as a location update and a IMSI detach (type 2) takes 6/11 (approximately0.5) of the messages of a location update.

Formula

If IMSI detach is enabled, then depending on whether short message sequence (type 1)or long message sequence (type 2) is used, L is calculated as:

L = LOCATION_UPDATES_TO_CALLS (IMSI detach disabled i.e. Id=0 )

L = LOCATION_UPDATES_TO_CALLS + 0.2* IMSI_DETACHES_TO_CALLS (type 1)

L = LOCATION_UPDATES_TO_CALLS + 0.5* IMSI_DETACHES_TO_CALLS (type 2)


Optimisation

Basis Cell.

Raw statistics LOCATION_UPDATES_TO_CALLS

IMSI_DETACHES_TO_CALLS


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

LOCATION_UPDATE_FACTOR (L) Version 1 Rev 4

LOCATION_UPDATE_FACTOR (L)LOCATION_UPDATE_FACTOR (L)

L = LOCATION_UPDATES_TO_CALLS (IMSI detach disabled i.e. Id = 0)

L = LOCATION_UPDATES_TO_CALLS + 0.2 * IMSI_DETACHES_TO_CALLS (type 1)


L = LOCATION_UPDATES_TO_CALLS (IMSI detach disabled i.e. Id = 0)




9-13

Version 1 Rev 4 Pages

Pages

PAGES_PER_CALL (Ppc)Description

This statistic provides the number of pages per call.


Optimisation

Basis Cell.

Raw statistics PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC

TOTAL_CALLS


PAGES_PER_SECOND

Description

This statistic provides the number of pages per second.


Optimisation

Basis Cell.


PAGING_RATE (P)The paging rate is the summation of the paging messages sent to each locationarea averaged over the interval period.


Optimisation

Basis Cell.



©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Pages Version 1 Rev 4

Pages

Pps

PAGES_PER_SECOND = PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC

INTERVAL_SUM * 3600

PAGES_PER_SECOND

SUM(PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC)


PPC =

PAGES_PER_CALL (Ppc)

P = SUM(PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC)

stat_interval_in_seconds

Note: SUM in this case refers to the location areas. The maximum

PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC value should be used for each location area

PAGING_RATE


9-15


Pages

SMS_TO_CALL_RATIO (S)

Description

This statistic provides the ratio of SMSs to calls.


Optimisation

Basis Cell.

Raw statistics SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH

SMS_INIT_ON_TCH

CM_SERV_REQ_CALL

CM_SERV_REQ_SMS

CM_SERV_REQ_EMERG

PAGE_RESPONSE


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Pages Version 1 Rev 4

PagesSMS_TO_CALL_RATIO (S)

S = (SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH + SMS_INIT_ON_TCH)

(CM_SERV_REQ_CALL + CM_SERV_REQ_SMS +

CM_SERV_REQ_EMERG + PAGE_RESPONSE) – (SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH)

S =

(SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH + SMS_INIT_ON_TCH)

(CM_SERV_REQ_CALL + CM_SERV_REQ_SMS +

CM_SERV_REQ_EMERG + PAGE_RESPONSE) – (SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH)


9-17

Adaptive Multi-Rate Version 1 Rev 4

Chapter 10

Adaptive Multi-Rate


10-1

Adaptive Multi-Rate Version 1 Rev 4

Adaptive Multi-Rate


• Describe the Adaptive Multi-Rate Feature.• Describe the AMR statistics.


10-3

Version 1 Rev 4 Adaptive Multi-Rate (AMR)

Adaptive Multi-Rate (AMR)Adaptive Multi-Rate (AMR) is introduced in GSR7 and provides two modes of working AMRfull-rate channel mode (AMR FR) and AMR half-rate channel mode (AMR HR).

AMR Full - Rate Channel ModeThis mode of working provides higher speech quality in areas of poor RF conditions.

Full Rate Link AdaptationAMR FR link adaptation works in conjunction with the rest of the AMR feature set, namely AMR,Call downgrade on CIC capability mismatch and Enhanced GDP provisioning. It provides improvedspeech quality in poor RF environments by adapting the speech rates and level of error correctionon a call. Speech quality is improved by reducing the speech rate and increasing the level oferror correction in poor RF environment. The speech rate used is determined by the codecmode used. The Active Codec Set (ACS) refers to the set of up to 4 AMR codec modes thatcan be utilised for any given voice call in the uplink and downlink direction.

AMR Half - Rate Channel ModeThis mode of working allows two AMR calls to be placed on a single air interface timeslot. This gives anincrease in cell capacity with no additional hardware. However extra backhaul is required betweenBSC and BTS due to there being no 8kbps switching in release GSR7. This means that AMRhalf-rate speech data has to be carried in 16kbps TRAU format between BSC and BTS. Given thatpotentially 16 AMR half-rate calls can be supported on an AMR half-rate carrier, an AMR half-rateRTF must have four associated E1 timeslots provisioned between BSC and BTS.

Due to reduced bandwidth, an AMR half-rate call will in general have a lower QoS than a full-ratecall. For this reason the user will be able to specify a congestion level that has to be exceeded inan AMR half-rate cell before new calls will be assigned to a half-rate channel. In addition, whenthe received bit error rate (Rxqual) indicates that a half rate channel is suffering interference andthat the speech quality of the call is therefore impaired, an intra-cell handover back to full-rate(or to another half-rate channel) is supported to maintain quality of service.

There is also a lower QoS provided by AMR half-rate calls.

Half Rate Link AdaptationAMR HR link adaptation operates in a similar way to AMR FR link adaptation. The differencesare the bit rates of the HR codec modes supported, different initial HR codec mode and differentassociated uplink and downlink codec mode adaptation thresholds and hystersis values.

In total there are 8 Active Codec Set values.

0 - 12.20 kbps

1 - 10.20 kbps

2 - 7.95 kbps

3 - 7.40 kbps

4 - 6.70 kbps

5 - 5.90 kbps

6 - 5.15 kbps

7 - 4.75 kbps

The BSS supports:-

12.2, 10.2, 7.4, 6.7 and 5.15 kbps for a full rate channel.

7.95, 7.4, 6.7, 5.9 and 5.15 kbps for a half rate channel.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Adaptive Multi-Rate (AMR) Version 1 Rev 4

Adaptive Multi-Rate (AMR)

MSC RXCDR BSC BTS

0

For half rate rtf - two E1 timeslots required

Dependant on:- Enhanced GDP Provisioning- Call downgrade on CIC

capability mismatch

Up to four codecmodes can beincluded in FR and

HR Active CodecSet

Which Codec Modeused depends onRF conditions

Up to 16 AMR half rate calls

Up to 8 AMR full rate calls

Or a combination of the two.


10-5

Version 1 Rev 4 AMR Full - Rate Link Adaptation

AMR Full - Rate Link AdaptationFull Rate AMR Link Adaptation provides the mechanism by which the BSS adapts between speechcodec modes in an AMR codec on the uplink and downlink of an AMR FR call, to provide the mostsuitable level of error correction for the RF environment. Uplink and downlink codec modes areconsidered separately and can be adapted separately. The AMR feature provides a set of Full Ratecodec modes. With Full Rate Link Adaptation, up to four of these codec modes could be placed in theper cell Full Rate Active Codec Set. It is over this Active Codec Set that the call is adapted according tothe quality of the link between the mobile and the BSS. The Full Rate codec modes supported are:

AFS 12.2 kbps

AFS 10.2 kbps

AFS 7.4 kbps

AFS 6.7 kbps

AFS 5.15 kbps

The higher the bit rate of the codec mode indicated the higher the speech rate and the lower theerror correction rate. Up to 4 of these codec modes can be included in the FR ACS.

For each pair of codec of modes there is an associated threshold and hysteresis value. The associatedthreshold is used as the lower decision threshold for switching the codec mode to a lower mode with alower speech rate. The sum of the associated threshold and associated hysteresis is used as the upperdecision threshold for switching the codec mode to a less robust mode with a higher speech rate. Thethreshold and hysteresis are expressed in terms of normalized Carrier to Interference (C/I) values.

CODEC_MODE_1 Represents the lowest codec mode (lowestspeech bit rate, highest error correction bit rate)of the FR ACS

CODEC_MODE_2 Represents the second lowest codec mode, if theACS contains more than one codec mode.

CODEC_MODE_3 Represents the third lowest codec mode, if theACS contains more than two codec modes.

CODEC_MODE_4 Represents the highest codec mode (highestspeech bit rate, lowest error correction bit rate) ofthe ACS if the ACS contains four codec modes.

The FR ACS, Full Rate Initial Codec mode and the associated codec mode adaptationthreshold and hysteresis values to be used are communicated to the mobile and thechannel coder on call initialization and handover.

FR AMR codecs provide different levels of error correction and allow different channel bit error ratesfor acceptable quality of service. As an example, at the lowest codec mode (low speech rate, higherror correction) a larger BER may be acceptable as more of the errors will be corrected, where asin a higher codec mode a larger BER would be unacceptable as less errors will be corrected. Thedifferences in AMR channel characteristics prompt the introduction for a new set of HDPC RXQUALalgorithm thresholds. The new HDPC parameters are specific to AMR FR calls and utilize the existingGSM Handover and Power Control algorithms. These new HDPC parameters allow an AMR FRcapable cell to be tailored for AMR FR capable mobiles, to increase the range of cells and improveservice in poor coverage areas, minimize interference levels to improve speech quality, increasecapacity (through tighter-reuse of frequencies) and increase service quality by lowering the numberof handovers for AMR FR. This release of Full Rate Link Adaptation is tailored towards maximizingspeech quality and hence all defaulted values supplied in the software are geared to that goal.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

AMR Full - Rate Link Adaptation Version 1 Rev 4

AMR Full - Rate Link Adaptation

Available Full Rate

Codec Modes

AFS 12.2 kbps

AFS 10.2 kbps

AFS 7.4 kbps

AFS 6.7 kbps

AFS 5.15 kbps

Up to 4 can be

chosen

C/IC/I

THR3

THR3 + HYST3

THR2

THR1 + HYST1

THR2 + HYST2

THR1

CODEC_MODE_1

CODEC_MODE_2

CODEC_MODE_3

CODEC_MODE_4


10-7

Version 1 Rev 4 AMR_FR_DL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE

AMR_FR_DL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE

Description:The AMR_FR_DL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE statistics keeps a count of each AMR full-ratecodec mode used on the downlink of AMR full-rate calls on a per-cell basis.

The bins are:

Bin 0 AMR full-rate DL codec mode usage of AFS 12.2kbps





This counter statistic is pegged each time that a specific codec mode is usedon the downlink of full-rate AMR calls.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

AMR_FR_DL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE Version 1 Rev 4

AMR_FR_DL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE

Bin 0 AMR FR DL Codec Mode Usage of AFS 12.2kbps






10-9

Version 1 Rev 4 AMR_FR_UL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE

AMR_FR_UL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE

Description:The AMR_FR_UL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE statistics keeps a count of each AMR full-ratecodec mode used on the uplink of AMR full-rate calls on a per-cell basis.

The bins are:

Bin 0 AMR full-rate UL codec mode usage of AFS 12.2kbps





This counter statistic is pegged each time that a specific codec mode is usedon the uplink of full-rate AMR calls.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

AMR_FR_UL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE Version 1 Rev 4

AMR_FR_UL_CODEC_MODE_USAGEAMR_FR_UL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE

Bin 0 AMR FR UL Codec Mode Usage of AFS 12.2kbps






10-11

Version 1 Rev 4 AMR_FR_DL_ADAPTATION

AMR_FR_DL_ADAPTATION

Description:The AMR_FR_DL_ADAPTATION counter array statistic statistic keeps count of the number of timesthe codec mode is adapted on the downlink of full-rate AMR calls on a per-cell basis.

There are up to four codec modes in the ACS and the format of this statistic allows for this.The codecs are referenced sequentially from the lowest speech coding rate to the highest.The lowest speech coding rate is called the 1st codec. If there are less than four codecs inthe ACS, the higher bit rates are not valid and contains value zero.

The bins are:

Bin 0 AMR full-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 1st to 2nd codec mode.

Bin 1 AMR full-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 2nd to 3rd codec mode.

Bin 2 AMR full-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 3rd to 4th codec mode.

Bin 3 AMR full-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 2nd to 1st codec mode.

Bin 4 AMR full-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 3rd to 2nd codec mode.

Bin 5 AMR full-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 4th to 3rd codec mode.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

AMR_FR_DL_ADAPTATION Version 1 Rev 4

AMR_FR_DL_ADAPTATION


10-13

Version 1 Rev 4 AMR_FR_UL_ADAPTATION

AMR_FR_UL_ADAPTATION

Description:The AMR_FR_UL_ADAPTATION counter array statistic statistic keeps count of the number of timesthe codec mode is adapted on the uplink of full-rate AMR calls on a per-cell basis.


The bins are:

Bin 0 AMR full-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 1st to 2nd codec mode.

Bin 1 AMR full-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 2nd to 3rd codec mode.

Bin 2 AMR full-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 3rd to 4th codec mode.

Bin 3 AMR full-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 2nd to 1st codec mode.

Bin 4 AMR full-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 3rd to 2nd codec mode.

Bin 5 AMR full-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 4th to 3rd codec mode.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

AMR_FR_UL_ADAPTATION Version 1 Rev 4

AMR_FR_UL_ADAPTATION


10-15

Version 1 Rev 4 AMR Half - Rate Link Adaptation

AMR Half - Rate Link AdaptationHalf Rate AMR Link Adaptation provides similar functionality to Full Rate AMR Link Adaptation butfor the Half Rate AMR channel. In Half Rate AMR Link Adaptation there is a different Half RateActive Codec Set. This AHS can contain up to four of the Half Rate AMR codec modes that aresupported. The Half Rate codec modes supported are AHS 7.95 kbps, 7.4 kbps, 6.7 kbps, 5.9 kbpsand 5.15 kbps. There is also a different Half Rate Initial Codec Mode and different associateduplink and downlink codec mode adaptation thresholds and hysteresis values for Half Rate AMRcalls. The existing GSM Handover and Power Control algorithms are still used for the Half RateAMR channel, but similar to Full Rate Link Adaptation a new set of Handover and Power Controlthresholds are introduced. The new Half Rate AMR HDPC RXQUAL thresholds are different to theFull Rate AMR HDPC thresholds because the Half Rate channel will display different characteristicsto a Full Rate AMR channel. For these reasons the customer may wish to configure the Handoverand Power Control algorithms in a different manner to cater for the Half Rate AMR channel. The MSMonitor introduced in Full Rate AMR Link Adaptation also applies to Half Rate AMR calls.

CODEC_MODE_1 Represents the lowest codec mode (lowestspeech bit rate, highest error correction bit rate)of the HR ACS

CODEC_MODE_2 Represents the second lowest codec mode, if theHR ACS contains more than one codec mode.

CODEC_MODE_3 Represents the third lowest codec mode, if theHR ACS contains more than two codec modes.

CODEC_MODE_4 Represents the highest codec mode (highestspeech bit rate, lowest error correction bit rate)of the HR ACS if the ACS contains four codecmodes.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

AMR Half - Rate Link Adaptation Version 1 Rev 4

AMR Half - Rate Link Adaptation

Available Half Rate

Codec Modes

AFS 7.95 kbps

AFS 7.4 kbps

AFS 6.7 kbps

AFS 5.9 kbps

AFS 5.15 kbps

Up to 4 can be

chosen

C/IC/I

THR3

THR3 + HYST3

THR2

THR1 + HYST1

THR2 + HYST2

THR1

CODEC_MODE_1

CODEC_MODE_2

CODEC_MODE_3

CODEC_MODE_4


10-17

Version 1 Rev 4 AMR_HR_DL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE

AMR_HR_DL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE

Description:The AMR_HR_DL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE statistics keeps a count of each AMR half-rate codecmode used on the downlink of AMR half-rate calls on a per-cell basis.

The bins are:

Bin 0 AMR half-rate DL codec mode usage of AFS 7.95kbps





This counter statistics is pegged each time that a specific codec mode is usedon the downlink of half-rate AMR calls.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

AMR_HR_DL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE Version 1 Rev 4

AMR_HR_DL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE

Bin 0 AMR FR DL Codec Mode Usage of AFS 7.95 kbps

Bin 1 AMR FR DL Codec Mode Usage of AFS 7.4 kbps

Bin 2

Bin 3

Bin 4

AMR FR DL Codec Mode Usage of AFS 6.7 kbps




10-19

Version 1 Rev 4 AMR_HR_UL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE

AMR_HR_UL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE

Description:The AMR_HR_UL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE statistics keeps a count of each AMR half-ratecodec mode used on the uplink of AMR full-rate calls on a per-cell basis.

The bins are:

Bin 0 AMR half-rate UL codec mode usage of AFS 7.95kbps





This counter statistics is pegged each time that a specific codec mode is usedon the uplink of half-rate AMR calls.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

AMR_HR_UL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE Version 1 Rev 4

AMR_HR_UL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE

Bin 0 AMR FR UL Codec Mode Usage of AFS 7.95 kbps

Bin 1 AMR FR UL Codec Mode Usage of AFS 7.4 kbps

Bin 2

Bin 3

Bin 4

AMR FR UL Codec Mode Usage of AFS 6.7 kbps




10-21

Version 1 Rev 4 AMR_HR_DL_ADAPTATION

AMR_HR_DL_ADAPTATION

Description:The AMR_HR_DL_ADAPTATION counter array statistic statistic keeps count of the number of timesthe codec mode is adapted on the downlink of half-rate AMR calls on a per-cell basis.


The bins are:

Bin 0 AMR half-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 1st to 2nd codec mode.

Bin 1 AMR half-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 2nd to 3rd codec mode.

Bin 2 AMR half-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 3rd to 4th codec mode.

Bin 3 AMR half-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 2nd to 1st codec mode.

Bin 4 AMR half-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 3rd to 2nd codec mode.

Bin 5 AMR half-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 4th to 3rd codec mode.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

AMR_HR_DL_ADAPTATION Version 1 Rev 4

AMR_HR_DL_ADAPTATION

Bin 0 AMR HR DL Codec Mode Usage Adaptation from 1st to 2nd codec mode

Bin 1 AMR HR DL Codec Mode Usage Adaptation from 2nd to 3rd codec mode

Bin 2 AMR HR DL Codec Mode Usage Adaptation from 3rd to 4th codec mode

Bin 3 AMR HR DL Codec Mode Usage Adaptation from 2nd to 1st codec mode

Bin 4 AMR HR DL Codec Mode Usage Adaptation from 3rd to 2nd codec mode

AMR HR DL Codec Mode Usage Adaptation from 4th to 3rd codec modeBin 5


10-23

Version 1 Rev 4 AMR_HR_UL_ADAPTATION

AMR_HR_UL_ADAPTATION

Description:The AMR_HR_UL_ADAPTATION counter array statistic statistic keeps count of the number of timesthe codec mode is adapted on the uplink of half-rate AMR calls on a per-cell basis.


The bins are:

Bin 0 AMR half-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 1st to 2nd codec mode.

Bin 1 AMR half-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 2nd to 3rd codec mode.

Bin 2 AMR half-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 3rd to 4th codec mode.

Bin 3 AMR half-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 2nd to 1st codec mode.

Bin 4 AMR half-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 3rd to 2nd codec mode.

Bin 5 AMR half-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 4th to 3rd codec mode.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

AMR_HR_UL_ADAPTATION Version 1 Rev 4

AMR_HR_UL_ADAPTATION

Bin 0 AMR HR UL Codec Mode Usage Adaptation from 1st to 2nd codec mode

Bin 1 AMR HR UL Codec Mode Usage Adaptation from 2nd to 3rd codec mode

Bin 2 AMR HR UL Codec Mode Usage Adaptation from 3rd to 4th codec mode

Bin 3 AMR HR UL Codec Mode Usage Adaptation from 2nd to 1st codec mode

Bin 4 AMR HR UL Codec Mode Usage Adaptation from 3rd to 2nd codec mode

AMR HR UL Codec Mode Usage Adaptation from 4th to 3rd codec modeBin 5


10-25

Version 1 Rev 4 MS Monitor Functionality

MS Monitor FunctionalityFull Rate AMR Link Adaptation introduces MS Monitor functionality that monitors and compensates forthe inability of some mobiles to accurately estimate the current conditions of the channel that it is using.

The threshold and hysteresis values supplied for AMR calls by the network at call initializationmay be ineffective for some mobiles in certain RF conditions. The MS Monitor is introducedas a mechanism to adjust the downlink codec mode adaptation thresholds during a call sothat the MS is able to correctly adapt across the ACS as needed.

The MS Monitor works by monitoring a mobile during a call and detecting conditions that indicatethat the downlink codec mode adaptation thresholds need adjusting. The MS Monitor will decreasethe thresholds at the MS if they are deemed to be too high and increase the thresholds if theyappear to be too low. If a mobile’s thresholds are too low, i.e. the range of C/I values that the MS ismeasuring is below the lowest threshold in the ACS, then the mobile will request the lowest codecmode whilst simultaneously indicating to the network that that call is in very good RF quality conditions.The mobile could operate very well in these conditions in the highest codec mode.

The Monitor checks these conditions over a certain period of time and if the quality of the call is highenough then the downlink adaptation thresholds will be modified in the mobile. Similarly, the MSMonitor will increase the thresholds at the mobile if the network sees that the MS is requesting thehighest codec mode, whilst indicating that the call is in poor RF quality conditions, as this would indicatethat the range of C/I values measured by the mobile were above the highest threshold in the ACS.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

MS Monitor Functionality Version 1 Rev 4

MS Monitor Functionality

0

7

4

2

Default

Default

Lower threshold for

monitoring AMR MSs

requesting the lowestcodec mode

Higher threshold formonitoring AMR MSs requesting the highest

codec mode

Rxqual Thresholds

When an AMR MS has requested the lowest codec mode at least 95%(def) of the monitoring period

(40 SACCH def)

When an AMR MS has requested the highest codec mode at least99% (def) of the monitoring period

(40 SACCH def)

Apply increase or decreaseto DL adaptation thresholds


10-27

Version 1 Rev 4 AMR_INCREASE_THRESH_ADJUST (DECREASE)

AMR_INCREASE_THRESH_ADJUST (DECREASE)

Description:The AMR_INCREASE_THRESH_ADJUST counter statistic pegs each time that the BSS monitorincreases the downlink codec mode adaptation thresholds due to inaccurate C/I estimation by the MS.

The AMR_DECREASE_THRESH_ADJUST counter statistic pegs each time that the BSS monitordecreases the downlink codec mode adaptation thresholds due to inaccurate C/I estimation by the MS.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

AMR_INCREASE_THRESH_ADJUST (DECREASE) Version 1 Rev 4

AMR_INCREASE_THRESH_ADJUST (DECREASE)

AMR_INCREASE_THRESH_ADJUST

AMR_DECREASE_THRESH_ADJUST


10-29

Appendix A Version 1 Rev 4

Chapter 11

Appendix A


11-1

Control Channels and Multiframes Version 1 Rev 4

Control Channels and Multiframes


11-3

Version 1 Rev 4 Control Channels and Multiframes

Control Channels and MultiframesGSM BURST TYPES

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 70 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

FRAME 2FRAME 1

NORMAL BURST (NB)

FREQ CORRECTION BURST (FB)

SYNCHRONISATION BURST (SB)

DUMMY BURST

ACCESS BURST

3

57 57

3

1 1

26

3

8.25

Encrypted Bits Training Sequence Encrypted BitsTB GPTB

TB GP

TB GP

8.25

3

TB

Fixed Bits142

3

TB

3

TB

39Encrypted Bits

39Encrypted Bits

64Synchronisation Sequence

3

57

3

1 1

26

8.25

Fixed Bits Training SequenceTB GPTB

57

Fixed Bits

TBGP

73.25

3

41Synchronisation Sequence

36Encrypted Bits

156.25 Bit Durations

8.25

3


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Control Channels and Multiframes26-FRAME MULTIFRAME

01

Time

2

0123456789111213141516171819202122232425 10

120ms

SACCHIdle

01234567

4.615ms

Time-slot

TDMA frame

Multiframe

3 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 07 6 5 4 2 1 037 6 5 4 2 1 0

0.577ms

0.546ms


11-5


Control Channels and Multiframes51-FRAME MULTIFRAME - Control Channel

Version 1 Rev 1

01

Time

2

235.635ms

01234567

4.615ms

0.577ms

Time-slot

TDMA frame

Multiframe

01234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829313233343536373839404142434445464748495051 30

3 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 07 6 5 4 2 1 037 6 5 4 2 1 0


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Control Channels and MultiframesCONTROL CHANNELS

BCCH

RACH-uplink

PCH/AGCH - downlink

CCCH

SDCCH ACCH

DCCH

FACCH SACCH

CCH

Control Channel

NB= NORMAL BURSTFB = FREQUENCY BURSTSB = SYCHRONISATION BURSTAB = ACCESS BURSTDB = DUMMY BURST

NB

AB NB

NB/DB

SB

NB/AB

PCH/AGCH - downlink

NB

CBCH

BCCH -downlink only

SynchChans

FB

SCH FCH


11-7


Control Channels and MultiframesBCCH/CCCH MULTIFRAME

FS

C

B

FS

C

C

FS

C

C

FS

C

C

FS

C

C

I RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR

20

30

40

50

30

20

10

40

50KEY

R = RACH (Random)B = BCCH (Broadcast)F = FCCH (Frequency)S = SCH (Sync.)C = CCCH (Common)I = Idle

Downlink Uplink

10

0 0


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Control Channels and MultiframesDCCH MULTIFRAME

D1

D0

D3

D2

D5

D4

D7

D6

A1

A0

I

0

10

20

30

40

50

30

20

10

0

40

50

A3

A2

II

III

A6

A5

A7

D1

D0

D3

D2

D5

D4

D7

D6

A0

III

A2

A1

A3

D1

D0

D3

D2

D5

D4

D7

D6

A4

D1

D0

D3

D2

D5

D4

D7

D6

A5

A4

I

A7

A6

II

KEY

D = SDCCH/8 (Dedicated)A = SACCH/C8 (Associated)I = Idle

Downlink Uplink


11-9


Control Channels and MultiframesCOMBINED MULTIFRAME

KEY

R = RACH (Random)B = BCCH (Broadcast)F = FCCH (Frequency)S = SCH (Sync.)C = CCCH (Common)D = SDCCH/4 (Dedicated)A = SACCH/C4 (Associated)I = Idle

FS

C

B

FS

C

C

FS

D1

D0

FS

D3

D2

FS

A1

A0

I

0

10

20

30

40

50

FS

C

B

FS

C

C

FS

D1

D0

FS

D3

D2

FS

A3

A2

I

A2

D3

A3

D0

D2

D1

0

10

20

30

40

50

A0

D3

A1

D0

D2

D1

RR

RR

RR

RR

RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR

RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR

Downlink Uplink


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Answers Version 1 Rev 4

Chapter 12

Answers


12-1

Call Establishment Exercise Answers Version 1 Rev 4

Call Establishment Exercise Answers

Th

e in

terp

roce

ss m

essa

ge

s s

ho

wn

be

low

ha

ve

re

su

lte

d in a

n M

S b

ein

g a

ble

to e

sta

blis

h

of th

e e

sta

blis

hm

en

t.

ch

an

ne

lre

qu

est

ch

an

ne

lre

qu

est

ch

an

ne

l

req

uire

dch

an

ne

l

req

uire

d r

ece

ive

d

ch

an

ne

l

assig

ne

d

4 S

DC

CH

s a

re a

va

ilab

le

AB

ISL

1R

RS

MC

RM

SM

MS

C

RS

Sch

an

ne

l a

ctiva

tio

n

ch

an

ne

l a

ctiva

tio

n

ackn

ow

led

ge

imm

ed

iate

assig

nm

en

t

imm

ed

iate

assig

nm

en

t

esta

blis

h in

dic

atio

nL

2 S

AB

M CM

se

rvic

e r

eq

ue

st

inita

l L

3 in

form

atio

n

CM

Se

rvic

ere

qu

est

AC

CE

SS

_P

ER

_R

AC

H

AL

LO

C_

SD

CC

H

BU

SY

_S

DC

CH

AC

CE

SS

_P

ER

_A

GC

H

OK

_A

CC

_P

RO

C [

CM

_S

ER

V_

CA

LL

]

OK

_A

CC

_P

RO

C_

SU

C_

RA

CH

MS

_A

CC

ES

S_

BY

_T

YP

E

CH

AN

_R

EQ

_C

AU

SE

_A

TM

PT

on

a T

CH

. In

se

rt th

e in

cre

me

nte

d s

tatistics a

t th

e a

pp

rop

riate

softw

are

pro

cess a

t each s

tage

SS

M


12-3

Version 1 Rev 4 Call Establishment Exercise Answers

Call Establishment Exercise Answers

<C

R>

Co

mp

lete

L3

info

rma

tio

n

CC

initia

te a

ssig

nm

en

t

assig

nm

en

t re

so

urc

e r

eq

ue

st

ch

an

ne

l a

ssig

ne

d

assig

nm

en

t ch

an

ne

l co

mm

an

d

AC

TIV

AT

ION

assig

nm

en

t co

mp

lete

assig

nm

en

t su

cce

ssfu

l co

nn

ectI

on

re

qu

ire

d

co

nn

ectio

n r

esp

on

se

CO

NN

_R

EQ

_T

O_

MS

C

MA

_R

EQ

_F

RO

M_

MS

C

assig

nm

en

t re

qu

est

CA

LL S

ET

UP

ME

SS

AG

ES

TC

H_

US

AG

E

BU

SY

_T

CH

AL

LO

C_

TC

H

MA

_C

MD

_T

O M

S

3 T

CH

s a

va

ilab

le


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Glossary of Terms Version 1 Rev 4

Chapter 13

Glossary of Terms


13-1

Glossary of technical terms Version 1 Rev 4

Glossary of technical termsThis Glossary of technical terms contains standard Motorola acronyms, abbreviationsand numbers used throughout the documentation set.

A Interface - AUTO

A Interface Interface between MSC and BSS. The interface is based on theuse of one or more E1/T1 digital links. The channels on theselinks can be used for traffic or signalling.

A3 Authentication algorithm that produces SRES, using RAND andKi.

A38 A single algorithm performing the function of A3 and A8.

A5 Stream cipher algorithm, residing on an MS, that producesciphertext out of plaintext, using Kc.

A8 Ciphering key generating algorithm that produces Kc usingRAND and Ki.

AB See Access Burst.

Abis interface Interface between a remote BSC and BTS. Motorola offersa GSM standard and a unique Motorola Abis interface. TheMotorola interface reduces the amount of message traffic andthus the number of 2 Mbit/s lines required between BSC and BTS.

ABR Answer Bid Ratio. The ABR is the ratio of successful calls to totalnumber of calls. As a measure of effective calls, it reflects theperformance of the total network

ac-dc PSM AC-DC Power Supply module.

ac Alternating Current. In electricity, AC occurs when chargecarriers in a conductor or semiconductor periodically reverse theirdirection of movement. Household utility current in most countriesis AC with a frequency of either 50 or 60 hertz (complete cyclesper second). The RF current in antennas and transmission linesis another example of AC. An AC waveform can be sinusoidal,square, or sawtooth-shaped. Some AC waveforms are irregularor complicated. Square or sawtooth waves are produced bycertain types of electronic oscillators, and by a low-end UPSwhen it is operating from its battery.

AC Access Class (C0 to C15).

AC Application Context.

ACC Automatic Congestion Control. A method by which congestedswitches automatically communicate their congestion level toother switches.

Access Burst The Access Burst is used by the MS to access the BTS. It carriesRACH uplink from the MS to the BTS to start a call.

ACCH Associated Control CHannel. Control information associated withTCH or DCCH.

ACK, Ack ACKnowledgement.


13-3

Version 1 Rev 4 Glossary of technical terms

Glossary of technical termsACM Accumulated Call meter. The ACM is a function contained within

the SIM. It accumulates the total units (in the home currency) forboth the current call and all preceding calls. For security reasons,the SIM only allows the value of the ACM to be incremented,not decremented. Resetting of the ACM is only possible afterentering PIN2.

ACM Address Complete Message.

ACPIM AC Power Interface Module. Used in M-Cell6 indoor ac BTSequipment.

AC PSM AC Power Supply Module. Used in M-Cell6 BTS equipment.

ACSE Association Control Service Element. The ACSE is one of thethree Application Service Elements (ASE) which reside in theapplication layer of the OSI protocol and act as an interface to thelower layer protocols. It is used by applications to create a titlefor identification. See also ASI and ROSE.

ACU Antenna Combining Unit.

A/D Analogue to Digital (converter). See ADC.

ADC ADministration Centre.

ADC Analogue to Digital Converter. A device that converts a signalthat is a function of a continuous variable into a representativenumber sequence carrying equivalent information.

ADCCP Advanced Data Communications Control Protocol. A bit-orienteddata-link-layer (DL) protocol used to provide point-to-point andpoint-to-multipoint transmission of data frames that containerror-control information. Note: ADCCP closely resembleshigh-level data link control (HDLC).

ADM ADMinistration processor.

ADMIN ADMINistration.

ADN Abbreviated Dialling Number. Abbreviated dialling is a telephoneservice feature that (a) permits the user to dial fewer digits toaccess a network than are required under the nominal numberingplan, and (b) is limited to a subscriber-selected set of frequentlydialled numbers.

ADPCM Adaptive Differential Pulse Code Modulation. Differentialpulse-code modulation (DPCM) in which the prediction algorithmis adjusted in accordance with specific characteristics of the inputsignal.

AE Application Entity. The system-independent application activitiesthat are made available as application services to the applicationagent.

AEC Acoustic Echo Control. In a system, the reduction of the powerlevel of an echo or the elimination of an echo.

AEF Additional Elementary Functions.

AET Active Events Table. Alarms and events are sent to the EventsLog in the GUI. Different operators will have different subscriptionlists. All alarms and events are sent to the AET before they arere-routed to different subscription lists.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsAFC Automatic Frequency Control. A device or circuit that maintains

the frequency of an oscillator within the specified limits withrespect to a reference frequency.

AFN Absolute Frame Number.

AGC Automatic Gain Control. A process or means by which gain isautomatically adjusted in a specified manner as a function of aspecified parameter, such as received signal level.

AGCH Access Grant CHannel. A GSM common control channel used toassign MS to a SDCCH or a TCH.

Ai Action indicator.

AI Artificial Intelligence. A branch of computer science whose goalis to develop electronic devices that can operate with some of thecharacteristics of human intelligence. Among these propertiesare logical deduction and inference, creativity, the ability to makedecisions based on past experience or insufficient or conflictinginformation, and the ability to understand natural language.

AIB Alarm Interface Board.

AIO A class of processor.

Air interface The radio link between the BTS and the MS.

AL See Application Layer.

AM Amplitude Modulation. Modulation in which the amplitude of acarrier wave is varied in accordance with some characteristicof the modulating signal.

AMA Automatic Message Accounting (processor). A service featurethat automatically records data regarding user-dialled calls.

AMR Adaptive Multi-Rate. The capability of operating at gross bit-ratesof 11.4 kbit/s (half-rate) and 22.8 kbit/s (full-rate) over the airinterface.

AM/MP Cell broadcast mobile terminated message. A messagebroadcast to all MSs in a cell.

ANSI American National Standards Institute. ANSI is the primaryorganisation for fostering the development of technologystandards in the United States. ANSI works with industry groupsand is the U.S. member of ISO and the IEC. Long establishedcomputer standards from ANSI include ASCII and SCSI.

Antenna A transmitter/receiver which converts electrical currents into RFand vice versa. In GSM systems, transmits and receives RFsignals between the BTS and MS.

AoC Advice of Charge.

AoCC Advice of Charge Charging supplementary service.

AoCI Advice of Charge Information supplementary service.

AOC Automatic Output Control.

AP Application Process.


13-5


Glossary of technical termsApplication Layer See OSI RM. The Application Layer is the highest of seven

hierarchical layers. It interfaces directly to, and performs commonapplication services for, the application processes. It also issuesrequests to the Presentation Layer. The common applicationservices provide semantic conversion between associatedapplication processes.

ARFCN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number. The GSM availablefrequency is divided in two bands. Each band is divided into200kHz slots called ARFCN. Each ARFCN is shared between8 mobiles, each using it in turn. Each mobile uses the ARFCNfor one TS (Timeslot) and then waits for its turn to come aroundagain. A mobile has use of the ARFCN once per the TDMAframe. The combination of a TS number and ARFCN is called aphysical channel.

ARQ Automatic Repeat-reQuest. Error control for data transmission inwhich the receiver detects transmission errors in a message andautomatically requests a retransmission from the transmitter.

ARP Address Resolution Protocol. A Transmission Control Protocol/ Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) protocol that dynamically binds aNetwork Layer (NL) IP address to a Data Link Layer (DL) physicalhardware address, e.g., Ethernet address.

ASCE Association Control Service Element. An ASE which providesan AP with the means to establish and control an associationwith an AP in a remote NE. Maps directly onto the Presentationlayer (OMC).

ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange. ASCII isa standard developed by ANSI to define how computers writeand read characters. It is the most common format for text filesin computers and on the Internet. In an ASCII file, alphabetic,numeric, and special characters are represented with a 7-binarydigit binary number. 128 possible characters are defined. UNIXand DOS-based operating systems (except for Windows NT) useASCII for text files. Windows NT uses a newer code, Unicode.IBM’s System 390 servers use a proprietary 8-bit code calledextended binary-coded decimal interchange code. Conversionprograms allow different operating systems to change a file fromone code to another.

ASE Application Service Element (OMC). A coherent set of integratedfunctions to help accomplish application communication, e.g.,within an application entity (AE).

ASE Application Specific Entity (TCAP).

ASN.1 Abstract Syntax Notation One. A formal notation usedfor describing data transmitted by telecommunicationsprotocols, regardless of language implementation and physicalrepresentation of these data, whatever the application, whethercomplex or very simple.

ASP Alarm and Status Panel.

ASR Answer Seizure Ratio. The percentage of calls that arecompleted successfully.

ATB All Trunks Busy. An equipment condition in which all trunks(paths) in a given trunk group are busy.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsAter The interface between XCDR and BSC.

ATI Antenna Transceiver Interface.

ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode. A high-speed multiplexing andswitching method utilising fixed-length cells of 53 octets tosupport multiple types of traffic.

ATT (flag) ATTach.

ATTS Automatic Trunk Testing Subsystem. Ensures the quality oftelephone lines by means of a series of tests. ATTS can beinitiated by either an operator command or by a command file,which can be activated at a predetermined time.

AU Access Unit.

AUC Authentication Centre. A GSM network entity which provides thefunctionality for verifying the identity of an MS when requested bythe system. Often a part of the HLR.

AUT(H) AUThentication.

AUTO AUTOmatic mode.

B Interface - Byte

B Interface Interface between MSC and VLR.

BA BCCH Allocation. The radio frequency channels allocated in acell for BCCH transmission.

BAIC Barring of All Incoming Calls supplementary service.

BAOC Barring of All Outgoing Calls supplementary service.

Baud The unit in which the information carrying capacity or signallingrate of a communication channel is measured. One baud is onesymbol (state transition or level-transition) per second. Thiscoincides with bits per second only for two-level modulation withno framing or stop bits

BBBX Battery Backup Board.

BBH Base Band Hopping. Method of frequency hopping in which eachtransceiver at the base station is tuned to a different frequency,and the signal is switched to a different transceiver for each burst.

BCC Base station Colour Code. The BCC and the NCC are part of theBSIC. The BCC comprises three bits in the range 000 to 111.See also NCC and BSIC.

BCCH Broadcast Control CHannel. A GSM control channel used tobroadcast general information about a BTS site on a per cell orsector basis.

BCD Binary Coded Decimal. The representation of a decimal digit by aunique arrangement of no fewer than four binary digits.

BCF Base station Control Function. The GSM term for the digitalcontrol circuitry which controls the BTS. In Motorola cell sites thisis a normally a BCU which includes DRI modules and is locatedin the BTS cabinet.


13-7


Glossary of technical termsB channel Bearer channel. Used in ISDN services to carry 64kbit/s of data,

when used at full capacity.

BCIE Bearer Capability Information Element. Specific GSM parametersin the Setup message are mapped into a BCIE for signalling tothe network and within the PLMN. The BCIE is used to request abearer service (BS) from the network.

BCU Base station Control Unit. A functional entity of the BSS whichprovides the base control function at a BTS site. The term nolonger applies to a type of shelf (see BSC and BSU).

BCUP Base Controller Unit Power.

BEP Bit Error Probability.

BER Bit Error Rate. The number of erroneous bits divided by the totalnumber of bits transmitted, received, or processed over somestipulated period. The BER is usually expressed as a coefficientand a power of 10; for example, 25 erroneous bits out of 100,000bits transmitted would be 25 out of 105 or 25 x 10-5.

BES Business Exchange Services.

BFI Bad Frame Indication. An indication of unsuccessfully decodedspeech frames. See FER.

BH Busy Hour. In a communications system, the sliding 60-minuteperiod during which occurs the maximum total traffic load in agiven 24-hour period.

BHCA Busy Hour Call Attempt. A statistic based on call attempts that aswitch processes during a BH. See also BH.

BI Barring of all Incoming call supplementary service.

BIB Balanced-line Interconnect Board. Provides interface to 12balanced (6-pair) 120 ohm (37-pin D-type connector) lines for 2Mbit/s circuits. See also T43.

BIC-Roam Barring of all Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the HomePLMN Country supplementary service.

Bi-directional neighbour See Reciprocal neighbour..

BIM Balanced-line Interconnect Module.

Bin From BINary. An area in a data array used to store information.Also, a name for a directory that contain files stored in binaryformat.

BL BootLoad. Also known as download. For example, databasesand software can be downloaded to the NEs from the BSS.

BLER Block Error Rate

BLLNG BiLLiNG.

bit Binary digit. A character used to represent one of the two statesor digits (0 or 1) in the numeration system with a radix of two.Also, a unit of storage capacity.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsbit/s Bits per second (bps). A measure of data transmission speed.

The number of binary characters (1s or 0s) transmitted in onesecond. For example, an eight-bit parallel transmission link whichtransfers one character (eight bits) per second is operating at8 bps.

block A group of bits (binary digits) transmitted as a unit, over which aparity check procedure is applied for error control purposes.

Bm Full rate traffic channel. See also Full Rate.

BN Bit Number. Number which identifies the position of a particularbit period within a timeslot.

BPF Bandpass Filter. A filter that ideally passes all frequenciesbetween two non-zero finite limits and bars all frequencies notwithin the limits.

BPSM µBCU Power Supply Module.

BRI Basic Rate Interface. An ISDN multipurpose user interfaceallowing simultaneous voice and data services provided overtwo clear 64 kb/s channels (B channels) and one clear 16 kb/schannel (D channel). The interface is also referred to as 2B+D.

BS Base Station. See BSS.

BS Basic Service (group).

BS Bearer Service. A type of telecommunication service thatprovides the capability for the transmission of signals betweenuser-network interfaces. The PLMN connection type used tosupport a bearer service may be identical to that used to supportother types of telecommunication service.

BSC Base Station Controller. A network component in the GSM PLMNwhich has the digital control function of controlling all BTSs. TheBSC can be located within a single BTS cabinet (forming a BSS)but is more often located remotely and controls several BTSs(see BCF, BCU, and BSU).

BSG Basic Service Group.

BSIC Base Transceiver Station Identity Code. Each cell has a BSIC. Itis a local colour code that allows a mobile station to distinguishbetween different neighbouring base stations. The BSIC is anoctet, consisting of three bits for the Network Colour Code (NCC)and three bits for the Base station Colour Code (BCC). Theremaining two bits are unused. See also NCC and BCC.

BSIC-NCELL BSIC of an adjacent cell.

BSP Base Site control Processor (at BSC).

BSN Backward Sequence Number. A field in a signal unit (SU) thatcontains the forward sequence number (FSN) of a correctlyreceived signal unit being acknowledged in the signal unit that isbeing returned to the sender. See also FSN and SU.


13-9


Glossary of technical termsBSS Base Station System. The system of base station equipment

(Transceivers, controllers and so on) which is viewed by theMSC through a single interface as defined by the GSM 08series of recommendations, as being the entity responsible forcommunicating with MSs in a certain area. The radio equipmentof a BSS may cover one or more cells. A BSS may consist of oneor more base stations. If an internal interface is implementedaccording to the GSM 08.5x series of recommendations, then theBSS consists of one BSC and several BTSs.

BSSAP BSS Application Part (part of SS7) . Protocol for LAPD orLAPB signalling links on the A-interface. Comprises DTAPand BSSMAP messages. Supports message communicationbetween the MSC and BSS.

BSSC Base Station System Control cabinet. The cabinet which housesone or two BSU shelves at a BSC or one or two RXU shelves at aremote transcoder (RXCDR).

BSSMAP Base Station System Management Application Part (part of SS7).Call processing protocol for A-interface messages exchangedbetween the MSC and BSS. The BSS interprets these messages.

BSSOMAP BSS Operation and Maintenance Application Part (part of SS7).

BSU Base Station Unit shelf. The shelf which houses the digitalcontrol modules for the BTS (part of BTS cabinet) or BSC (partof BSSC cabinet).

BT British Telecom.

BT Bus Terminator. In order to avoid signal reflections on the bus,each bus segment has to be terminated at its physical beginningand at its end with the characteristic impedance.

BTC Bus Terminator Card.

BTF Base Transceiver Function.

BTP Base Transceiver Processor (at BTS). One of the six basic taskgroups within the GPROC.

BTS Base Transceiver Station. A network component in the GSMPLMN which serves one cell, and is controlled by a BSC. TheBTS contains one or more Transceivers (TRXs).

Burst A period of modulated carrier less than one timeslot. The physicalcontent of a timeslot.

Byte A sequence of adjacent binary digits operated upon as a unit.Generally consists of eight bits, usually presented in parallel. Abyte is usually the smallest addressable unit of information in adata store or memory.

C - CW

C Conditional.

C Interface Interface between MSC and HLR/AUC.

C7 See SS7.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsCA Cell Allocation. The radio frequency channels allocated to a

particular cell.

CA Central Authority. Software process that controls the BSS.

CAB Cabinet.

CADM Country ADMinistration. The Motorola procedure used withinDataGen to create new country and network files in the DataGendatabase.

CAI Charge Advice Information.

CAT Cell Analysis Tool. The CAT is part of the Motorola CellOptimization product. It is intended for engineering staff andOMC administrators. CAT provides information about GSMnetwork cell performance.

CB Cell Balancer. The CB process balances the cells configured forGPRS across PRPs. In the event of a PRP outage, this processsends message(s) indicating that GPRS service is unavailable tothe appropriate CRM(s) for the cells that could not be moved toan INS (IN Service) PRP.

CB Cell Broadcast. See CBSMS.

CB Circuit Breaker.

CBA Cell Broadcast Agent.

CBC Cell Broadcast Centre. The call processing centre for CBSMSmessages.

CBCH Cell Broadcast CHannel. The channel which is used to broadcastmessages to all MSs in a specific cell.

CBF Combining Bandpass Filter.

CBL Cell Broadcast Link. A bi-directional data link which allowscommunications between the BSS and the CBC.

CBM Circuit Breaker Module.

CDMA Code-Division Multiple Access. CDMA is a digital cellulartechnology that uses spread-spectrum techniques. Unlikecompeting systems, such as GSM, that use TDM, CDMA doesnot assign a specific frequency to each user. Instead, everychannel uses the full available spectrum. Individual conversationsare encoded with a pseudo-random digital sequence.

CBMI Cell Broadcast Message Identifier.

CBS Cell Broadcast Service. See CBSMS.

CBSMS Cell Broadcast Short Message Service. CBSMS allows a numberof unacknowledged general messages to be broadcast to all MSswithin a particular region. The content may include informationsuch as local traffic conditions, the weather, the phone number ofthe local taxi company, etc. The messages are sent from a CBCvia a BSC to a BTS and from there on a special cell broadcastchannel to the MSs. The CBC is considered as a node outsidethe PLMN and can be connected to several BSCs. However, aBSC is only connected to one CBC.

CBUS Clock Bus.


13-11


Glossary of technical termsCC Connection Confirm. Part of SCCP network connectivity.

CC Country Code. A one to three digit number which specificallyidentifies a country of the world that an international call is beingrouted to (e.g., 1 = North America, 44 = United Kingdom).

CC Call Control. CC functions, such as number translations androuteing, matrix path control, and allocation of outgoing trunksare performed by the MSC.

CCB Cavity Combining Block, a three way RF combiner. There aretwo types of CCB, CCB (Output) and CCB (Extension). These,with up to two CCB Control cards, may comprise the TATI. Thesecond card may be used for redundancy.

CCBS Completion of Calls to Busy Subscriber supplementary service.

CCCH Common Control CHannels. A class of GSM control channelsused to control paging and grant access. Includes AGCH, PCH,and RACH.

CCCH_GROUP Group of MSs in idle mode.

CCD Common Channel Distributor.

CCDSP Channel Coding Digital Signal Processor.

CCF Conditional Call Forwarding. See CFC.

CCH Control CHannel. Control channels are channels which carrysystem management messages.

CCH Council for Communications Harmonization (referred to in GSMRecommendations).

CCITT Comité Consultatif International Télégraphique et Téléphonique.This term has been superseded. See ITU-TSS.

CCM Current Call Meter.

CCP Capability/Configuration Parameter.

CCPE Control Channel Protocol Entity.

CCS Hundred call-seconds. A single call lasting one hundred secondsis one CCS. Also, a measure of traffic load obtained by multiplyingthe number of calls per hour by the average holding time per callexpressed in seconds, and dividing by 100. Often used in practiceto mean hundred call seconds per hour with “per hour" implied;as such, it is a measure of traffic intensity. See also erlang.

CCU Channel Codec Unit. The CCU performs the following functions:Channel coding functions, including FEC and interleaving, Radiochannel measurement functions, including received quality level,received signal level, and information related to timing advancemeasurements.

Cct Circuit.

CDB Control Driver Board.

CDE Common Desktop Environment. Part of the SUN software(crontab - cron job file).


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsCDR Call Detail Record. A record of voice or data SVCs, which

includes calling and called numbers, local and remote nodenames, data and timestamp, elapsed time, and call failure classfields. This is the information needed to bill the customer for callsand facility usage data for calls.

CD-ROM Compact Disk-Read Only Memory.

CDUR Chargeable DURation.

CEB Control Equalizer Board (BTS).

CED Called station identifier.

CEIR Central Equipment Identity Register.

Cell By GSM definition, a cell is an RF coverage area. At anomni-site, cell is synonymous with site; at a sectored site, cell issynonymous with sector. This differs from analogue systemswhere cell is taken to mean the same thing as site. (See below)

CEND End of charge point. The time at which the calling, or called, partystops charging by the termination of the call or by an equivalentprocedure invoked by the network or by failure of the radio path.

CEPT Conférence des administrations Européennes des Postes etTelecommunications.

CERM Circuit Error Rate Monitor. Identifies when discontinuity isdetected in a circuit. An alarm is generated and sent to theOMC-R when the error count exceeds an operator specifiedthreshold. The alarm identifies the RCI or CIC and the pathwhere the error is detected.

CF Conversion Facility.

CF Call Forwarding. A feature available to the mobile telephoneuser whereby, after initiation of the feature by an authorisedsubscriber, calls dialled to the mobile telephone of an authorisedsubscriber will automatically be routed to the desired number.See also CFC and CFU.

CF Control Function. CF performs the SGSN mobility managementfunctions and OA&M functions for the GSN module.

CFB Call Forwarding on mobile subscriber Busy supplementaryservice. Service automatically redirects incoming calls for phonebusy situations.

CFC Call Forwarding Conditional supplementary service. Serviceautomatically redirects incoming calls for busy, no reply, or notreachable situations. See also CFB, CFNRc, and CFNRy.

CFM Configuration Fault Management RSS process.

CFNRc Call Forwarding on mobile subscriber Not Reachablesupplementary service. Service automatically redirects incomingcalls for not reachable situations.


13-13


Glossary of technical termsCFNRy Call Forwarding on No Reply supplementary service. Service

automatically redirects incoming calls for no reply situations.

CFU Call Forwarding Unconditional supplementary service. Serviceautomatically redirects all incoming calls.

CG Charging Gateway.

CGF Charging Gateway Function.

Channel A means of one-way transmission. A defined sequence ofperiods (for example, timeslots) in a TDMA system; a definedfrequency band in an FDMA system; a defined sequence ofperiods and frequency bands in a frequency hopped system.

CIM Coaxial Interconnect Module.

Channel Mode See Full Rate and Half Rate. These are the channel modesthat are currently used.

CHP CHarging Point.

CHV Card Holder Verification information.

CKSN Ciphering Key Sequence Number. The CKSN is a number whichis associated with the ciphering key, Kc. It is used to ensureauthentication consistency between the MS and the VLR.

CI Cell Identity. A block of code which identifies a cell within alocation area.

CI CUG Index.

C/I Carrier to Interference ratio.

CIC Circuit Identity Code. The unique identifier of the terrestrialportion of a circuit path. A CIC is either a 64 kbit/s or 16 kbit/sconnection depending on whether a site has local or remotetranscoding. A CIC with local transcoding occupies a completeE1/T1 timeslot. A 16 kbit/s CIC, at a site with remote transcoding,occupies a sub-channel of an E1/T1 timeslot.

CIR, C/I Carrier to Interference Ratio. Indicates the received signal powerlevel relative to the interference power level.

Ciphertext Unintelligible data produced through the use of encipherment.

CKSN Ciphering Key Sequence Number.

CLI Calling Line Identity. The identity of the caller. See also CLIPand CLIR.

CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation supplementary service.Allows the called party to identify the caller. See also CLIR.

CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction supplementary service.Allows the caller to withhold their identity from the called party.See also CLIP.

CLK Clock.

CLKX Clock Extender half size board. The fibre optic link that distributesGCLK to boards in system (part of the BSS, etc).


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsCLM ConnectionLess Manager. Coordinates global control over

the BSS by handling of all connectionless messages (that is,messages that are not directly concerned with a connected call).This includes such messages as global resets, load limiting andcircuit blocking.

CLR CLeaR.

CM Configuration Management. Configuration management allowsthe operator to perform network configuration tasks, and tomaintain all details of the network configuration at the OMC.

CM Connection Management. See CLM.

CM Connectionless Manager. See CLM.

CMD CoMmanD.

CMM Channel Mode Modify. Message sent to an MS to request achannel mode change. When it has received the CMM message,the MS changes the mode to the indicated channel and replieswith a Channel Mode Modify Acknowledge message indicatingthe new channel mode.

CMIP Common Management Information Protocol. Protocol used forcommunication over the OML.

CMISE Common Management Information Service Element. An ASEwhich provides a means to transfer management information viaCMIP messages with another NE over an association establishedby ASCE using ROSE (OMC).

CMR Cellular Manual Revision. Documentation updates.

CNG CalliNg tone.

Codec Coder/Decoder. A speech coding unit that converts speech into adigital format for radio broadcast, and vice versa.

CODEX Manufacturer’s name for a type of multiplexer and packet switchcommonly installed at the Motorola OMC-R.

Coincident Cell A cell whose cell boundary follows the boundary of a co-locatedneighbour cell. The coincident cell has a different frequency type,but the same BSIC, as that of the neighbour cell.

COLI COnnected Line Identity. Identity of the connected line. See alsoCOLP and COLR.

Collocated Placed together; two or more items together in the same place.

Colour Code An 8-bit code assigned to a BTS to distinguish interfering signalsfrom another cell.

COLP COnnected Line Identification Presentation supplementaryservice. Allows the calling party to identify the line identity of theconnected party. See also COLR.

COLR COnnected Line Identification Restriction supplementary service.Allows the connected party to withhold its line identity from thecalling party. See also COLP.

COM Code Object Manager (software).

COM COMplete.


13-15


Glossary of technical termsCOMB Combiner. The purpose of a combiner in the BSS is to combine

transmitter outputs from the RCUs onto an antenna.

COMM, Comms COMMunications.

CommHub Communications Hub. Provides Ethernet switching and IProuteing for the GSN complex local networking and GSN complexE1 interfaces to the public data network.

CommsLink Communications Link. See also 2 Mbit/s link.

Compact PCI See cPCI.

CONF CONFerence circuit. Circuit used for multi-party conference calls.

CONFIG CONFIGuration Control Program.

Congestion Situation occurring when an element cannot receive all theservice it is requesting.

CONNACK CONNect ACKnowledgement. Part of the synchronizationprocess. After a connection has been established, the CONNACKmessage indicates that traffic channels are available.

CP Call Processing. The CP process in the BTS controls the MS toBSS to MS signalling link, MS originated and terminated callsand inter-BSS and inter-BTS handovers.

cPCI Compact Peripheral Component Interconnect. A set of standardsthat define a common card cage, power supplies, and processorboards.

CPGM CCCH Paging Manager. The CPGM processes the pagingmessages sent from the SGSN to the BSC/BTS.

CPS Code and Puncturing Scheme.

CPU Central Processing Unit. The portion of a computer that controlsthe interpretation and execution of instructions. Also, the portionof a digital communications switch that executes programmedinstructions, performs arithmetic and logical operations onsignals, and controls input/output functions.

C/R Command/Response field bit.

CR Carriage Return (RETURN).

CR Connection Request (Part of SCCP network connectivity). AnSCCP Connection Request message is sent from the BSS to theMSC to establish a connection. See also CREF.

CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check (3 bit). An error-detection scheme that(a) uses parity bits generated by polynomial encoding of digitalsignals, (b) appends those parity bits to the digital signal, and(c) uses decoding algorithms that detect errors in the receiveddigital signal.

CRE Call RE-establishment procedure. Procedure for re-establishinga call in the event of a radio link failure.

CREF Connection REFused (Part of SCCP network connectivity). Ina number of operating circumstances, a CREF message maybe sent from the MSC to the BSS in response to a ConnectionRequest (CR).


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsCRM Cell Resource Manager. The CRM allocates and activates

timeslots and subchannels on the available carriers.

CRM Cell Resource Machine.

CRM-LS/HS Cellular Radio Modem-Low Speed/High Speed. Low speedmodem used to interwork 300 to 2400 bit/s data services underV.22bis, V.23, or V.21 standards. High speed modem used tointerwork 1200 to 9600 bit/s data services under V.22bis, V.32,or V.29/V.27ter/V.21 standards.

CRO Motorola Controlled Roll Out Group. A CRO consists of acustomer site implementation of a new product, software release,or combination of products/releases.

CRT Cathode Ray Tube (video display terminal).

CS Circuit Switched.

CS-1 GPRS Coding Scheme-1 (9.05 kbit/s per TCH).




CSFP Code Storage Facility Processor (at BSC and BTS). A GPROCdevice which facilitates the propagating of new software instanceswith reduced system down time. See also IP.

CSP Central Statistics Process. The statistics process in the BSC.

CSPDN Circuit Switched Public Data Network. A publicly availablecommunications network using circuit switched digital datacircuits.

CT Call Transfer supplementary service.

CT Channel Tester.

CT Channel Type.

CTP Call Trace Product (Tool). The CTP is designed to help operatorsof GSM900 and DCS1800 communication networks tune andoptimize their systems. CTP allows Call Trace data to beanalysed and decoded.

CTP Control Terminal Port.

CTR Common Technical Regulation.

CTS Clear to Send. A handshake signal used with communicationlinks, especially RS232 or CCITT Rec. V.24, to indicate (to atransmitter from a receiver) that transmission may proceed.Generated in response to a request to send signal. See also RTS.

CTU Compact Transceiver Unit (M-Cellhorizon radio).

CUG Closed User Group supplementary service. A CUG is usedto control who can receive and/or place calls, by creating aunique group. When a CUG is configured for an interface, onlythose subscribers that are members of the same CUG canreceive/place calls.


13-17


Glossary of technical termsCumulative value The total value for an entire statistical interval.

CW Call Waiting supplementary service. A subscriber feature whichallows an individual mobile telephone user currently engaged in acall to be alerted that another caller is trying to reach him. Theuser has a predetermined period of time in which to terminate theexisting conversation and respond to the second call.

D Interface - DYNET

D Interface Interface between VLR and HLR.

D/A Digital to Analogue (converter). See DAC.

DAB Distribution Alarm Board (in BTS6 cabinet).

DAC Digital to Analogue Converter. A device that converts an inputnumber sequence into a function of a continuous variable.

DACS Digital Access Cross-connect System. A data concentrator andorganizer for Tl / El based systems.

DAK Downlink Acknowledgement

DAN Digital ANnouncer (for recorded announcements on MSC).

DAS Data Acquisition System.

DAT Digital Audio Tape. Audio-recording and playback medium/formatthat maintains a signal quality equal to that of the CD-ROMmedium/format.

DataGen Sysgen Builder System. A Motorola offline BSS binary objectconfiguration tool.

Data Link Layer See OSI RM. This layer responds to service requests from theNetwork Layer and issues service requests to the Physical Layer.It provides the functional and procedural means to transfer databetween network entities and to detect and possibly correcterrors that may occur in the Physical Layer.

dB Decibel. A unit stating the logarithmic ratio between two numericquantities. See also dBm.

DB DataBase.

DB Dummy Burst (see Dummy burst).

DBA DataBase Administration/Database Administrator.

dBm A dB referenced to 1 milliwatt; 0 dBm equals one milliwatt.

DBMS DataBase Management System.

dc Direct Current. DC is the unidirectional flow or movement ofelectric charge carriers, usually electrons. The intensity of thecurrent can vary with time, but the general direction of movementstays the same at all times. As an adjective, the term DC is usedin reference to voltage whose polarity never reverses.

DCB Diversity Control Board (part of DRCU).


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsDCCH Dedicated Control CHannel. A class of GSM control channels

used to set up calls and report measurements. Includes SDCCH,FACCH, and SACCH.

DCD Data Carrier Detect signal. Hardware signal defined by theRS-232-C specification that indicates that a device such as amodem is on-line and ready for transmission.

DCE Data Circuit terminating Equipment. The DCE performs functionssuch as signal conversion and coding, at the network end of theline between the DTE and the line.Also, The RS232 configuration designated for computers. DCEequipment can be connected to DTE equipment with a straightcable, but to other DCE equipment only with a null modem cable.

DCF Data Communications Function.

DCF Duplexed Combining bandpass Filter. (Used in Horizonmacro).

D channel Data channel. Used in ISDN to perform call signalling andconnection setup functions. In some circumstances, the channelcan also be used to carry user data.

DCN Data Communications Network. A DCN connects NetworkElements with internal mediation functions or mediation devicesto the Operations Systems.

DC PSM DC Power Supply Module.

DCS1800 Digital Cellular System at 1800 MHz. A cellular phone networkusing digital techniques similar to those used in GSM 900, butoperating on frequencies of 1710 - 1785 MHz (receive) and1805 - 1880 MHz (transmit).

DDF Dual-stage Duplexed combining Filter. (Used in Horizonmacro).The DDF is an integrated combiner, filter and duplexer.

DDS DataGen Data Store. Store area for DataGen input and outputfiles.

DDS Data Drive Storage.

DDS Direct Digital Synthesis. A technology for generating highlyaccurate and frequency-agile (rapidly changeable frequency overa wide range), low-distortion output waveforms.

DEQB Diversity Equalizer Board.

DET DETach.

DFE Decision Feedback Equalizer. A receiver component/function.The DFE results in a very sharp Bit Error Rate (BER) thresholdby using error feedback.

DGT Data Gathering Tool. The DGT collects all the relevant datarelating to a specified problem and copies it to tape or file,together with a problem description. The file or tape is then sentto Motorola for analysis.

DHP Digital Host Processor. A hard GPROC based device locatedat Horizonmicro2 BTS sites. It represents the MCU of a slaveHorizonmicro2 FRU. The MCU that the DHP represents isresponsible for providing DRI and carrier support.

DIA Drum Intercept Announcer.


13-19


Glossary of technical termsDINO E1/HDSL Line termination module (part of Horizonmicro).

DINO T1 Line termination module (part of Horizonmicro).

DISC DISConnect.

Discon Discontinuous.

DIQ Diversity In phase and Quadrature phase.

DIR Device Interface Routine. Software routine used in the BSS.

DL Data Link (layer). See Data Link Layer.

DL See Downlink.

DLCI Data Link Connection Identifier. In frame-relay transmissionsystems, 13-bit field that defines the destination address of apacket. The address is local on a link-by-link basis.

DLD Data Link Discriminator.

DLNB Diversity Low Noise Block.

DLS DownLink Segmentator. The DLS segments LLC frames intoRLC data blocks to be transmitted over the air interface.

DLSP Data Link Service Process. Handles messages for an OMP anda shelf GPROC.

DLSP Digital Link Signalling Processor.

Dm Control channel (ISDN terminology applied to mobile service).

DMA Deferred Maintenance Alarm. An alarm report level; animmediate or deferred response is required (see also PMA).

DMA Direct Memory Access. Transfer of data from a peripheral device,such as a hard disk drive, into memory without that data passingthrough the microprocessor. DMA transfers data into memory athigh speeds with no processor overhead.

DMR Digital Mobile Radio.

DMX Distributed Electronic Mobile Exchange (Motorola’s networkedEMX family).

DN Directory Number.

DNIC Data Network Identifier Code. In the CCITT International X.121format, the first four digits indicate the international data number,the next three digits are the data country code, and the final digitis the network code.

DNS Domain Name Service. A service that translates from logicaldomain or equipment names to IP addresses.

Downlink Physical link from the BTS towards the MS (BTS transmits, MSreceives).

DP Dial/Dialled Pulse. A dc pulse produced by an end instrument thatinterrupts a steady current at a sequence and rate determinedby the selected digit and the operating characteristics of theinstrument.

DPC Destination Point Code. A part of the label in a signallingmessage that uniquely identifies, in a signalling network, the(signalling) destination point of the message.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsDPC Digital Processing and Control board.

DPCM Pulse-code modulation (PCM) in which an analog signal issampled and the difference between the actual value of eachsample and its predicted value, derived from the previous sampleor samples, is quantified and converted, by encoding, to adigital signal. Note: There are several variations of differentialpulse-code modulation.

DPNSS Digital Private Network Signalling System (BT standard for PABXinterface).

DPP Dual Path Preselector. BTS module.

DPR, DPRAM Dual Port Random Access Memory.

DPROC Data PROCessor.

DPSM Digital Power Supply Module.

DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory. A type of semiconductormemory in which the information is stored in capacitors on aintegrated circuit.

DRC Data Rate Converter board. Provides data and protocolconversion between PLMN and destination network for 8 circuits.Part of IWF.

DRCU Diversity Radio Channel Unit. Contains transceiver, digital controlcircuits, and power supply. Part of the BSS.

DRI Digital Radio Interface. Provides encoding/decoding andencryption/decryption for radio channels. Part of BSS.

DRIM Digital Radio Interface extended Memory. A DRI with extramemory.

DRIX DRI Extender half size board. Fibre optic link from DRI to BCU.Part of the BSS.

DRX, DRx Discontinuous reception (mechanism). A means of saving batterypower (for example in hand-portable units) by periodically andautomatically switching the MS receiver on and off.

DS-1 Digital transmission System 1 (or Digital Signal level 1). Termused to refer to the 1.44 Mbit/s (U.S.) or 2.108 Mbit/s (Europe)digital signal carried on a T1 facility.

DS-2 German term for 2 Mbit/s line (PCM interface).

DSE Data Switching Exchange.

DSI Digital Speech Interpolation. A compression technique that relieson the pauses between speech bursts to provide additionalcompression. DSI enables users to gain an additional 2:1compression on the average on their line.

DSO 64 kbit/s timeslot on an E1/T1.

DSP Digital Signal Processor. A specialized, programmable computerprocessing unit that is able to perform high-speed mathematicalprocessing.

DSS1 Digital Subscriber Signalling No 1. N-ISDN user network interfacesignalling.


13-21


Glossary of technical termsDSSI Diversity Signal Strength Indication.

DTAP Direct Transfer Application Part (Part of SS7). Call processingprotocol for A-Interface messages exchanged directly betweenthe MSC and the mobile unit without interpretation by the BSS.

DTE Data Terminal Equipment. An end instrument that convertsuser information into signals for transmission or reconverts thereceived signals into user information.Also, the RS232 configuration designated for terminals. DTEequipment can be connected to DCE with a straight cable, but toother DTE equipment only with a null modem.

DTF Digital Trunk Frame. A frame or electronic rack of digital trunkinterface equipment.

DT1 DaTa form 1 (Part of SCCP network connectivity).

DTI Digital Trunk Interface.

DTM Dual Transer Mode.

DTMF Dual Tone Multi-Frequency. Multifrequency signalling in whichspecified combinations of two voice band frequencies, one from agroup of four low frequencies and the other from a group of fourhigher frequencies, are used. The sounds a push button tonetelephone makes when it dials a number.

DTR Data Terminal Ready signal. Method of flow control (RS232Interface). A modem interface control signal sent from the DTEto the modem, usually to indicate to the modem that the DTE isready to transmit data.

DTRX Dual Transceiver Module. (Radio used in Horizonmicro(M-Cellarena) and Horizonmacro (M-Cellarenamacro)).

DTX, DTx Discontinuous Transmission (mechanism). A means of savingbattery power (for example in hand-portable units) and reducinginterference by automatically switching the transmitter off whenno speech or data are to be sent.

Dummy burst A period of carrier less than one timeslot whose modulation is adefined sequence that carries no useful information. A dummyburst fills a timeslot with an RF signal when no information isto be delivered to a channel.

DYNET DYnamic NETwork. Used to specify BTSs sharing dynamicresources.

E - EXEC

E See Erlang.

E1 Also known as CEPT1. The 2.048 Mbit/s rate used by EuropeanCEPT carrier to transmit 30 64 kbit/s digital channels for voiceor data calls, plus a 64 kbit/s signalling channel and a 64 kbit/schannel for framing and maintenance.

E Interface Interface between MSC and MSC.

EA External Alarm. See EAS. Typical external alarms are: Dooropen, High humidity, Low humidity, Fire, Intruder.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsEAS External Alarm System. The EAS is responsible for the monitoring

of all customer-defined environmental alarms at a site. Thecustomer defines the alarm string and the severity of the alarmsbased on the individual requirements of the site. Indications areprovided when the alarms are set or cleared.

Eb/No Energy per Bit/Noise floor, where Eb is the signal energy per bitand No is the noise energy per hertz of noise bandwidth.

EBCG Elementary Basic Service Group.

EC Echo Canceller. Performs echo suppression for all voice circuits.If cancellation does not take place, the PLMN subscriber hearsthe voice signal as an echo, due to the total round-trip delayintroduced by the GSM system (typically 180 ms).

ECB Provides echo cancelling for telephone trunks for 30 channels(EC).

ECID The Motorola European Cellular Infrastructure Division.

ECM Error Correction Mode. A facsimile mode, in which the sendingmachine will attempt to send a partial page up to four times.

Ec/No Ratio of energy per modulating bit to the noise spectral density.

ECT Event Counting Tool. The ECT provides information about thenumber and type of events and alarms generated throughout thenetwork. It extracts data from the event log files for specifieddates, allowing the user to generate reports on individual networkelements, groups of elements, or the whole network.

ECT Explicit Call Transfer supplementary service. ECT enables auser to connect two other parties with which he is engaged in atelephone call and leave the connection himself.

EDGE Enhanced Data-rates for Global Evolution.

EEL Electric Echo Loss.

EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory. AnEEPROM is a special type of PROM that can be erased byexposing it to an electrical charge. Like other types of PROM,EEPROM retains its contents even when the power is turned off.

EGPRS Enhanced GPRS.

EGSM900 Extended GSM900. EGSM900 provides the BSS with a furtherrange of frequencies for MS and BSS transmit. EGSM MSs canuse the extended frequency band as well as the primary band,while non-EGSM MSs cannot use the extended frequency band.A GSM900 cell can contain both GSM900 and EGSM900 carrierhardware. EGSM operates on the frequency range, 880 - 915MHz (receive) and 925 - 960 MHz (transmit).

EI Events Interface. Part of the OMC-R GUI.

EIA Electronic Industries Alliance.


13-23


Glossary of technical termsEIR Equipment Identity Register. The EIR contains a centralized

database for validating the IMEI. The register consists of lists ofIMEIs organised as follows: White List - IMEIs which are knownto have been assigned to valid MS equipment. Black List - IMEIswhich have been reported stolen or which are to be denied servicefor some other reason. Grey List - IMEIs which have problems(for example, faulty software). These are not, however, sufficientlysignificant to warrant a black listing.

EIRP Effective Isotropically Radiated Power. The arithmetic product ofthe power supplied to an antenna and its gain.

EIRP Equipment Identity Register Procedure.

EL Echo Loss.

EM Event Management. An OMC-R application. It provides acentralised facility for reporting network-wide generated eventsand alarms, and for monitoring the status of the Network.

EMC ElectroMagnetic Compatibility. The ability of systems, equipment,and devices that utilize the electromagnetic spectrum to operatein their intended operational environments without sufferingunacceptable degradation or causing unintentional degradationbecause of electromagnetic radiation or response.

EMF Electro Motive Force. The rate at which energy is drawn from asource that produces a flow of electricity in a circuit; expressedin volts.

EMI Electro Magnetic Interference. Any electromagnetic disturbancethat interrupts, obstructs, or otherwise degrades or limits theeffective performance of electronics/electrical equipment.

eMLPP enhanced Multi-Level Precedence and Pre-emption service. Thisservice has two parts: precedence and pre-emption. Precedenceinvolves assigning a priority level to a call in combination withfast call set-up. Pre-emption involves the seizing of resources,which are in use by a call of a lower precedence, by a higher levelprecedence call in the absence of idle resources. Pre-emptioncan also involve the disconnection of an on-going call of lowerprecedence to accept an incoming call of higher precedence.

EMMI Electrical Man Machine Interface.

EMX Electronic Mobile Exchange (Motorola’s MSC family).

en bloc Fr. - all at once (a CCITT #7 Digital Transmission scheme);En bloc sending means that digits are sent from one system toanother ~ (that is, all the digits for a given call are sent at the sametime as a group). ~ sending is the opposite of overlap sending.A system using ~ sending will wait until it has collected all thedigits for a given call before it attempts to send digits to the nextsystem. All the digits are then sent as a group.

EOP Enhanced One-Phase

EOT End of Tape.

EPCR EGPRS Packet Channel Request.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsEPROM Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory. EPROM is a type of

memory that retains its contents until it is exposed to ultravioletlight. The ultraviolet light clears its contents, making it possible tore-program the memory.

EPSM Enhanced Power Supply Module. Used in +27 V positive earthcabinets.

EQ50 Static model against which the performance of the equalizer istested to extremes. See also TU3, TU50, HT100 and RA250.

EQB Equalizer Board. Control circuit for equalization for 8 time slotseach with equalizing circuitry and a DSP.

EQCP Equalizer Control Processor.

EQDSP Equalizer Digitizer Signal Processor.

Equalization The process by which attenuation and/or phase shift is renderedessentially constant over a band of frequencies, even though thetransmission medium or the equipment has losses that vary withfrequency.

Equalizer An electrical network in which attenuation (or gain) and/orphase shift varies as a function of frequency. Used to provideequalization.

Erlang International (dimensionless) unit of traffic intensity defined asthe ratio of time a facility is occupied to the time it is availablefor occupancy. One erlang is equal to 36 CCS. In the US this isalso known as a traffic unit (TU).

ERP Ear Reference Point. Facility for assessing handset and headsetacoustic responses.

ERP Effective Radiated Power. The power supplied to an antennamultiplied by the antenna gain in a given direction.

ERR ERRor.

ESP Electro-static Point. Connection point on the equipment for ananti-static wrist strap.

ESQL Embedded SQL (Structured Query Language). An RDBMSprogramming interface language.

E-TACS Extended TACS (analogue cellular system, extended).

Ethernet A standard protocol (IEEE 802.3) for a 10 Mbit/s baseband localarea network (LAN) bus using carrier-sense multiple accesswith collision detection (CSMA/CD) as the access method,implemented at the Physical Layer in the OSI RM, establishingthe physical characteristics of a CSMA/CD network.

ETR ETSI Technical Report.

ETS European Telecommunication Standard.

ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute.

ETX End of Transmission.

EXEC Executive Process.


13-25


Glossary of technical termsF Interface - Full Rate

F Interface Interface between MSC and EIR.

FA Fax Adaptor. Device which complements Group 3 facsimileapparatus in order to be able to communicate over a GSMPLMN.

FA Full Allocation.

FA Functional Area.

FAC Final Assembly Code.

FACCH Fast Associated Control Channel. A GSM dedicated controlchannel which temporarily uses the TCH to perform high speedtransmissions, and carries control information after a call is setup. See also SDCCH.

FACCH/F Fast Associated Control Channel/Full rate. See also Full Rate.

FACCH/H Fast Associated Control Channel/Half rate. See also Half Rate.

FB See Frequency correction burst.

FBM Flow control Buffer Management. FBM is a functional unitresiding on the PRP. It controls buffer capacity for each celland each mobile so that the incoming data from the SGSNmatches the air throughput.

FC-AL Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop. A serial data transferarchitecture. FC-AL is designed for mass storage devices andother peripheral devices that require very high bandwidth.Using optical fibre to connect devices, FC-AL supportsfull-duplex data transfer rates of 100MBps.

FCCH Frequency Correction CHannel. A GSM broadcast controlchannel which carries information for frequency correction ofthe MS.

FCP Fault Collection Process. Part of the fault management processin the BTS.

FCS Frame Check Sequence. The extra characters added to aframe for error detection and correction.

FDM Frequency Division Multiplex. A multiplexing technique thatuses different frequencies to combine multiple streams of datafor transmission over a communications medium. FDM assignsa discrete carrier frequency to each data stream and thencombines many modulated carrier frequencies for transmission.

FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access. The use of frequencydivision to provide multiple and simultaneous transmissionsto a single transponder.

FDN Fixed Dialling Number. The fixed dialling feature limits diallingfrom the MS to a pre-determined list maintained on the SIMcard. It can be used to limit calling to certain areas, exchangesor full phone numbers.

FDP Fault Diagnostic Procedure.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsFEC Forward Error Correction. Correction of transmission errors by

transmitting additional information with the original bit stream.If an error is detected, the additional information is used torecreate the original information.

FEP Front End Processor. An OMC-R device. The FEP is a driverthat stores data in its own database about all of the sites in thesystem. All bursts from the sites are directed to the FEP. It canalso interrogate the sites and collect its data either manually orautomatically at pre-defined times.

FER Frame Erasure Ratio. The ratio of successfully decoded goodspeech frames against unsuccessfully decoded bad frames.

FFS, FS For Further Study.

FH See Frequency Hopping.

FHI Frequency Hopping Indicator.

FIB Forward Indicator Bit. Used in SS7 - Message Transfer Part.The forward indicator bit and backward indicator bit togetherwith the forward sequence number and backward sequencenumber are used in the basic error control method to performthe signal unit sequence control and acknowledgementfunctions.

FIFO Memory logic device in which the information placed in thememory in a given order is retrieved in that order.

FIR Finite Impulse Response (filter type).

FK Foreign Key. A database column attribute; the foreign keyindicates an index into another table.

FM Fault Management (at OMC).

FM Frequency Modulation. Modulation in which the instantaneousfrequency of a sine wave carrier is caused to depart fromthe centre frequency by an amount proportional to theinstantaneous value of the modulating signal.

FMIC Fault Management Initiated Clear. An alarm type. If an FMICalarm is received, the fault management software for thenetwork item clears the alarm when the problem is solved. Seealso Intermittent and OIC.

FMUX Fibre optic MUltipleXer module.

FN Frame Number. Identifies the position of a particular TDMAframe within a hyperframe.

FOA First Office Application. A full functional verification of newproduct(s) on a commercial system using accepted technologyand approved test plans.

FOX Fibre Optic eXtender board.

FR See Full Rate.

FR Frame Relay. An interface protocol for statisticallymultiplexed packet-switched data communications in which(a) variable-sized packets (frames) are used that completelyenclose the user packets they transport, and (b) transmissionrates are usually between 56 kb/s and 1.544 Mb/s (the T-1 rate).


13-27


Glossary of technical termsFrame A set of consecutive Pulse Code Modulation (PCM) time slots

containing samples from all channels of a group, where theposition of each sample is identified by reference to a framealignment signal. Also, an information or signal structure whichallows a receiver to identify uniquely an information channel.

Frame Alignment The state in which the frame of the receiving equipment issynchronized with respect to that of the received signal toaccomplish accurate data extraction.

FRU Field Replaceable Unit. A board, module, etc. which can beeasily replaced in the field with a few simple tools.

Frequency Correction Period of RF carrier less than one timeslot whose modulationbit stream allows frequency correction to be performed easilywithin an MS burst.

Frequency Hopping The repeated switching of frequencies during radio transmissionaccording to a specified algorithm. Frequency hoppingimproves capacity and quality in a highly loaded GSM network.Multipath fading immunity can be increased by using differentfrequencies and interference coming from neighbour cellstransmitting the same or adjacent frequencies can be reduced.

FS Frequency Synchronization. All BSS frequencies and timingsignals are synchronized to a high stability reference oscillatorin the BSS. This oscillator can free run or be synchronized tothe recovered clock signal from a selected E1/T1 serial link.MSs lock to a reference contained in a synchronization bursttransmitted from the BTS site.

FSL Free Space Loss. The decrease in the strength of a radiosignal as it travels between a transmitter and receiver. TheFSL is a function of the frequency of the radio signal and thedistance the radio signal has travelled from the point source.

FSN Forward Sequence Number. See FIB.

FTAM File Transfer, Access, and Management. An ASE whichprovides a means to transfer information from file to file. (OMC).

ftn forwarded-to number.

FTP Fault Translation Process (in BTS).

FTP File Transfer Protocol. A client-server protocol which allowsa user on one computer to transfer files to and from anothercomputer over a TCP/IP network. Also the client program theuser executes to transfer files.

Full Rate Refers to the current capacity of a data channel on the GSMair interface, that is, 8 simultaneous calls per carrier. See alsoHR - Half Rate.

G Interface - GWY

G Interface Interface between VLR and VLR.

Gateway MSC An MSC that provides an entry point into the GSM PLMNfrom another network or service. A gateway MSC is also aninterrogating node for incoming PLMN calls.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsGB, Gbyte Gigabyte. 230 bytes = 1,073,741,824 bytes = 1024 megabytes.

GBIC Gigabit Interface Converter Converter for connection to theGigabit Ethernet.

GBL Gb Link.

GBM Gb Manager.

GCLK Generic Clock board. System clock source, one per site (partof BSS, BTS, BSC, IWF, RXCDR).

GCR Group Call Register. The register which holds informationabout VGCS or VBS calls.

GDP Generic DSP Processor board. Interchangeable with theXCDR board.

GDP E1 GDP board configured for E1 link usage.

GDP T1 GDP board configured for T1 link usage.

GDS GPRS Data Stream.

GGSN Gateway GPRS Support Node. The GGSN provides internetworking with external packet-switched networks.

GHz Giga-Hertz (109).

GID Group ID. A unique number used by the system to identify auser’s primary group.

GIP GPRS Initialization Process

GMB GSM Multiplexer Board (part of the BSC).

GMM GPRS Mobility Management.

GMR General Manual Revision.

GMSC Gateway Mobile-services Switching Centre. See GatewayMSC.

GMSK Gaussian Minimum Shift Keying. The modulation techniqueused in GSM.

GND GrouND.

GOS Grade of Service. A traffic statistic defined as the percentageof calls which have a Probability of Busy or Queueing Delay.An alternative criterion is a maximum time for a percentageof calls to wait in the busy queue before they are assigned avoice channel.

GPA GSM PLMN Area.

GPC General Protocol Converter.

GPROC Generic Processor board. GSM generic processor board: a68030 with 4 to 16 Mb RAM (part of BSS, BTS, BSC, IWF,RXCDR).

GPROC2 Generic Processor board. GSM generic processor board: a68040 with 32 Mb RAM (part of BSS, BTS, BSC, IWF, RXCDR).

{4354} GPROC3 Generic Processor board. GSM generic processor board:a 68060 with 128 Mb RAM (part of BSS, BTS, BSC, IWF,RXCDR).


13-29


Glossary of technical termsGPRS General Packet Radio Service. A GSM data transmission

technique that does not set up a continuous channel from aportable terminal for the transmission and reception of data, buttransmits and receives data in packets. It makes very efficientuse of available radio spectrum, and users pay only for thevolume of data sent and received.

GPS Global Positioning by Satellite. A system for determiningposition on the Earth’s surface by comparing radio signals fromseveral satellites.

GR Gb Router.

GSA GSM Service Area. The area in which an MS can be reachedby a fixed subscriber, without the subscriber’s knowledge of thelocation of the MS. A GSA may include the areas served byseveral GSM PLMNs.

GSA GSM System Area. The group of GSM PLMN areas accessibleby GSM MSs.

GSD GSM Systems Division.

GSL GPRS Signalling Link.

GSM Groupe Spécial Mobile (the committee).

GSM Global System for Mobile communications (the system).

GSM900 See PGSM.

GSM MS GSM Mobile Station.

GSM PLMN GSM Public Land Mobile Network.

GSM RF GSM Radio Frequency.

GSN GPRS Support Node. The combined functions provided bythe SGSN and GGSN.

GSN Complex A GSN Complex consists of an ISS Cluster, GGSN and SGSNsconnected to a single CommHub.

GSR GSM Software Release.

GT Global Title. A logical or virtual address used for routing SS7messages using SCCP capabilities. To complete messagerouting, a GT must be translated to a SS7 point code andsubsystem number.

GTM Gb Transmit Manager.

GTE Generic Table Editor. The Motorola procedure which allowsusers to display and edit MCDF input files.

GTS GBRS TBF Scheduler

Guard period Period at the beginning and end of timeslot during which MStransmission is attenuated.

GUI Graphical User Interface. A computer environment or programthat displays, or facilitates the display of, on-screen options.These options are usually in the form of icons (pictorialsymbols) or menus (lists of alphanumeric characters) by meansof which users may enter commands.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsGUI client A computer used to display a GUI from an OMC-R GUI

application which is being run on a GUI server.

GUI server A computer used to serve the OMC-R GUI application processrunning locally (on its processor) to other computers (GUIclients or other MMI processors).

GWM GateWay Manager.

GWY GateWaY (MSC/LR) interface to PSTN.

H Interface - Hyperframe

H Interface Interface between HLR and AUC.

H-M Human-Machine Terminals.

HAD, HAP HLR Authentication Distributor.

Half Rate Refers to a type of data channel that will double the currentGSM air interface capacity to 16 simultaneous calls per carrier(see also FR - Full Rate).

HANDO, Handover HANDOver. The action of switching a call in progress fromone radio channel to another radio channel. Handover allowsestablished calls to continue by switching them to anotherradio resource, as when an MS moves from one BTS area toanother. Handovers may take place between the followingGSM entities: timeslot, RF carrier, cell, BTS, BSS and MSC.

HCU Hybrid Combining Unit. (Used in Horizonmacro). Part ofthe DDF, the HDU allows the outputs of three radios to becombined into a single antenna.

HDLC High level Data Link Control. A link-level protocol used tofacilitate reliable point-to-point transmission of a data packet.Note: A subset of HDLC, LAP-B, is the layer-two protocol forCCITT Recommendation X.25.

HDSL High bit-rate Digital Subscriber Line. HDSL is a datatransmission mechanism which supports duplex high speeddigital communication (at E1 rates) on one or more unshieldedtwisted pair lines.

HLC High Layer Compatibility. The HLC can carry informationdefining the higher layer characteristics of a teleservice activeon the terminal.

HLR Home Location Register. The LR where the current locationand all subscriber parameters of an MS are permanently stored.

HMS Heat Management System. The system that providesenvironmental control of the components inside the ExCell,TopCell and M-Cell cabinets.

HO HandOver. See HANDO.

HPU Hand Portable Unit. A handset.


13-31


Glossary of technical termsHOLD Call hold supplementary service. Call hold allows the

subscriber to place a call on hold in order to make another call.When the second call is completed, the subscriber can returnto the first call.

HPLMN Home PLMN.

HR See Half Rate.

HS HandSet.

HSI/S High Speed Interface card.

HSM HLR Subscriber Management.

HSN Hopping Sequence Number. HSN is a index indicating thespecific hopping sequence (pattern) used in a given cell. Itranges from 0 to 63.

HT100 Hilly Terrain with the MS travelling at 100 kph. Dynamic modelagainst which the performance of a GSM receiver can bemeasured. See also TU3, TU50, RA250 and EQ50.

HU Home Units. The basic telecommunication unit as set by theHPLMN. This value is expressed in the currency of the homecountry.

HW Hardware.

Hybrid Combiner A combiner device which requires no software control and issufficiently broadband to be able to cover the GSM transmitterfrequency band. See also COMB.

Hybrid Transformer A circuit used in telephony to convert 2-wire operation to4-wire operation and vice versa. For example, every land-linetelephone contains a hybrid to separate earpiece andmouthpiece audio and couple both into a 2-wire circuit thatconnects the phone to the exchange.

Hyperframe 2048 superframes. The longest recurrent time period of theframe structure.

I - IWU

I Information frames. Part of RLP.

IA Incoming Access supplementary service. An arrangementwhich allows a member of a CUG to receive calls from outsidethe CUG.

IA5 International Alphanumeric 5 character set.

IADU Integrated Antenna Distribution Unit. The IADU is theequivalent of the Receive Matrix used on BTSs that pre-datethe M-Cell range.

IAM Initial Address Message. A message sent in the forwarddirection that contains (a) address information, (b) the signalinginformation required to route and connect a call to the calledline, (c) service-class information, (d) information relating touser and network facilities, and (e) call-originator identity orcall-receiver identity.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsIAS Internal Alarm System. The IAS is responsible for monitoring

all cabinet alarms at a BSS.

IC Integrated Circuit. An electronic circuit that consists ofmany individual circuit elements, such as transistors,diodes, resistors, capacitors, inductors, and other active andpassive semiconductor devices, formed on a single chip ofsemiconducting material and mounted on a single piece ofsubstrate material.

IC Interlock Code. A code which uniquely identifies a CUG withina network.

IC(pref) Interlock Code of the preferential CUG.

ICB Incoming Calls Barred. An access restriction that prevents aCUG member from receiving calls from other members of thatgroup.

ICC Integrated Circuit(s) Card.

ICM In-Call Modification. Function which allows the service mode(speech, facsimile, data) to be changed during a call.

ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol. An extension to the InternetProtocol (IP) that allows for the generation of error messages,test packets, and informational messages related to IP. ThePING command, for example, uses ICMP to test an Internetconnection.

ID, Id IDentification/IDentity/IDentifier.

IDN Integrated Digital Network. A network that uses both digitaltransmission and digital switching.

IDS Interface Design Specification.

IDS Informix Dynamic Server. The OMC-R relational databasemanagement system.

IE Information Element. The part of a message that containsconfiguration or signalling information.

IEC International Electrotechnical Commission. An internationalstandards and conformity assessment body for electrical,electronic and related technologies.

IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers. A non-profit,technical professional association.

IEI Information Element Identifier. The identifier field of the IE.

I-ETS Interim European Telecommunication Standard.

IF Intermediate Frequency. A frequency to which a carrierfrequency is shifted as an intermediate step in transmissionor reception.

IFAM Initial and Final Address Message.

IM InterModulation. The production, in a nonlinear element of asystem, of frequencies corresponding to the sum and differencefrequencies of the fundamentals and harmonics thereof thatare transmitted through the element.

IMACS Intelligent Monitor And Control System.


13-33


Glossary of technical termsIMEI International Mobile station Equipment Identity. Electronic

serial number that uniquely identifies the MS as a piece orassembly of equipment. The IMEI is sent by the MS along withrequest for service. See also IMEISV.

IMEISV International Mobile station Equipment Identity and SoftwareVersion number. The IMEISV is a 16 digit decimal numbercomposed of four elements:- a 6 digit Type Approval Code; - a2 digit Final Assembly Code; - a 6 digit Serial Number; and - a2 digit Software Version Number (SVN).The first three elements comprise the IMEI. When the networkrequests the IMEI from the MS, the SVN (if present) is also senttowards the network. See also IMEI and SVN.

IMM IMMediate assignment message. IMMs are sent from thenetwork to the MS to indicate that the MS must immediatelystart monitoring a specified channel.

IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identity. Published mobilenumber (prior to ISDN) that uniquely identifies the subscription.It can serve as a key to derive subscriber information such asdirectory number(s) from the HLR. See also MSISDN.

IN Intelligent Network. A network that allows functionality tobe distributed flexibly at a variety of nodes on and off thenetwork and allows the architecture to be modified to controlthe services.

IN Interrogating Node. A switching node that interrogates an HLR,to route a call for an MS to the visited MSC.

INS IN Service.

INS Intelligent Network Service. A service provided using thecapabilities of an intelligent network. See also IN.

InterAlg Interference Algorithm.

Intermittent Intermittent alarms are transient and not usually associatedwith a serious fault condition. After the intermittent alarms aredisplayed in the Alarm window, the operator must handle andclear the alarm. The system will report every occurrence of anintermittent alarm unless it is throttled. See also FMIC and OIC.

Interworking The general term used to describe the inter-operation ofnetworks, services, supplementary services and so on. Seealso IWF.

Interval A recording period of time in which a statistic is pegged.

Interval expiry The end of an interval.

I/O Input/Output.

IOS Intelligent Optimization Service. Tool for improving the networkquality. The IOS generates reports based on performance datafrom the BTS and OMC-R.

IP Initialisation Process. The IP is primarily responsible forbringing up the site from a reset, including code loadingthe site from a suitable code source. IP also provides theCSFP functionality, allowing two BSS code load version to beswapped very quickly, allowing the site to return to service assoon as possible.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsIP Internet Protocol. A standard protocol designed for use

in interconnected systems of packet-switched computercommunication networks. IP provides for transmitting blocksof data called datagrams from sources to destinations,where sources and destinations are hosts identified byfixed-length addresses. The internet protocol also provides forfragmentation and reassembly of long datagrams, if necessary,for transmission through small-packet networks. See also TCPand TCP/IP.

IPC Inter-Process Communication. Exchange of data between oneprocess and another, either within the same computer or overa network.

IP, INP INtermodulation Products. Distortion. A type of spuriousemission.

IPR Intellectual PRoperty.

IPSM Integrated Power Supply Module (-48 V).

IPX Internetwork Packet EXchange A networking protocol used bythe Novell NetWare operating systems. Like UDP/IP, IPX is adatagram protocol used for connectionless communications.Higher-level protocols are used for additional error recoveryservices.

IR Incremental Redundancy (Hybrid Type II ARQ)

Iridium A communications system comprising a constellation of 66low-earth-orbiting (LEO) satellites forming a mobile wirelesssystem allowing subscribers to place and receive calls from anylocation in the world. The satellite constellation is connectedto existing terrestrial telephone systems through a number ofgateway ground-stations.

ISAM Indexed Sequential Access Method. A method for managingthe way a computer accesses records and files stored on ahard disk. While storing data sequentially, ISAM provides directaccess to specific records through an index. This combinationresults in quick data access regardless of whether records arebeing accessed sequentially or randomly.

ISC International Switching Centre. The ISC routes calls to/fromother countries.

ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network. A digital network usingcommon switches and digital transmission paths to establishconnections for various services such as telephony, data telex,and facsimile. See also B channel and D channel.

ISG Motorola Information Systems group (formerly CODEX).

ISO International Organisation for Standardization. ISO is aworld-wide federation of national standards bodies from some130 countries, one from each country.

ISQL An Interactive Structured Query Language client application forthe database server. See also IDS.

ISS Integrated Support Server. The ISS resides on a Sun Netrat 1125 and performs the CGF, DNS, NTP, and NFS functionsfor the GSN.


13-35


Glossary of technical termsIST Integrated System Test.

ISUP ISDN User Part. An upper-layer application supported bysignalling system No. 7 for connection set up and tear down.

IT Inactivity Test (Part of SCCP network connectivity).

ITC Information Transfer Capability. A GSM Bearer CapabilityElement which is provided on the Dm channel to supportTerminal adaptation function to Interworking control procedures.

ITU International Telecommunication Union. An intergovernmentalorganization through which public and private organizationsdevelop telecommunications. It is responsible for adoptinginternational treaties, regulations and standards governingtelecommunications.

ITU-T International Telecommunication Union - TelecommunicationsStandardization Sector. The standardization functions wereformerly performed by CCITT, a group within the ITU.

IWF InterWorking Function. A network functional entity whichprovides network interworking, service interworking,supplementary service interworking or signalling interworking.It may be a part of one or more logical or physical entities in aGSM PLMN.

IWMSC InterWorking MSC. MSC that is used to deliver data to/fromSGSN.

IWU InterWorking Unit. Unit where the digital to analogue (and visaversa) conversion takes place within the digital GSM network.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical terms

k - KW

k kilo (103).

k Windows size.

K Constraint length of the convolutional code.

KAIO Kernel Asynchronous Input/Output. Part of the OMC-Rrelational database management system.

kb, kbit kilo-bit.

kbit/s, kbps kilo-bits per second.

kbyte kilobyte. 210 bytes = 1024 bytes

Kc Ciphering key. A sequence of symbols that controls theoperation of encipherment and decipherment.

kHz kilo-Hertz.

Ki Individual subscriber authentication Key. Part of theauthentication process of the AUC.

KIO A class of processor.

KPI Key Performance Indicator.

KSW Kiloport SWitch board. TDM timeslot interchanger to connectcalls. Part of the BSS.

KSWX KSW Expander half size board. Fibre optic distribution of TDMbus. Part of the BSS.

kW kilo-Watt.

L1 - LV

L1 Layer 1 (of a communications protocol).


L2ML Layer 2 Management Link. L2ML is used for transferring layer2 management messages to TRX or BCF. One link per TRXand BCF.

L2R Layer 2 Relay function. A function of an MS and IWF thatadapts a user’s known layer 2 protocol LAPB onto RLP fortransmission between the MT and IWF.

L2R BOP L2R Bit Orientated Protocol.

L2R COP L2R Character Orientated Protocol.


LA Link Adaptation.

LA Location Area. An area in which an MS may move freelywithout updating the location register. An LA may comprise oneor several base station areas.


13-37


Glossary of technical termsLAC Location Area Code. The LAC is part of the LAI. It is an

operator defined code identifying the location area.

LAI Location Area Identity. The information indicating the locationarea in which a cell is located. The LAI data on the SIM iscontinuously updated to reflect the current location of thesubscriber.

LAN Local Area Network. A data communications system that (a)lies within a limited spatial area, (b) has a specific user group,(c) has a specific topology, and (d) is not a public switchedtelecommunications network, but may be connected to one.

LANX LAN Extender half size board. Fibre optic distribution of LANto/from other cabinets. Part of BSS, etc.

LAPB Link Access Protocol Balanced. The balanced-mode, enhancedversion of HDLC. Used in X.25 packet-switching networks.

LAPD Link Access Protocol D-channel (Data). A protocol thatoperates at the data link layer (layer 2) of the OSI architecture.LAPD is used to convey information between layer 3 entitiesacross the frame relay network. The D-channel carriessignalling information for circuit switching.

LAPDm Link Access Protocol on the Dm channel. A link accessprocedure (layer 2) on the CCH for the digital mobilecommunications system.

Layer 1 See OSI-RM and Physical Layer.

Layer 2 See OSI-RM and Data Link Layer.

Layer 3 See OSI-RM and Network Layer.

Layer 4 See OSI-RM and Transport Layer.

Layer 5 See OSI-RM and Session Layer.

Layer 6 See OSI-RM and Presentation Layer.

Layer 7 See OSI-RM and Application Layer.

LC Inductor Capacitor. A type of filter.

LCF Link Control Function. LCF GPROC controls various links inand out of the BSC. Such links include MTL, XBL, OMF andRSL. See also LCP.

LCN Local Communications Network. A communication networkwithin a TMN that supports data communication functions(DCFs) normally at specified reference points q1 and q2. LCNsrange from the simple to the complex. LCN examples includepoint-to-point connections and networks based on star andbus topologies.

LCP Link Control Processor. An LCP is a GPROC or PCMCIAboard device which supplies the LCF. Once the LCF has beenequipped, and assuming GPROCs have been equipped,processors are allocated by the software.

LCS Location Services

LE Local Exchange.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsLED Light Emitting Diode. A type of diode that emits light when

current passes through it. Depending on the material used thecolour can be visible or infrared.

LF Line Feed. A code that moves the cursor on a display screendown one line. In the ASCII character set, a line feed has adecimal value of 10. On printers, a line feed advances thepaper one line.

LI Length Indicator. Delimits LLC PDUs within the RLC datablock, when an LLC PDU boundary occurs in the block.

LI Line Identity. The LI is made up of a number of informationunits: the subscriber’s national ISDN/MSISDN number; thecountry code; optionally, subaddress information. In a fullISDN environment, the line identity includes all of the addressinformation necessary to unambiguously identify a subscriber.The calling line identity is the line identity of the calling party.The connected line identity is the line identity of the connectedparty.

LLC Logical Link Control.

LLC Lower Layer Compatibility. The LLC can carry informationdefining the lower layer characteristics of the terminal.

Lm Traffic channel with capacity lower than a Bm.

LMP LAN Monitor Process. Each GPROC which is connected to aLAN has an LMP, which detects faults on the LAN. LAN alarmsare generated by the GPROC.

LMS Least Mean Squares. Parameters determined by minimizingthe sum of squares of the deviations.

LMSI Local Mobile Station Identity. A unique identity temporarilyallocated to visiting mobile subscribers in order to speed upthe search for subscriber data in the VLR, when the MSRNallocation is done on a per cell basis.

LMT Local Maintenance Terminal. Diagnostic tool, typically an IBMcompatible PC.

LNA Low Noise Amplifier. An amplifier with low noise characteristics.

LND Last Number Dialled.

Location area An area in which a mobile station may move freely withoutupdating the location register. A location area may compriseone or several base station areas.

LPC Linear Predictive Coding. A method of digitally encoding analogsignals. It uses a single-level or multi-level sampling system inwhich the value of the signal at each sample time is predictedto be a linear function of the past values of the quantified signal.

LPLMN Local PLMN.

LQC Link Quality Control.

LR Location Register. The GSM functional unit where MS locationinformation is stored. The HLR and VLR are location registers.

LSSU Link Stations Signalling Unit (Part of MTP transport system).


13-39


Glossary of technical termsLSTR Listener Side Tone Rating. A rating, expressed in dB, based

on how a listener will perceive the background noise pickedup by the microphone.

LTA Long Term Average. The value required in a BTS’s GCLKfrequency register to produce a 16.384 MHz clock.

LTE Local Terminal Emulator.

LTP Long Term Predictive.

LTU Line Terminating Unit.

LU Local Units.

LU Location Update. A location update is initiated by the MS whenit detects that it has entered a new location area.

LV Length and Value.

M - MUX

M Mandatory.

M Mega (106).

M-Cell Motorola Cell.

M&TS Maintenance and TroubleShooting. Functional area of NetworkManagement software which (1) collects and displays alarms,(2) collects and displays Software/Hardware errors, and (3)activates test diagnostics at the NEs (OMC).

MA Mobile Allocation. The radio frequency channels allocated toan MS for use in its frequency hopping sequence.

MAC Medium Access Control. MAC includes the functions relatedto the management of the common transmission resources.These include the packet data physical channels and theirradio link connections. Two Medium Access Control modes aresupported in GSR5, dynamic allocation and fixed allocation.

MACN Mobile Allocation Channel Number. See also MA.

Macrocell A cell in which the base station antenna is generally mountedaway from buildings or above rooftop level.

MAF Mobile Additional Function.

MAH Mobile Access Hunting supplementary service. An automaticservice which searches for the first available mobile user out ofa defined group.

MAI Mobile Allocation Index.

MAIDT Mean Accumulated Intrinsic Down Time.

MAINT MAINTenance.

MAIO Mobile Allocation Index Offset. The offset of the mobile hoppingsequence from the reference hopping sequence of the cell.

MAP Mobile Application Part (part of SS7 standard). Theinter-networking signalling between MSCs and LRs and EIRs.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsMAPP Mobile Application Part Processor.

MB, Mbyte Megabyte. 220 bytes = 1,048,576 bytes = 1024 kilobytes.

Mbit/s Megabits per second.

MCAP Motorola Cellular Advanced Processor. The MCAP Bus is theinter-GPROC communications channel in a BSC. Each cardcage in a BSC needs at least one GPROC designated as anMCAP Server.

MCC Mobile Country Code. The first three digits of the IMSI, usedto identify the country.

MCDF Motorola Customer Data Format used by DataGen for simpledata entry and retrieval.

MCI Malicious Call Identification supplementary service. Thisfeature is supported by a malicious call trace function byprinting the report at the terminating MSC when the mobilesubscriber initiates a malicious call trace request.

MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme.

MCSC Motorola Customer Support Centre.

MCU Main Control Unit for M-Cell2/6. Also referred to as the MicroControl Unit in software.

MCUF Main Control Unit, with dual FMUX. (Used in M-Cellhorizon).

MCU-m Main Control Unit for M-Cellmicro sites (M-Cellm). Also referredto as the Micro Control Unit in software.

MCUm The software subtype representation of the Field ReplaceableUnit (FRU) for the MCU-m.

MD Mediation Device. The MD (which handles the Q3 interface)allows the OSI Processor to communicate between theNetwork Management Centre (NMC) and OMC-R for networkconfiguration, events and alarms.

MDL mobile Management entity - Data Link layer.

ME Maintenance Entity (GSM Rec. 12.00).

ME Mobile Equipment. Equipment intended to access a set of GSMPLMN and/or DCS telecommunication services, but which doesnot contain subscriber related information. Services may beaccessed while the equipment, capable of surface movementwithin the GSM system area, is in motion or during halts atunspecified points.

MEF Maintenance Entity Function (GSM Rec. 12.00). A functionwhich possesses the capability to detect elementary anomaliesand convey them to the supervision process.

MF MultiFrame. In PCM systems, a set of consecutive frames inwhich the position of each frame can be identified by referenceto a multiframe alignment signal.

MF Multi-Frequency (tone signalling type). See DTMF.

MF MultiFunction block.

MGMT, mgmt Management.


13-41


Glossary of technical termsMGR Manager.

MHS Message Handling System. The family of services andprotocols that provides the functions for global electronic-mailtransfer among local mail systems.

MHS Mobile Handling Service.

MHz Mega-Hertz (106).

MI Maintenance Information.

MIB Management Information Base. A Motorola OMC-R database.There is a CM MIB and an EM MIB.

MIC Mobile Interface Controller.

Microcell A cell in which the base station antenna is generally mountedbelow rooftop level. Radio wave propagation is by diffractionand scattering around buildings, the main propagation is withinstreet canyons.

min minute(s).

µs micro-second (10-6).

µBCU Micro Base Control Unit. The µBCU is the Macro/Microcellimplementation of a BTS site controller.

MIT Management Information Tree. A file on the Motorola OMC-R.The MIT file effectively monitors data on every device andevery parameter of each device that is in the current versionsof software on the OMC-R. The data is stored as a text fileon the OMC-R. The MIT file also contains the hierarchicalrelationships between the network devices.

MM Man Machine. See MMI.

MM Mobility Management. MM functions include authorization,location updating, IMSI attach/detach, periodic registration, IDconfidentiality, paging, handover, etc.

MME Mobile Management Entity.

MMF Middle Man Funnel process.

MMI Man Machine Interface. The method by which the userinterfaces with the software to request a function or changeparameters. The MMI may run on a terminal at the OMC, oran LMT. The MMI is used to display alarm reports, retrievedevice status, take modules out of service and put modulesinto service.

MMI client A machine configured to use the OMC-R software from an MMIserver.

MMI processor MMI client/MMI server.

MMI server A computer which has its own local copy of the OMC-Rsoftware. It can run the OMC-R software for MMI clients tomount.

MML Man Machine Language. The tool of MMI.

MMS Multiple Serial Interface Link. (see also 2Mbit/s link)


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsMNC Mobile Network Code. The fourth, fifth and optionally sixth

digits of the IMSI, used to identify the network.

MNT MaiNTenance.

Mobis Motorola Signalling Link between the BSC and BTS.

MO Mobile Originated.

MO/PP Mobile Originated Point-to-Point messages. Transmission ofa SMS from a mobile to a message handling system. Themaximum length of the message is 160 characters. Themessage can be sent whether or not the MS is engaged ina call.

MOMAP Motorola OMAP.

MoU Memorandum of Understanding. Commercial term. An MoUusually sets out the broad parameters of an understanding aswell as the general responsibilities and obligations of eachparty in a proposed venture. It has little legal significanceexcept to indicate the parties’ commitments and acts as an aidto interpreting the parties’ intentions. There are various typesof MOUs: compliance MOUs help ensure that all Motorolaunits comply with applicable laws and regulations; intellectualproperty MOUs deal with copyright, trademark, and patentrights; and business arrangement MOUs relate to the termsand conditions of a product or service transfer.

MPC Multi Personal Computer (was part of the OMC).

MPH (mobile) Management (entity) - PHysical (layer) [primitive].

MPROC Master Processor

MPTY MultiParTY (Multi ParTY) supplementary service. MPTYprovides a mobile subscriber with the ability to have amulti-connection call, i.e. a simultaneous communication withmore than one party.

MPX MultiPleXed.

MRC Micro Radio Control Unit.

MRN Mobile Roaming Number.

MRP Mouth Reference Point. Facility for assessing handset andheadset acoustic responses.

MS Mobile Station. The GSM subscriber unit. A subscriberhandset, either mobile or portable, or other subscriberequipment, such as facsimile machines, etc.

MSC Mobile-services Switching Centre, Mobile Switching Centre.The MSC handles the call set up procedures and controls thelocation registration and handover procedures for all exceptinter-BTS, inter-cell and intra-cell handovers. MSC controlledinter-BTS handovers can be set as an option at the switch.

MSCM Mobile Station Class Mark.

MSCU Mobile Station Control Unit.

msec millisecond (.001 second).


13-43


Glossary of technical termsMSI Multiple Serial Interface board. Intelligent interface to two 2

Mbit/s digital links. See 2 Mbit/s link and DS-2. Part of BSS.

MSIN Mobile Station Identification Number. The part of the IMSIidentifying the mobile station within its home network.

MSISDN Mobile Station International ISDN Number. Published mobilenumber (see also IMSI). Uniquely defines the mobile station asan ISDN terminal. It consists of three parts: the Country Code(CC), the National Destination Code (NDC) and the SubscriberNumber (SN).

MSRN Mobile Station Roaming Number. A number assigned by theMSC to service and track a visiting subscriber.

MSU Message Signal Unit (Part of MTP transport system). A signalunit containing a service information octet and a signallinginformation field which is retransmitted by the signalling linkcontrol, if it is received in error.

MT Mobile Terminated. Describes a call or short message destinedfor an MS.

MT (0, 1, 2) Mobile Termination. The part of the MS which terminates theradio transmission to and from the network and adapts terminalequipment (TE) capabilities to those of the radio transmission.MT0 is mobile termination with no support for terminal, MT1is mobile termination with support for an S-type interface andMT2 is mobile termination with support for an R-type interface.

MTBE Mean Time Between Exceptions.

MTBF Mean Time Between Failures. An indicator of expected systemreliability calculated on a statistical basis from the known failurerates of various components of the system. MTBF is usuallyexpressed in hours.

MTL Message Transfer Link. The MTL is the 64 kbit/s PCM timeslotthat is used to convey the SS7 signalling information on the Ainterface between the MSC and the BSC.

MTM Mobile-To-Mobile (call).

MTP Message Transfer Part. The part of a common-channelsignaling system that transfers signal messages and performsassociated functions, such as error control and signaling linksecurity.

MT/PP Mobile Terminated Point-to-Point messages. Transmission of ashort message from a message handling system to a mobile.The maximum length of the message is 160 characters. Themessage can be received whether or not the MS is engaged ina call.

MTTR Mean Time To Repair. The total corrective maintenance timedivided by the total number of corrective maintenance actionsduring a given period of time.

Multiframe Two types of multiframe are defined in the system: a 26-framemultiframe with a period of 120 ms and a 51-frame multiframewith a period of 3060/13 ms.

MU Mark Up.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsMUMS Multi User Mobile Station.

MUX Multiplexer. A device that combines multiple inputs into anaggregate signal to be transported via a single transmissionchannel.

NACK - nW

NACK, Nack No Acknowledgement

N/W Network.

NB Normal Burst (see Normal burst).

NBIN A parameter in the frequency hopping sequence generationalgorithm.

NCC Network Colour Code. The NCC and the BCC are part of theBSIC. The NCC comprises three bits in the range 000 to 111.It is the same as the PLMN Colour Code. See also NCC andBSIC.

NCELL Neighbouring (of current serving) Cell.

NCH Notification CHannel. Part of the downlink element of theCCCH reserved for voice group and/or voice broad-cast callsand notification messages.

NCRM Network Cell Reselection Manager.

ND No Duplicates. A database column attribute meaning thecolumn contains unique values (used only with indexedcolumns).

NDC National Destination Code. Part of the MSISDN. An NDC isallocated to each GSM PLMN.

NDUB Network Determined User Busy. An NDUB condition occurswhen a call is about to be offered and the maximum number oftotal calls for the channel has been reached. In practice, thetotal number of calls could be three: one for the basic call, onefor a held call and one for call waiting.

NE Network Element (Network Entity). A piece oftelecommunications equipment that provides support orservices to the user.

NEF Network Element Function block. A functional block thatcommunicates with a TMN for the purpose of being monitored,or controlled, or both.

NET Norme Européennes de Telecommunications.

NetPlan An RF planning tool, NetPlan can import data from the OMCand use it to carry out a network frequency replan.


13-45


Glossary of technical termsNetwork Layer See OSI RM. The Network Layer responds to service requests

from the Transport Layer and issues service requests to theData Link Layer. It provides the functional and proceduralmeans of transferring variable length data sequences froma source to a destination via one or more networks whilemaintaining the quality of service requested by the TransportLayer. The Network Layer performs network routing, flowcontrol, segmentation/desegmentation, and error controlfunctions.

NF Network Function.

NFS Network File System. A file system that is distributed over acomputer network. Also, a file system, on a single computer,that contains the low-level networking files for an entire network.

NHA Network Health Analyst. The NHA is an optional feature. Itdetects problems by monitoring network statistics and eventsvia the OMC-R. The NHA analyses the event history, statisticsand network configuration data to try to determine the cause ofthe detected problems.

NIB Network Interface Board.

NIC Network Interface Card. A network interface device in the formof a circuit card that provides network access.

NIC Network Independent Clocking.

NIS Network Information Service. It allows centralised control ofnetwork information for example hostnames, IP addresses andpasswords.

N-ISDN Narrowband Integrated Services Digital Network: Servicesinclude basic rate interface (2B+D or BRI) and primary rateinterface (30B+D - Europe and 23B+D - North America or PRI).Supports narrowband speeds at/or below 1.5 Mbps.

NIU Network Interface Unit. A device that performs interfacefunctions, such as code conversion, protocol conversion, andbuffering, required for communications to and from a network.

NIU-m Network Interface Unit, micro. M-Cellmicro MSI.

NL See Network Layer.

NLK Network LinK processor(s).

Nm Newton metres.

NM Network Management (manager). NM is all activities whichcontrol, monitor and record the use and the performance ofresources of a telecommunications network in order to providetelecommunication services to customers/users at a certainlevel of quality.

NMASE Network Management Application Service Element.

NMC Network Management Centre. The NMC node of the GSMTMN provides global and centralised GSM PLMN monitoringand control, by being at the top of the TMN hierarchy and linkedto subordinate OMC nodes.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsNMSI National Mobile Station Identification number, or, National

Mobile Subscriber Identity. The NMSI consists of the MNC andthe MSIN.

NMT Nordic Mobile Telephone system. NMT produced the world’sfirst automatic international mobile telephone system.

NN No Nulls. A database column attribute meaning the columnmust contain a value in all rows.

Normal burst A period of modulated carrier less than a timeslot.

NPI Number Plan Identifier.

NRZ Non Return to Zero. A code in which ones are represented byone significant condition and zeros are represented by another,with no neutral or rest condition.

NSAP Network Service Access Point. An NSAP is a registration madeby an application which specifies its desired listening criteria.The registration is limited to a particular CPU and port number.Criteria can include: DNICs, national numbers, subaddressranges, protocol-ids, and extended addresses.

NSP Network Service Provider. A national or regional companythat owns or maintains a portion of the network and resellsconnectivity.

NSS Network Status Summary. A feature of the OMC-R MMI,which provides different network maps giving visual indicationof the network configuration and performance, and how thedifferent network management functions are implemented bythe OMC-R.

NST Network Service Test(er). A PCU process that periodically testsall alive NS-VCs on a PICP board.

NS-VC Network Service - Virtual Circuit.

NT Network Termination. Network equipment that providesfunctions necessary for network operation of ISDN accessprotocols.

NT Non Transparent.

NTAAB NTRAC Type Approvals Advisory Board. Committee engagedin harmonisation type approval of telecom terminals in Europe.

NTP Network Time Protocol. A protocol built on top of TCP/IP thatassures accurate local timekeeping with reference to radio,atomic or other clocks located on the Internet. This protocol iscapable of synchronizing distributed clocks within millisecondsover long time periods.

Numbers # - The symbol used for number.2 Mbit/s link - As used inthis manual set, the term applies to the European 4-wire2.048 Mbit/s digital line or link which can carry 30 A-law PCMchannels or 120 16 kbit/s GSM channels.4GL - 4th GenerationLanguage. Closer to human languages than typical high-levelprogramming languages. most 4GLs are used to accessdatabases.

NUA Network User Access.

NUI Network User Identification.


13-47


Glossary of technical termsNUP National User Part. (part of SS7).

NV NonVolatile.

NVRAM Non-Volatile Random Access Memory. Static random accessmemory which is made into non-volatile storage either byhaving a battery permanently connected, or, by saving itscontents to EEPROM before turning the power off andreloading it when power is restored.

nW Nano-Watt (10-9).

O - Overlap

O Optional.

OA Outgoing Access supplementary service. An arrangementwhich allows a member of a CUG to place calls outside theCUG.

OA&M Operation, Administration, & Management.

OAMP Operation, Administration, Maintenance, and Provisioning.

O&M Operations and Maintenance.

OASCU Off-Air-Call-Set-Up. The procedure in which atelecommunication connection is being established whilst theRF link between the MS and the BTS is not occupied.

OCB Outgoing Calls Barred within the CUG supplementary service.An access restriction that prevents a CUG member fromplacing calls to other members of that group.

OCXO Oven Controlled Crystal Oscillator. High stability clock sourceused for frequency synchronization.

OD Optional for operators to implement for their aim.

OFL % OverFlow.

offline IDS shutdown state.

online IDS normal operating state.

OIC Operator Initiated Clear. An alarm type. OIC alarms must becleared by the OMC-R operator after the fault condition thatcaused the alarm is resolved. See also FMIC and Intermittent.

OLM Off_Line MIB. A Motorola DataGen database, used to modifyand carry out Radio Frequency planning on multiple BSSbinary files.

OLR Overall Loudness Rating.

OMAP Operations and Maintenance Application Part (part of SS7standard) (was OAMP).

OMC Operations and Maintenance Centre. The OMC node of theGSM TMN provides dynamic O&M monitoring and control ofthe PLMN nodes operating in the geographical area controlledby the specific OMC.

OMC-G Operations and Maintenance Centre - Gateway Part. (Iridium)


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsOMC-G Operations and Maintenance Centre - GPRS Part.

OMC-R Operations and Maintenance Centre - Radio Part.

OMC-S Operations and Maintenance Centre - Switch Part.

OMF Operations and Maintenance Function (at BSC).

OML Operations and Maintenance Link. The OML providescommunication between an OMC-R and a BSC or RXCDR fortransferring network management (O&M) data.

OMP Operation and Maintenance Processor. Part of the BSC.

OMS Operation and Maintenance System (BSC-OMC).

OMSS Operation and Maintenance SubSystem.

OOS Out Of Service. Identifies a physical state. The OOS stateindicates the physical device is out of service. This state isreserved for physical communication links. Also, identifies atelephony state. The OOS state is used by the BTS devicesoftware to indicate that the BTS is completely out of service.

OPC Originating Point Code. A part of the label in a signallingmessage that uniquely identifies, in a signalling network, the(signalling) origination point of the message.

ORAC Olympus Radio Architecture Chipset.

OS Operating System. The fundamental program running on acomputer which controls all operations.

OSI Open Systems Interconnection. The logical structure forcommunications networks standardized by the ISO. Thestandard enables any OSI-compliant system to communicateand exchange information with any other OSI-compliantsystem.

OSI RM OSI Reference Model. An abstract description of the digitalcommunications between application processes running indistinct systems. The model employs a hierarchical structure ofseven layers. Each layer performs value-added service at therequest of the adjacent higher layer and, in turn, requests morebasic services from the adjacent lower layer:Layer 1 - PhysicalLayer, Layer 2 - Data Link Layer, Layer 3 - Network Layer,Layer 4 - Transport Layer, Layer 5 - Session Layer, Layer 6 -Presentation Layer, Layer 7 - Application Layer.

OSF Operation Systems Function block.

OSF/MOTIF Open Software Foundation Motif. The basis of the GUI usedfor the Motorola OMC-R MMI.

OSS Operator Services System.

Overlap Overlap sending means that digits are sent from one system toanother as soon as they are received by the sending system. Asystem using ~ will not wait until it has received all digits of acall before it starts to send the digits to the next system. Thisis the opposite of en bloc sending where all digits for a givencall are sent at one time. See en bloc.


13-49


Glossary of technical termsPA - PXPDN

P1, P2, P3 Puncturing Schemes 1, 2, and 3.

PA Power Amplifier.

PAB Power Alarm Board. Part of the BSS.

PABX Private Automatic Branch eXchange. A private automatictelephone exchange that allows calls within the exchange andalso calls to and from the public telephone network.

PACCH Packet Associated Control Channel.

Packet A sequence of binary digits, including data and control signals,that is transmitted and switched as a composite whole.

Packet Switching The process of routing and transferring data by means ofaddressed packets so that a channel is occupied during thetransmission of the packet only, and upon completion of thetransmission the channel is made available for the transfer ofother traffic.

PAD Packet Assembler/Disassembler facility. A hardware devicethat allows a data terminal that is not set up for packet switchingto use a packet switching network. It assembles data intopackets for transmission, and disassembles the packets onarrival.

Paging The procedure by which a GSM PLMN fixed infrastructureattempts to reach an MS within its location area, before anyother network-initiated procedure can take place.

PATH CEPT 2 Mbit/s route through the BSS network.

PBCCH Packet Braodcast Control channel.

PBUS Processor Bus.

PBX Private Branch eXchange. In the general use of the term, PBXis a synonym for PABX. However, a PBX operates with only amanual switchboard; a private automatic exchange (PAX) doesnot have a switchboard, a private automatic branch exchange(PABX) may or may not have a switchboard.

PC Personal Computer. A general-purpose single-usermicrocomputer designed to be operated by one person at atime.

pCA PCU Central Authority. One pCA software process is located atevery PCU. The CA is in control of the PCU. It is resident onthe master DPROC (MPROC) only, and maintains a list of thestatus of every device and every software process at the site.

PCCCH Packet Common Control Channel.

PCH Paging CHannel. A common access RF channel providingpoint-to-multipoint unidirectional signaling downlink. Providessimultaneous transmission to all MSs over a wide paging area.

PCHN Paging Channel Network.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsPCHN Physical Channel. The physical channel is the medium over

which the information is carried. In the case of GSM radiocommunications this would be the Air Interface. Each RFcarrier consists of eight physical channels (or timeslots) usedfor MS communications. In the case of a terrestrial interfacethe physical channel would be cable. See also Physical Layer.

PCI Packet Control Interface.

PCI Peripheral Component Interconnect. A standard for connectingperipherals to a personal computer, PCI is a 64-bit bus, thoughit is usually implemented as a 32-bit bus.

PCM Pulse Code Modulation. Modulation in which a signal issampled, and the magnitude (with respect to a fixed reference)of each sample is quantized and converted by coding to adigital signal. Provides undistorted transmission, even in thepresence of noise. See also 2 Mbit/s link, which is the physicalbearer of PCM.

pCM PCU Configuration Management. pCM is a GWM process. Itdistributes all database changes performed at the BSC to thePCU boards.

PCN Personal Communications Network. Any network supportingPCS, but in particular DCS1800.

PCR Preventative Cyclic Retransmission. A form of error correctionsuitable for use on links with long transmission delays, suchas satellite links.

PCS The U.S. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) termused to describe a set of digital cellular technologies beingdeployed in the U.S. PCS works over GSM, CDMA (also calledIS-95), and North American TDMA (also called IS-136) airinterfaces.

PCS System Personal Communications Services System. In PCS, acollection of facilities that provides some combination ofpersonal mobility, terminal mobility, and service profilemanagement. Note: As used here, "facilities" includeshardware, software, and network components such astransmission facilities, switching facilities, signalling facilities,and databases.

PCS1900 A cellular phone network using the higher frequencyrange allocated in countries such as the USA. It operateson the frequency range, 1850 - 1910 MHz (receive) and1930 - 1990 MHz (transmit).

PCU Packet Control Unit. A BSS component that provides GPRSwith packet scheduling over the air interface with the MS, andpacket segmentization and packetization across the FrameRelay link with the SGSN.

PCU Picocell Control unit. Part of M-Cellaccess.

pd Potential difference. Voltage.

PD Protocol Discriminator field. The first octet of the packet headerthat identifies the protocol used to transport the frame.

PD Public Data. See PDN.


13-51


Glossary of technical termsPDB Power Distribution Board.

PDCH Packet Data Channel. PDCH carries a combination of PBCCHand PDTCH logical channels.

PDF Power Distribution Frame (MSC/LR).

PDN Public Data Network. A network established and operated bya telecommunications administration, or a recognized privateoperating agency, for the specific purpose of providing datatransmission services for the public.

PDP Packet Data Protocol.

PDTCH Packet Data Traffic Channels

PDU Power Distribution Unit. The PDU consists consisting of theAlarm Interface Board (AIB) and the Power Distribution Board(PDB).

PDU Protected Data Unit.

PDU Protocol Data Unit. A term used in TCP/IP to refer to a unit ofdata, headers, and trailers at any layer in a network.

PEDC Pan-European Digital Cellular network. The GSM network inEurope.

Peg A single incremental action modifying the value of a statistic.Also, A number indicating the use of a device or resource.Each time the device or resource is used the peg count isincremented.

Pegging Modifying a statistical value.

pFCP PCU Fault Collection Process. See pFTP.

pFTP PCU Fault Transaction Process. The pFTP resides on the PSPas part of the GWM Functional Unit process. All alarms at thePCU are reported to pFTP. All DPROCs and the MPROC havea local pFCP to handle Software Fault Management indications(SWFMs). The pFTP forwards alarms to the Agent at the BSCand generates messages to pCA for device transitions asneeded, based on faults reported.

PGSM Primary GSM. PGSM operates on the standard GSM frequencyrange, 890 - 915 MHz (receive) and 935 - 960 MHz (transmit).

PH Packet Handler. A packet handler assembles and disassemblespackets.

PH PHysical (layer). See Physical Layer.

PHI Packet Handler Interface.

Physical Layer See OSI-RM. The Physical Layer is the lowest of sevenhierarchical layers. It performs services requested by the DataLink Layer. The major functions and services of the layerare: (a) establishment and termination of a connection to acommunications medium; (b) participation in the process ofsharing communication resources among multiple users; and,(c) conversion between the representation of digital data inuser equipment and the corresponding signals transmitted overa communications channel.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsPI Presentation Indicator. The PI forms part of the calling name

information. Depending on database settings, the PI mayprevent the called party from seeing the identity of the callingparty.

PIA Packet Immediate Assignment.

Picocell A cell site where the base station antenna is mounted withina building.

PICP Packet Interface Control Processor. A PCU hardwarecomponent, the PICP is a DPROC board used for networkinterfacing functions such as SGSN and BSC.

PICS Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement. A statementmade by the supplier of an implementation or system claimedto conform to a given specification, stating which capabilitieshave been implemented.

PID Process IDentifier/Process ID.

PIM PCM Interface Module (MSC).

PIN Personal Identification Number. A password, typically fourdigits entered through a telephone keypad.

PIN Problem Identification Number.

PIX Parallel Interface Extender half size board. Customer alarminterface, part of the BSS. The PIX board provides a means ofwiring alarms external to the BSS, BSC, or BTS into the baseequipment.

PIXT or PIXIT Protocol Implementation eXtra information for Testing.A statement made by a supplier or implementor of animplementation under test (IUT) which contains informationabout the IUT and its testing environment which will enable atest laboratory to run an appropriate test suite against the IUT.

PK Primary Key. A database column attribute, the primary key is anot-null, non-duplicate index.

PL See Presentation Layer.

Plaintext Unciphered data.

PlaNET Frequency planning tool.

PLL Phase Lock Loop (refers to phase locking the GCLK in theBTS). PLL is a mechanism whereby timing information istransferred within a data stream and the receiver derives thesignal element timing by locking its local clock source to thereceived timing information.

PLMN Public Land Mobile Network. The mobile communicationsnetwork.

PM Performance Management. An OMC application. PM enablesthe user to produce reports specific to the performance of thenetwork.

PMA Prompt Maintenance Alarm. An alarm report level; immediateaction is necessary. See also DMA.

PMC PCI Mezzanine Card.


13-53


Glossary of technical termsPMR Packet Management Report.

PMS Pseudo MMS.

PM-UI Performance Management User Interface.

PMUX PCM MUltipleXer.

PN Permanent Nucleus group of the GSM committee.

PNE Présentation des Normes Européennes. Presentation rulesof European Standards.

POI Point of Interconnection. A point at which the cellular networkis connected to the PSTN. A cellular system may have multiplePOIs.

POTS Plain Old Telephone Service. Basic telephone service withoutspecial features such as call waiting, call forwarding, etc.

pp, p-p Peak-to-peak.

PP Point-to-Point.

ppb Parts per billion.

PPB PCI (Peripheral Component Interconnect) to PCI Bridge board.The PPB allows an MPROC to be linked to a separate bus.The PPB and MPROC are paired boards.

PPE Primitive Procedure Entity.

ppm Parts per million (x 10-6).

Pref CUG Preferential CUG. A Pref CUG, which can be specified for eachbasic service group, is the nominated default CUG to be usedwhen no explicit CUG index is received by the network.

Presentation Layer See OSI RM. The Presentation Layer responds to servicerequests from the Application Layer and issues servicerequests to the Session Layer. It relieves the ApplicationLayer of concern regarding syntactical differences in datarepresentation within the end-user systems.

Primary Cell A cell which is already optimized in the network and has aco-located neighbour whose cell boundary follows the boundaryof the said cell. The primary cell has a preferred band equal tothe frequency type of the coincident cell.

PRM Packet Resource Manager. The PRM is a PRP process. Itperforms all RLC/MAC functions and realises UL/DL powercontrol and timing advance.

PROM Programmable Read Only Memory. A storage device that, afterbeing written to once, becomes a read-only memory.

PRP Packet Resource Process(or). A PCU hardware component,the PRP is a DPROC board which manages the packetresources at the PCU and is the processor where all of theradio related processing occurs. GPRS channels are routed toPRPs which perform the RLC/MAC processing, air interfacescheduling, and frame synchronization of the channels.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsPs Location probability. Location probability is a quality criterion

for cell coverage. Due to shadowing and fading a cell edge isdefined by adding margins so that the minimum service qualityis fulfilled with a certain probability.

PS Puncturing Scheme.

PSA Periodic Supervision of Accessibility. PSA is a faultmanagement function. It periodically sends messages toBSSs requesting information on their current state. Thisverifies whether the BSSs are operational or not. If a BSS failsto respond to a PSA request for its status, the OMC-R willgenerate an alarm for that BSS.

PSI Packet System Information.

PSAP Presentation Services Access Point.

pSAP PCU System Audit Process. pSAP is a GWM process. Itperiodically monitors the soft devices to maintain the reliabilityof the system.

PSM Power Supply Module.

pSM PCU Switch Manager. The pSM resides on the PSP as part ofthe GWM Functional Unit process. The pSM maintains datapaths within the PCU and communicates with the BSC.

PSP PCU System Processor board. Part of GPRS.

PSPDN Packet Switched Public Data Network. See Packet Switchingand PDN.

PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network. The domestic landline telecommunications network. It is usually accessed bytelephones, key telephone systems, private branch exchangetrunks, and data arrangements.

PSU Power Supply Unit.

PSW Pure Sine Wave.

PTACH Packet Timing Advance Control Channel

PTO Public Telecommunications Operator.

PTR Packet Timeslot Reconfiguration.

PUA Packet Uplink Assignment.

PUCT Price per Unit Currency Table. The PUCT is the value of theHome unit in a currency chosen by the subscriber. The PUCTis stored in the SIM. The value of the PUCT can be set bythe subscriber and may exceed the value published by theHPLMN. The PUCT value does not have any impact on thecharges raised by the HPLMN.

PVC Permanent Virtual Circuit. Also, in ATM terminology,Permanent Virtual Connection. A virtual circuit that ispermanently established, saving the time associated with circuitestablishment and tear-down. See also SVC.

PW Pass Word.


13-55


Glossary of technical termsPWR Power.

PXPDN Private eXchange Public Data Network. See also PDN.

QA- Quiesent mode

QA Q (Interface) - Adapter. TMN interface adapter used tocommunicate with non-TMN compatible devices and objects.Used to connect MEs and SEs to TMN (GSM Rec. 12.00).

Q3 Interface between NMC and GSM network.

Q-adapter See QA.

QAF Q-Adapter Function.

QEI Quad European Interface. Interfaces four 2 Mbit/s circuits toTDM switch highway. See MSI.

QIC Quarter Inch Cartridge (Data storage format).

QoS Quality Of Service. An alarm category which indicates that afailure is degrading service.

Queue Data structure in which data or messages are temporarilystored until they are retrieved by a software process. Also aseries of calls waiting for service. See also FIFO.

Quiescent mode IDS intermediate state before shutdown.

R - RXU

R Value of reduction of the MS transmitted RF power relativeto the maximum allowed output power of the highest powerclass of MS (A).

RA RAndom mode request information field.

RA Radio Access.

RA Routing Area.

RA250 Rural Area with the MS travelling at 250 kph. Dynamic modelagainst which the performance of a GSM receiver can bemeasured. See also TU3, TU50, HT100 and EQ50.

RAB Random Access Burst. Data sent on the RACH.

RACCH Random Access Control CHannel. A GSM common controlchannel used to originate a call or respond to a page.

RACH Random Access CHannel. The RACH is used by the mobilestation to request access to the network. See also RAB.

Radio Frequency A term applied to the transmission of electromagneticallyradiated information from one point to another, usually using airor vacuum as the transmission medium. An electromagneticwave frequency intermediate between audio frequencies andinfrared frequencies used in radio and television transmission.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsRAM Random Access Memory. A read/write, nonsequential-access

memory in which information can be stored, retrieved andmodified. This type of memory is generally volatile (i.e., itscontents are lost if power is removed).

RAND RANDom number (used for authentication). The RAND is sentby the SGSN to the MS as part of the authentication process.

RAT Radio Access Technology

RATI Receive Antenna Transceiver Interface.

RAx Rate Adaptation.

RBDS Remote BSS Diagnostic System (a discontinued Motoroladiagnostic facility).

RBER Residual Bit Error Ratio. RBER is a ratio of the number ofbits in error to the total number of bits received, within errordetected speech frames defined as good. The measurementperiod over which the calculation is made is 480 ms. During thisperiod, 24 speech frames are decoded and a ratio calculated.By referring to a lookup table, the ratio is then converted to anRBER Quality number between 0 and 7.

RBTS Remote Base Transceiver Station. A BTS that is not co-locatedwith the BSC that controls it.

RCB Radio Control Board. Part of the DRCU.

RCI Radio Channel Identifier. The unique identifier of the radiochannel portion of the circuit path.

RCI Radio Channel Interface. The RCI changes the MS addressused in the RSS (channel number) to the address used inLayer 3 in the BSC CP.

RCP Radio Control Processor.

RCU Radio Channel Unit. Part of the BSS. Contains transceiver,digital control circuits, and power supply. Note: The RCU isnow obsolete, see DRCU.

RCVR Receiver.

RDB Requirements Database.

RDBMS Relational DataBase Management System (INFORMIX). Thedatabase management system for the OMC-R database.

RDI Restricted Digital Information.

RDIS Radio Digital Interface System.

RDM Reference Distribution Module. The RDM provides a stable3MHz reference signal to all transceivers. It is used for carrierand injection frequency synthesis.

RDN Relative Distinguished Name. A series of RDNs form a uniqueidentifier, the distinguished name, for a particular networkelement.

REC, Rec RECommendation.


13-57


Glossary of technical termsReciprocal neighbour Used to describe adjacent cells; each being designated as

a neighbour of the other. Also known as bi-directional andtwo-way neighbour.

Registration The process of a MS registering its location with the MSC inorder to make or receive calls. This occurs whenever the MSfirst activates or moves into a new service area.

REJ REJect(ion).

REL RELease.

RELP Residual Excited Linear Predictive. A form of speech coding.RELP coders are usually used to give good quality speech atbit rates in the region of 9.6 kbit/s.

RELP-LTP RELP Long Term Prediction. A name for GSM full rate. SeeFull Rate.

Remotely Tuned Combiner A combiner device which houses two processors (forpaired-redundancy) and several tuneable cavities. See alsoCOMB

resync Resynchronize/resynchronization.

REQ REQuest.

Reuse Pattern The minimum number of cells required in a pattern beforechannel frequencies are reused, to prevent interference.Varies between cell configuration type and channel type. Thepattern shows assignments of adjacent channels to minimizeinterference between cells and sectors within the pattern area.

Revgen A Motorola DataGen utility for producing an MMI script from abinary object database.

RF See Radio Frequency.

RFC, RFCH Radio Frequency Channel. A partition of the system RFspectrum allocation with a defined bandwidth and centrefrequency.

RFE Radio Front End (module).

RFE Receiver Front End (shelf).

RFEB Receiver Front End Board. Part of DRCU II.

RFI Radio Frequency Interference.

RFM Radio Frequency Module.

RFN Reduced TDMA Frame Number.

RFU Reserved for Future Use.

RJ45 Registered Jack 45. An eight-wire connector used commonlyto connect computers onto a local-area networks (LAN),especially Ethernets.

RISC Reduced Instruction Set Computer. A type of microprocessorthat recognizes a relatively limited number of instruction types,allowing it to operate at relatively higher speeds.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsRL Remote login. RL is a means by which the operator performs

configuration management, fault management, and someperformance management procedures at the NEs. The RLsoftware manages the X.25 connection for remote login. Thecircuit is made by the OMC-R calling the NE.

RLC Release Complete. An SCCP message type used with RLSDto release a connection.

RLC Radio Link Control. Air interface transmission layer. The RLCfunction processes the transfer of PDUs from the LLC layer.

RLM RF Link Manager.

RLP Radio Link Protocol. An ARQ protocol used to transfer userdata between an MT and IWF. See GSM 04.22.

RLR Receive Loudness Rating. See SLR.

RLSD ReLeaSeD. An SCCP message type used with RLC to releasea connection.

RMS Root Mean Square (value). The most common mathematicalmethod of defining the effective voltage or current of an ACwave. For a sine wave, the rms value is 0.707 times the peakvalue.

RMSU Remote Mobile Switching Unit. An RMSU is a line concentrator.It may be inserted between the MSC and some of the BSSsites served by the MSC to reduce the number of terrestrialsignalling and traffic circuits required.

RNTABLE Table of 128 integers in the hopping sequence.

ROAM Reliability, Operability, Availability, Maintainability.

Roaming Situation where mobile station operates in a cellular systemother than the one from which service is subscribed.

ROM Read Only Memory. Computer memory that allows fastaccess to permanently stored data but prevents addition to ormodification of the data. ROM is inherently non-volatile storage- it retains its contents even when the power is switched off.

ROSE Remote Operations Service Element. An ASE which carries amessage between devices over an association established byASCE (a CCITT specification for O & M) (OMC).

Roundtrip Time period between transmit and receive instant of a timeslotin the BTS, propagation determined by the response behaviourof the MS and the MS to BTS delay distance.

RPE Regular Pulse Excited (codec). See RPE-LTP.

RPE-LTP Regular Pulse Excitation - Long Term Prediction. The GSMdigital speech coding scheme. GSM uses a simplified RPEcodec, with long-term prediction, operating at 13 kbits/s toprovide toll quality speech.

RPOA Recognised Private Operating Agency. Privatetelecommunications operator recognised by the appropriatetelecommunications authority.


13-59


Glossary of technical termsRPR Read Privilege Required. Part of the table structure of the

OMC database schema. Access to the column is allowed onlyfor privileged accounts.

RR Radio Resource management. Part of the GSM managementlayer. The functions provided by RR include paging, ciphermode set, frequency redefinition, assignments, handover andmeasurement reports.

RR Receive Ready.

RRSM Radio Resource State Machine. Translates messages throughCall Processing (CP). Activates and deactivates radio channelsas controlled by the CRM.

RRSM Radio Resource Switch Manager.

RS232 Recommended Standard 232. The interface between aterminal (DTE) and a modem (DCE) for the transfer of serialdata. Standard serial interface.

RSE Radio System Entity.

RSL Radio Signalling Link. RSL is used for signalling between theBSC and BTSs. The interface uses a 64 kbit/s timeslot witha LAPD protocol.

RSLF Radio System Link Function.

RSLP Radio System Link Processor.

RSS Radio SubSystem (replaced by BSS).

RSSI Received Signal Strength Indicator. A parameter returned froma transceiver that gives a measure of the RF signal strengthbetween the MS and BTS, either uplink or downlink.

RSZI Regional Subscription Zone Identity. The RSZI defines theregions in which roaming is allowed. The elements of the RSZIare:The Country Code (CC) which identifies the country inwhich the GSM PLMN is located,The National Destination Code(NDC) which identifies the GSM PLMN in that country,TheZone Code (ZC) which identifies a regional subscription zoneas a pattern of allowed and not allowed location areas uniquelywithin that PLMN.

RTC Remotely Tuneable Channel Combiner. RTCs are used tofine-tune the cavities to the right frequency. A poorly tunedcavity can cause power destined for the antenna to be reversed.

RTE Remote Terminal Emulator.

RTF Radio Transceiver Function. RTF is the function that supportsthe air interface channel and the DRI/Transceiver pair. Whenequipping a DRI at a remote BTS, one or more RTFs mustbe equipped.

RTF Receive Transmit Functions.

RTS Request to Send. A handshaking signal used withcommunication links, especially RS232 or CCITT Rec. V.24 toindicate (from a transmitter to a receiver) that data is ready fortransmission. See also CTS.

RU Rack Unit.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsRun level System processor operating mode.

Rx Receive(r).

RX Receive window buffer.

RXCDR Remote Transcoder. An RXCDR is used when the transcodingis performed at a site away from the BSC. This site would beat or near the MSC. This enables 4:1 multiplexing in which thetranscoded data for four logical channels is combined onto one64 kbit/s link, thus reducing the number of links required forinterconnection to the BSCs. See also XCDR.

RXF Receive Function (of the RTF).

RXLEV Received signal level. An indication of received signal levelbased on the RSSI. RXLEV is one of the two criteria forevaluating the reception quality (the basis for handover andpower control). See also RXQUAL. The MS reports RXLEVvalues related to the apparent received RF signal strength. It isnecessary for these levels to attain sufficient accuracy for thecorrect functioning of the system.

RXLEV-D Received signal level downlink.

RXLEV-U Received signal level uplink.

RXQUAL Received signal quality. An indication of the received signalquality based on the BER. RXQUAL is one of the two criteriafor evaluating the reception quality (the basis for handoverand power control). See also RXLEV. The MS measures thereceived signal quality, which is specified in terms of BERbefore channel decoding averaged over the reporting period oflength of one SACCH multiframe.

RXQUAL-D Received signal quality downlink.

RXQUAL-U Received signal quality uplink.

RXU Remote Transcoder Unit. The shelf which houses the remotetranscoder modules in a BSSC cabinet at a remote transcodersite.

S7- SYSGEN

S7 See SS7.

S/W SoftWare.

SABM Set Asynchronous Balanced Mode. A message whichestablishes the signalling link over the air interface.

SABME SABM Extended.

SACCH Slow Associated Control CHannel. A GSM control channelused by the MS for conveying power control and timingadvance information in the downlink direction, and RSSI andlink quality reports in the uplink direction.

SACCH/C4 Slow Associated Control CHannel/SDCCH/4.

SACCH/C8 Slow Associated Control CHannel/SDCCH/8.


13-61


Glossary of technical termsSACCH/T Slow Associated Control CHannel/Traffic channel.

SACCH/TF Slow Associated Control CHannel/Traffic channel Full rate.

SACCH/TH Slow Associated Control CHannel/Traffic channel Half rate.

SAGE A brand of trunk test equipment.

SAP Service Access Point. In the reference model for OSI, SAPs ofa layer are defined as gates through which services are offeredto an adjacent higher layer.

SAP System Audits Process. SAP is on each GPROC in the BSS. Itmonitors the status of the BSS on a periodic (scheduled) andon-demand basis during normal mode. SAP detects faulty ordegrading hardware and software (through the use of audittests) and notifies the Alarms handling software of the condition.

SAPI Service Access Point Indicator (identifier). The OSI term for thecomponent of a network address which identifies the individualapplication on a host which is sending or receiving a packet.

SAW Surface Acoustic Wave. SAW devices basically consist of aninput transducer to convert electrical signals to tiny acousticwaves, which then travel through the solid propagation mediumto the output transducer where they are reconverted toelectrical signals. SAW band pass filters are used for sortingsignals by frequency.

SB Synchronization Burst (see Synchronization burst).

SBUS Serial Bus. An SBUS is a logical device made up of thecommunication path between the GPROCs and LANX cardsin a cage.

SC Service Centre (used for Short Message Service).

SC Service Code.

SCCA System Change Control Administration. Software modulewhich allows full or partial software download to the NE (OMC).

SCCP Signalling Connection Control Part (part of SS7).

SCEG Speech Coding Experts Group (of GSM).

SCH Synchronization CHannel. A GSM broadcast control channelused to carry information for frame synchronization of MSs andidentification of base stations.

SCI Status Control Interface. A slave to the Status Control Manager.

SCIP Serial Communication Interface Processor.

SCM Status Control Manager. Accepts messages from otherprocessors within the switch requesting status displays in theform of one or more lights on a hardware panel. The SCM mapsthe status display requests into specific commands to the statuscontrol interface processor to turn on and/or turn off lights.

SCN Sub-Channel Number. One of the parameters defining aparticular physical channel in a BS.

SCP Service Control Point (an intelligent network entity).


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsSCSI Small Computer Systems Interface. A processor-independent

standard for system-level interfacing between a computer andintelligent devices including hard disks, floppy disks, CD-ROM,printers, scanners, and many more. SCSI-1 can connect up toseven devices to a single SCSI adaptor (or host adaptor) onthe computer’s bus.

SCU Slim Channel Unit.

SCU900 Slim Channel Unit for GSM900.

SDCCH Stand-alone Dedicated Control CHannel. A GSM controlchannel where the majority of call setup occurs. Used for MS toBTS communications before MS assigned to TCH. A SDCCHis used by a single MS for call setup, authentication, locationupdating and SMS point to point.

SDL Specification Description Language. A method for visuallydepicting the functionality of call processing, operations andmaintenance software.

SDM Sub-rate Data Multiplexor

SDT SDL Development Tool. A software tool to model and validatereal-time, state-based product software designs.

SDU Service Data Unit. In layered systems, a set of data that is sentby a user of the services of a given layer, and is transmitted toa peer service user semantically unchanged.

SDR Special Drawing Rights. The SDR is the International MonetaryFund unit of account. It also serves as a basis for the unit ofaccount for a number of other international organizations andas a basis for private financial instruments. The SDR is basedon the values of the euro, U.S. dollar, Japanese yen and poundsterling.

SE Support Entity. See SEF.

Secondary Cell A cell which is not optimized in the network and has aco-located neighbour whose cell boundary follows the boundaryof the said cell. The secondary cell has a preferred band thesame as that of its own frequency type.

SEF Support Entity Function. SEFs are functions not directlyinvolved in the telecommunication process. They include faultlocalisation, protection switching, etc. (GSM Rec.12.00).

Session Layer See OSI RM. The Session Layer responds to service requestsfrom the Presentation Layer and issues service requests tothe Transport Layer. It provides the mechanism for managingthe dialogue between end-user application processes. Itprovides for either duplex or half-duplex operation andestablishes checkpointing, adjournment, termination, andrestart procedures.


13-63


Glossary of technical termsSFH Synthesizer Frequency Hopping. The principle of SFH is that

every mobile transmits its time slots according to a sequence offrequencies that it derives from an algorithm. The frequencyhopping occurs between time slots and, therefore, a mobilestation transmits (or receives) on a fixed frequency during onetime slot. It must then hop before the time slot on the nextTDMA frame. Due to the time needed for monitoring otherbase stations the time allowed for hopping is approximately 1ms, according to the receiver implementation. The receive andtransmit frequencies are always duplex frequencies.

SGSN Serving GPRS Support Node. The SGSN provides the control,transmission, OAMP, and charging functions. It keeps track ofthe individual MS locations, and performs security functionsand access control. The SGSN is connected to the BSS via aFrame Relay network.

SI Screening Indicator. The supplementary service (SS) screeningindicator is sent by the MS at the beginning of the radioconnection to allow the network to assess the capabilities of theMS and hence determine either whether a particular networkinitiated SS operation may be invoked or which version of anetwork initiated SS operation should be invoked. The SSscreening indicator is only relevant to network initiated SSoperation and is valid for the duration of a radio connection.

SI Service Interworking. Part of the IWF.

SI Supplementary Information.

SI System Information.

SIA Supplementary Information A.

SID Silence Descriptor. The transmission of comfort noiseinformation to the RX side is achieved by means of a SIDframe. A SID frame is transmitted at the end of speech burstsand serves as an end of speech marker for the RX side. Inorder to update the comfort noise characteristics at the RXside, SID frames are transmitted at regular intervals also duringspeech pauses. This also serves the purpose of improving themeasurement of the radio link quality by the radio subsystem(RSS).

SIF Signal Information Field. The bits of a message signal unit thatcarry information for a certain user transaction; the SIF alwayscontains a label.

Signalling System No.7 See SS7.

SIM Subscriber Identity Module. Removable module which isinserted into a mobile equipment; it is considered as part ofthe MS. It contains security related information (IMSI, Ki, PIN),other subscriber related information and the algorithms A3 andA8.

SIMM Single Inline Memory module.

SIMM System Integrated Memory Module. A small plug-in circuitboard providing additional RAM for a computer.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsSIO Service Information Octet. Eight bits contained in a message

signal unit, comprising the service indicator and sub-servicefield. A value in the SIF of an SS7 signalling messagespecifying the User Part type.

SITE BSC, BTS or collocated BSC-BTS site.

SIX Serial Interface eXtender. Converts interface levels to TTLlevels. Used to extend 2 serial ports from GPROC to externaldevices (RS232, RS422, and fibre optics).

SK Secondary Key. A database column attribute, the secondarykey indicates an additional index and/or usage as a compositekey.

SL See Session Layer.

SL Signalling Link. The signalling links between the variousnetwork elements are: Remote BTS to BSC - Radio SignallingLink (RSL), BSC to MSC - Message Transfer Link (MTL),OMC(R) to BSS - Operations and Maintenance Link (OML),Remote XCDR to BSC - XCDR signalling Link (XBL), CBC toBSC - Cell Broadcast Link (CBL).

SLNK Serial Link. One of four communications paths between SCIPand peripheral equipment. The information on the link is sentserially in a bit-synchronous format.

SLR Send Loudness Rating. The SLR, in the mobile to landdirection, and the Receive Loudness Rating (RLR) in the landto mobile direction, determine the audio signal levels for thecustomers speech. The loudness ratings are calculated fromthe send and receive sensitivity masks or frequency responses.

SLTA Signalling Link Test Acknowledge. Message sent from theMSC to the BSC in response to an SLTM.

SLTM Signalling Link Test Message. During the process of bringingan MTL link into service, the BSC sends an SLTM message tothe MSC. The MSC responds with an SLTA message.

SM Switch Manager. The function of the SM is to connect a MSterrestrial trunk from the MSC (designated by the MSC), to theradio channel given to a MS by the cell resource manager inthe BSS software.

SM Summing Manager.

SMAE System Management Application Entity (CCITT Q795, ISO9596). OSI terminology for a software Management InformationServer that manages a network.

SMASE System Management Application Service Element.

SMCB Short Message Cell Broadcast.

SME Short Message Entity. An entity that may send or receive ShortMessages. The SME may be located in a fixed network, anMS, or a SC. See also SMS.

SMG Special Mobile Group. To avoid confusion between the GSMsystem and the GSM committee with its wider responsibilities,the committee was renamed SMG in 1992.


13-65


Glossary of technical termsSMP Motorola Software Maintenance Program. A Motorola program

designed to ensure the highest quality of software with thehighest level of support.

SMS Short Message Service. SMS is a globally accepted wirelessservice that enables the transmission of alphanumericmessages between mobile subscribers and external systemssuch as electronic mail, paging, and voice-mail systems. Ittransfers the short messages, up to 160 characters, betweenSmts and MSs via an SMS-SC. See also SMS-SC, SMS/PPand Smt.

SMSCB Short Message Service Cell Broadcast. SMSCB is a service inwhich short messages may be broadcast from a PLMN to MSs.SMSCB messages come from different sources (e.g. trafficreports, weather reports). Messages are not acknowledged bythe MS. Reception of SMSCB messages by the MS is onlypossible in idle mode. The geographical area over which eachmessage is transmitted is selected by the PLMN operator, byagreement with the provider of the information.

SMS-SC Short Message Service - Service Centre. SMS-SC is aninterworking unit between stationary networks and the GSMNetwork. It acts as a store and forward centre for shortmessages. See also SMS, SMS/PP and Smt.

SMS/PP Short Message Service/Point-to-Point. Two differentpoint-to-point services have been defined: Mobile Originated(MO) and Mobile Terminated (MT). A short message alwaysoriginates or terminates in the GSM network. This means thatshort messages can never be sent between two users bothlocated in stationary networks. See also SMS, SMS-SC andSmt.

Smt Short message terminal. See also SMS, SMS-SC andSMS/PP. There are different types of Smt interfaces, one beingthe Computer Access Interface which provides services forexternal computers communicating with SMS-SCs through theComputer Access Protocol.

SN Subscriber Number.

SND SeND.

SNDR SeNDeR.

SNR Serial NumbeR.

SOA Suppress Outgoing Access (CUG SS). An arrangement whichprevents a member of a CUG placing calls outside the CUG.

Software Instance A complete set of software and firmware objects including thedatabase object.

SP Service Provider. The organisation through which thesubscriber obtains GSM telecommunications services. Thismay be a network operator or possibly a separate body.

SP Signalling Point. A signalling point is a node within a SS7network.

SP Special Product.

SP SPare.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsSPARC Scalable Processor ArChitecture. a 32- and 64-bit

microprocessor architecture from Sun Microsystems that isbased on the Reduced Instruction Set Computer (RISC).SPARC has become a widely-used architecture for hardwareused with UNIX-based operating systems.

SPC Signalling Point Code.

SPC Suppress Preferential CUG. Prohibits the use of the preferentialCUG, on a per call basis.

SPI Signalling Point Inaccessible.

SPP Single Path Preselector.

SQE Signal Quality Error.

SQL Structured Query Language. The standard language forrelational database management systems as adopted by theAmerican National Standards Institute (ANSI X3.135-1989) andthe International Standards Organization (ISO 9075-1989).

SRD Service Request Distributor.

SRES Signed RESponse (authentication). The SRES is calculated bythe MS, using the RAND, and sent to the SGSN to authenticatethe MS.

SS Supplementary Service. A modification of, or a supplement to,a basic telecommunication service.

SS System Simulator.

SS7 ITU-TSS Common Channel Signalling System No. 7. Alsoknown as C7, S7 or SS#7. The standard defines the proceduresand protocol by which network elements in the PSTN exchangeinformation over a digital signalling network to effect wireless(cellular) and wireline call setup, routing and control.

SSA SubSystem-Allowed. SSA is used for SCCP subsystemmanagement. An SSA message is sent to concerneddestinations to inform those destinations that a subsystemwhich was formerly prohibited is now allowed. (see ITU-TRecommendation Q.712 para 1.15).

SSAP Site System Audits Processor.

SSC Supplementary Service Control string. When a subscriberselects a supplementary service control from the menu in aGSM network, the mobile station invokes the SSC by sendingthe network the appropriate functional signalling message.

SSF Subservice Field. The level 3 field containing the networkindicator and two spare bits.

SSM SCCP Switch Manager.

SSM Signalling State Machine.

SSN SubSystem Number. In SS7, each signalling point (SP) maycontain a number of subsystems. Each subsystem has aunique ID, the SSN (e.g. 149 for SGSN and 6 for HLR).


13-67


Glossary of technical termsSSP Service Switching Point. Intelligent Network Term for the Class

4/5 Switch. The SSP has an open interface to the IN forswitching signalling, control and handoff.

SSP Subsystem-prohibited. SSP is used for SCCP subsystemmanagement. An SSP message is sent to concerneddestinations to inform SCCP Management at those destinationsof the failure of a subsystem.

SSS Switching SubSystem. The SSC comprises the MSC and theLRs.

STAN Statistical ANalysis (processor).

STAT STATistics.

stats Statistics.

STC System Timing Controller. The STC provides the timingfunctions for the GPROC.

STMR Side Tone Masking rating. A rating, expressed in dB, based onhow a speaker will perceive his own voice when speaking.

SUERM Signal Unit Error Rate Monitor. A link error rate monitor.

STP Signalling Transfer Point. A node in the SS7 telephone networkthat routes messages between exchanges and betweenexchanges and databases that hold subscriber and routinginformation.

SU Signal Unit. A group of bits forming a separately transferableentity used to convey information on a signalling link.

SunOS Sun Microsystems UNIX Operating System. SunOS wasrenamed Solaris.

Superframe 51 traffic/associated control multiframes or 26broadcast/common control multiframes (period 6.12s).

Super user User account that can access all files, regardless of protectionsettings, and control all user accounts.

SURF Sectorized Universal Receiver Front-end (Used inHorizonmacro).

SVC Switch Virtual Circuit. A temporary virtual circuit that is set upand used only as long as data is being transmitted. Once thecommunication between the two hosts is complete, the SVCdisappears. See also PVC.

SVM SerVice Manager. The SVM provides overall managementauthority for all in-service service circuits.

SVN Software Version Number. The SVN allows the MEmanufacturer to identify different software versions of a giventype approved mobile. See also IMEI and IMEISV.

SW Software.

SWFM SoftWare Fault Management. Software faults are handledthrough a SWFM facility which routes those events to the OMCindependently through the FCP.

SYM SYstem information Manager. The SYM builds and sendsGPRS system information messages over the BCCH.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termssync synchronize/synchronization.

Synchronization burst Period of RF carrier less than one timeslot whose modulationbit stream carries information for the MS to synchronize itsframe to that of the received signal.

Synthesizer hopping Synthesizer hopping is a method of frequency hopping inwhich the RCUs are re-tuned in real-time, from frequency tofrequency.

SYS SYStem.

SYSGEN SYStem GENeration. The Motorola procedure for loading aconfiguration database into a BTS.

T -TxBPF

T Timer.

T Transparent.

T Type only.

T1 Digital WAN carrier facility that transmits DS-1-formatteddata at 1544 kbp/s through the telephone-switching network.companies. T1 lines are widely used for private networks aswell as interconnections between an organization’s PBX orLAN and the telco.

T43 Type 43 Interconnect Board. Provides interface to 12unbalanced (6-pair) 75 ohm (T43 coax connectors) lines for 2Mbit/s circuits (See BIB).

TA Terminal Adaptor. A physical entity in the MS providing terminaladaptation functions (see GSM 04.02).

TA See Timing Advance.

TAC Type Approval Code. Part of the IMEISV.

TACS Total Access Communication System. European analoguecellular system.

TAF Terminal Adaptation Function.

TATI Transmit Antenna Transceiver Interface. The TATI consists ofRF combining equipments, either Hybrid or Cavity Combining.See CCB.

TAXI Transparent Asynchronous Transmitter/Receiver Interface(physical layer). A 100 Mbps ATM transmission standarddefined by the ATM Forum.

TBD To Be Determined.

TBF Temporary Block Flow. MAC modes support the provision ofTBFs allowing the point-to-point transfer of signalling and userdata between the network and an MS.

TBR Technical Basis for Regulation. An ETSI document containingtechnical requirements and procedures.


13-69


Glossary of technical termsTBUS TDM Bus. A TBUS is a logical device made up of the TDM

backplane of a cage, the KSW devices managing the TDMhighway of the cage, and local and remote KSWX devices (ifthey exist).

TC Transaction Capabilities. TC refers to a protocol structureabove the network layer interface (i.e., the SCCP serviceinterface) up to the application layer including commonapplication service elements but not the specific applicationservice elements using them. TC is structured as a Componentsub-layer above a Transaction sub-layer.

TCAP Transaction Capabilities Application Part. The layer of the SS7protocol that is used to obtain Routing data for certain services.

TCB TATI Control Board.

TCH Traffic CHannel. GSM logical channels which carry eitherencoded speech or user data.

TCH/F A full rate TCH. See also Full Rate.

TCH/F2.4 A full rate TCH at ? 2.4 kbit/s.

TCH/F4.8 A full rate TCH at 4.8 kbit/s.

TCH/F9.6 A full rate TCH at 9.6 kbit/s.

TCH/FS A full rate Speech TCH.

TCH/H A half rate TCH. See also Half Rate.

TCH/H2.4 A half rate TCH at ? 2.4 kbit/s.

TCH/H4.8 A half rate TCH at 4.8 kbit/s.

TCH/HS A half rate Speech TCH.

TCI Transceiver Control Interface.

TCP Transmission Control Protocol. TCP is one of the mainprotocols in TCP/IP networks. Whereas the IP protocol dealsonly with packets, TCP enables two hosts to establish aconnection and exchange streams of data. TCP guaranteesdelivery of data and also guarantees that packets will bedelivered in the same order in which they were sent. See alsoIP and TCP/IP.

TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol. Twointerrelated protocols that are part of the Internet protocol suite.TCP operates on the OSI Transport Layer and IP operates onthe OSI Network Layer. See also IP and TCP.

TC-TR Technical Commitee Technical Report.

TCU Transceiver Control Unit.

TDF Twin Duplexed Filter. Used in M-Cellhorizon.

TDM Time Division Multiplexing. A type of multiplexing that combinesdata streams by assigning each stream a different time slot in aset. TDM repeatedly transmits a fixed sequence of time slotsover a single transmission channel. Within T-Carrier systems,such as T-1 and T-3, TDM combines PCM streams created foreach conversation or data stream.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsTDMA Time Division Multiple Access. A technology for delivering

digital wireless service using TDM. TDMA works by dividinga radio frequency into time slots and then allocating slots tomultiple calls. In this way, a single frequency can supportmultiple, simultaneous data channels.

TDU TopCell Digital Unit. Part of the TopCell BTS hardware. A TDUis capable of supporting 6 TRUs for supporting up to 6 sectors.

TE Terminal Equipment. Equipment that provides the functionsnecessary for the operation of the access protocols by the user.

Tei Terminal endpoint identifier. A number that identifies a specificconnection endpoint within a service access point.

TEI Terminal Equipment Identity.

TEMP TEMPorary.

TEST TEST control processor.

TF Transmission Function. The TF provides layered protocolsoftware for handling payload information transfer and forproviding signalling communications between the controlfunction and external systems.

TFA TransFer Allowed. An SPC route management message usedto notify adjacent signalling points of an accessible route.

TFP TransFer Prohibited. An SPC route management messageused to notify adjacent signalling points of an inaccessibleroute.

TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol. TFTP is a simple form of FTP. Ituses UDP and provides no security features. It is often used byservers to boot diskless workstations, X-terminals, and routers.

TI Transaction Identifier.

Timeslot The multiplex subdivision in which voice and signalling bits aresent over the air. Each RF carrier is divided into 8 timeslots.See also ARFCN.

Timing advance A signal sent by the BTS to the MS. It enables the MS toadvance the timing of its transmission to the BTS so as tocompensate for propagation delay.

TL See Transport Layer.

TLLI Temporary Logical Link Identifier.

TLV Type, Length and Value. An encoding element composed ofthree fields: a type identifier, a length indicator, and contentoctets.

TM Traffic Manager.

TMI TDM Modem Interface board. Provides analogue interfacefrom IWF to modems for 16 circuits. Part of IWF.

TMM Traffic Metering and Measuring. TMM provides system toolsto be used by traffic engineering and switch maintenancepersonnel to determine if the system is operating correctly.TMM reports are provided for trunk circuits, trunk groups,service circuits, call routing and miscellaneous system data.


13-71


Glossary of technical termsTMN Telecommunications Management Network. The physical

entities required to implement the Network Managementfunctionality for the PLMN.Also, TMN was originated formally in 1988 under the ITU-TSas a strategic goal to create or identify standard interfacesthat would allow a network to be managed consistently acrossall network element suppliers. The concept has led to aseries of interrelated efforts at developing standard ways todefine and address network elements. TMN uses the OSIManagement Standards as its framework. TMN applies towireless communications and cable TV as well as to privateand public wired networks.

TMSI Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity. A unique identitytemporarily allocated by the MSC to a visiting mobile subscriberto process a call. May be changed between calls and evenduring a call, to preserve subscriber confidentiality.

TN Timeslot Number.

TOM Tunneling of Messages.

TON Type Of Number.

Traffic channels Channels which carry user’s speech or data. See also TCH.

Traffic unit Equivalent to an erlang.

Training sequence Sequence of modulating bits employed to facilitate timingrecovery and channel equalization in the receiver.

Transport Layer See OSI RM. The Transport Layer responds to service requestsfrom the Session Layer and issues service requests to theNetwork Layer. Its purpose is to provide transparent transferof data between end users, thus relieving the upper layersfrom any concern with providing reliable and cost-effectivedata transfer.

TRS Timeslot Resource Shifter. The TRS determines whichtimeslots are active in a PRP board to perform a control of theGPRS traffic.

TRAU Transcoder Rate Adaption Unit. TRAU converts the encodedvoice and rate adapted data into 64 kbps data for the PSTN.

TRM Terrestrial Resource Management.

TRU TopCell Radio unit.

TRX Transceiver(s). A network component which can serve fullduplex communication on 8 full-rate traffic channels accordingto specification GSM 05.02. If Slow Frequency Hopping (SFH)is not used, then the TRX serves the communication on oneRF carrier.

TS Technical Specification.

TS TeleService. Any service provided by a telecommunicationprovider.

TS TimeSlot (see Timeslot).

TS1 Training Sequence 1.

TS2 Training Sequence 2.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsTSA TimeSlot Acquisition.

TSA TimeSlot Assignment.

TSDA Transceiver Speech & Data Interface.

TSC Training Sequence Code. A training sequence is sent at thecentre of a burst to help the receiver identify and synchronizeto the burst. The training sequence is a set sequence of bitswhich is known by both the transmitter and receiver. There areeight different TSCs numbered 0 to 7. Nearby cells operatingwith the same RF carrier frequency use different TSCs to allowthe receiver to identify the correct signal.

TSI TimeSlot Interchange. The interchange of timeslots within aTDM stream.

TSDI Transceiver Speech and Data Interface.

TSM Transceiver Station Manager.

TSN TRAU SyNc.

TSW Timeslot SWitch.

TTCN Tree and Tabular Combined Notation. TTCN is a programminglanguage endorsed by ISO that is used to write test suites fortelecommunications systems.

TTL Transistor to Transistor Logic. A common semiconductortechnology for building discrete digital logic integrated circuits.

TTY TeleTYpe (refers to any terminal).

TU Traffic Unit.

TU3 Typical Urban with the MS travelling at 3 kph. Dynamic modelagainst which the performance of a GSM receiver can bemeasured. See also TU50, HT100, RA250 and EQ50.

TU50 Typical Urban with the MS travelling at 50 kph. Dynamic modelagainst which the performance of a GSM receiver can bemeasured. See also TU3, HT100, RA250 and EQ50.

TUP Telephone User Part. TUP was an earlier implementation ofSS7 and generally does not allow for data type applications.

TV Type and Value.

Two-way neighbour See Reciprocal neighbour.

Tx Transmit(ter).

TX Transmit window buffer.

TXF Transmit Function. See RTF.

TXPWR Transmit PoWeR. Tx power level in theMS_TXPWR_REQUEST and MS_TXPWR_CONFparameters.

TxBPF Transmit Bandpass Filter. See BPF.


13-73


Glossary of technical termsU - UUS

UA Unnumbered Acknowledgment. A message sent from the MSto the BSS to acknowledge release of radio resources whena call is being cleared.

UCS2 Universal Coded Character Set 2. A codeset containing all ofthe characters commonly used in computer applications.

UDI Unrestricted Digital Information.

UDP User Datagram Protocol. UDP is a connectionless protocol that,like TCP, runs on top of IP networks. Unlike TCP/IP, UDP/IPprovides very few error recovery services, offering instead adirect way to send and receive datagrams over an IP network.It is used primarily for broadcasting messages over a network.

UDUB User Determined User Busy.

UFE Uplink Frame Error.

UHF Ultra High Frequency. The UHF range of the radio spectrum isthe band extending from 300 MHz to 3 GHz.

UI Unnumbered Information (Frame).

UIC Union International des Chemins de Fer. The UIC is theworldwide organisation for cooperation among railwaycompanies. Its activities encompass all fields related to thedevelopment of rail transport.

UID User ID. Unique number used by the system to identify the user.

UL Upload (of software or database from an NE to a BSS).

UL UpLink.

ULC UpLink Concatenator. The ULC concatenates RLC data blocksinto LLC frames.

Um Air interface.

UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System. The Europeanimplementation of the 3G wireless phone system. UMTS, whichis part of IMT-2000, provides service in the 2GHz band andoffers global roaming and personalized features. Designed asan evolutionary system for GSM network operators, multimediadata rates up to 2 Mbps are expected.

UNIX A multiuser, multitasking operating system that is widely usedas the master control program in workstations and especiallyservers. UNIX was developed by AT&T and freely distributed togovernment and academic institutions, causing it to be portedto a wider variety of machine families than any other operatingsystem. As a result, UNIX became synonymous with opensystems.

UPCMI Uniform PCM Interface (13 bit). The UPCMI is introduced fordesign purposes in order to separate the speech transcoderimpairments from the basic audio impairments of the MS.

UPD Up to Date.

Uplink Physical link from the MS towards the BTS (MS transmits, BTSreceives).


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002


Glossary of technical termsUPS Uninterruptable Power Supply. A device that is inserted

between a primary power source, such as a commercial utility,and the primary power input of equipment to be protected,e.g., a computer system, for the purpose of eliminating theeffects of transient anomalies or temporary outages. Backuppower is used when the electrical power fails or drops to anunacceptable voltage level.

UPU User Part Unavailable.

Useful part of burst That part of the burst used by the demodulator; differs fromthe full burst because of the bit shift of the I and Q parts of theGMSK signal.

USF Uplink State Flag.

USSD Unstructured Supplementary Service Data. The USSDmechanism allows the MS user and a PLMN operator definedapplication to communicate in a way which is transparent tothe MS and to intermediate network entities. The mechanismallows development of PLMN specific supplementary services.

UTRAN UMTS Radio Access Network

UUS User-to-User Signalling supplementary service. The UUSsupplementary service allows a mobile subscriber tosend/receive a limited amount of information to/from anotherPLMN or ISDN subscriber over the signalling channel inassociation with a call to the other subscriber.

V - VTX host

V Value only.

VA Viterbi Algorithm (used in channel equalizers). An algorithm tocompute the optimal (most likely) state sequence in a modelgiven a sequence of observed outputs.

VAD Voice Activity Detection. A process used to identify presence orabsence of speech data bits. VAD is used with DTX.

VAP Videotex Access Point.

VBS Voice Broadcast Service. VBS allows the distribution of speech(or other signals which can be transmitted via the speechcodec), generated by a service subscriber, into a predefinedgeographical area to all or a group of service subscriberslocated in this area.

VC See Virtual Circuit.

VCO Voltage Controlled Oscillator. An oscillator whose clockfrequency is determined by the magnitude of the voltagepresented at its input. The frequency changes when thevoltage changes.

VCXO Voltage Controlled Crystal Oscillator.

VDU Visual Display Unit. A device used for the real-time temporarydisplay of computer output data. Monitor.

VGCS Voice Group Call Service.


13-75


Glossary of technical termsVideotex The Videotex service is an interactive service, that by means of

proper access points and standardized procedures, providesthe access to data base information stored in host computersexternal to the PLMN, via public telecommunication networks.

Virtual Circuit A connection between two devices, that functions as thoughit is a direct connection, even though it may physically becircuitous. The term is used most frequently to describeconnections between two hosts in a packet-switching network.

VLR Visitor Location Register. A GSM network element whichprovides a temporary register for subscriber information for avisiting subscriber. Often a part of the MSC.

VLSI Very Large Scale Integration (in ICs). The process of placingbetween 100,000 and one million electronic components ona single chip.

VMSC Visited MSC. (Recommendation not to be used).

vocoder Abbreviation for voice-coder. A device that usually consists ofa speech analyzer, which converts analog speech waveformsinto narrowband digital signals, and a speech synthesizer,which converts the digital signals into artificial speech sounds.

VOX Voice Operated Transmission. An acoustoelectric transducerand a keying relay connected so that the keying relay isactuated when sound, or voice energy above a certainthreshold is sensed by the transducer. A vox is used toeliminate the need for push-to-talk operation of a transmitter byusing voice energy to turn on the transmitter

VPLMN Visited PLMN.

VSC Videotex Service Centre.

V(SD) Send state variable.

VSP Vehicular Speaker Phone.

VSWR Voltage Standing Wave Ratio. In a transmission line, the ratioof maximum to minimum voltage in a standing wave pattern.Note: The VSWR is a measure of impedance mismatchbetween the transmission line and its load. The higher theVSWR, the greater the mismatch. The minimum VSWR, i.e.,that which corresponds to a perfect impedance match, is unity.

VTX host The components dedicated to Videotex service.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002



W - WWW

WAN Wide Area Network. A physical or logical network that providesdata communications to a larger number of independent usersthan are usually served by a LAN and is usually spread over alarger geographic area than that of a LAN. WANs may includephysical networks, such as ISDN networks, X.25 networks,and T1 networks.

WPA Wrong Password Attempts (counter). Some supplementaryservices have the option of the subscriber using a password.If a password check is done with an incorrect password, theWPA is incremented by one. If a password check is passed,the WPA is set to zero. If the WPA exceeds the value three,the subscriber will have to register a new password with theservice provider.

WS Work Station. The remote device via which O&M personnelexecute input and output transactions for network managementpurposes.

WSF Work Station Function block.

WWW World Wide Web. An international, virtual-network-basedinformation service composed of Internet host computers thatprovide on-line information in a specific hypertext format. WWWservers provide hypertext metalanguage (HTML) formatteddocuments using the hypertext transfer protocol, HTTP.Information on the WWW is accessed with a hypertext browser.


13-77



X - X Window

X.25 X.25, adopted as a standard by the CCITT, is a commonly usedprotocol for public packet-switched networks (PSPDNS). TheX.25 protocol allows computers on different public networks tocommunicate through an intermediary computer at the networklayer level. The protocol corresponds closely to the data-linkand physical-layer protocols defined in the OSI communicationmodel.

X.25 link A communications link which conforms to X.25 specificationsand uses X.25 protocol (NE to OMC links).

XBL Transcoder to BSS Link. The carrier communications linkbetween the Transcoder (XCDR) and the BSS.

XCB Transceiver Control Board. Part of the Transceiver.

XCDR Full-rate Transcoder. The XCDR is the digital signal processingequipment required to perform GSM-defined speech encodingand decoding. In terms of data transmission, the speechtranscoder interfaces the 64 kbit/s PCM in the land network tothe 13 kbit/s vocoder format used on the Air Interface. Seealso RXCDR.

XCDR board The circuit board required to perform speech transcoding atthe BSS or (R)XCDR). Also known as the MSI (XCDR) board.Interchangeable with the GDP board.

XFER Transfer.

XID eXchange IDentifier.

xterm X terminal window. A terminal emulator program for the XWindow System. A user can have many different invocationsof xterm running at once on the same display, each of whichprovides independent input and output for the process runningin it (normally a shell).

X Window A specification for device-independent windowing operationson bitmap display devices.

ZC

ZC Zone Code. Part of the RSZI. The ZC identifies a regionalsubscription zone as a pattern of allowed and not allowedlocation areas uniquely within a PLMN.


©MOTOROLA LTD.2002

Net03 Ntwk Perf Gsr7 Inc Amr

Documents

Transcript of Net03 Ntwk Perf Gsr7 Inc Amr